new zealand trip 3 weeks

3 Weeks In New Zealand Itinerary

DISCLAIMER: This post might have links to travel services and products that we enjoy. We might make a commission from it at no extra cost to you.

To many people, New Zealand seems like a faraway land to get to. If you are coming from North or South America, Europe, and Africa, it can be a long trip to New Zealand.

But I assure you, it’s all worth it . The distance of travel is something to consider for sure, this is why 3 weeks in New Zealand is perfect.w

New Zealand is a great choice if you are looking for an annual holiday destination. There are so many places that can only be found in this country. Are you a LOTR or Hobbit fan? Well, you can visit the filming location of Bag End. Do you know that you can pay with Hobbit money in New Zealand?

Have you been dreaming of seeing the famous Kiwi animal? Perhaps you have been looking forward to seeing Dunedin, the town with the world’s steepest road (slope of 19 degrees). How about exploring the country that was the last place humans inhabited?

There are many more reasons to visit New Zealand and spend your vacation here. In this article, I will show you my 3 weeks in New Zealand itinerary from the North Island to the South Island. If you are unfamiliar with those terms, they cover the entire country.

BASIC TRAVEL TIPS FOR NEW ZEALAND

Not only should you remember that New Zealand is south of the hemisphere (which means summer in Europe is winter here), but you should also know these basic things about New Zealand.

These things will help you plan your travel itinerary and determine which places you want to see the most and which can be on the “maybe or plan B” list.

If you don’t know much about New Zealand or travelling with someone else, perhaps you can discuss this destination better with these interesting facts about New Zealand , which are also suitable if you’re travelling with young children. Learning about these things will also help you plan or write your itinerary.

Time difference

New Zealand is on GMT+13 or UTC+12 . That’s 20 hours ahead of Los Angeles, 12 hours ahead of Paris, and 5 hours ahead of Singapore. Not to mention the additional or an hour fewer during daylight saving time.

If you are coming from the West, going to New Zealand means you are losing hours and going home means you are gaining hours or maybe even a day. This is why I only made this itinerary for 18-20 days. This will give you plenty of free time to prepare before you leave or time to relax once you get home from New Zealand.

Rent a car or not

Just like the UK, New Zealanders drive on the left. If you don’t mind this and are up for adventure in a car, I recommend you rent a car for the duration of your trip. Having your own transportation also gives you the freedom to go and leave whenever. This will also save you so much more time.

Around $30 a day is the cost of a rental car in New Zealand . You can even do a one-way car rental. For example, pick up the car in Auckland, and drive it all the way to Christchurch, where you can take your flight out of the country.

Don’t worry. There is a ferry that takes cars when crossing the Cook Straight, also known as Wellington, to Picton. If, for some reason, you started with a car and want to give it up in the middle of your trip or want to get one, just head to major cities like Auckland, Wellington, Christchurch, and Queensland. Even the small town of Picton has an Avis car rental centre.

If you plan to drive or rent a car in New Zealand , make sure you have a valid international driver’s license if your license from home is not 100% in English. Other than that, you are good to go.

Other ways to get around New Zealand

You can also take public transportation if you don’t want that idea. There is a decent train system in New Zealand , and they are usually on time, and they are also affordable. In cities, there are intercity and other buses go from city to city. Ride-hailing apps are called Uber, zoomy, and Ola NZ .

Of course, another mode of transportation is by plane. There are plenty of domestic flights throughout the country, usually at a reasonable price.

However, if you want to rent a car in some parts of the country and then take flights sometimes, you can do that. But it requires you to take a look at your options in advance so you don’t waste your money and overbook.

You want to make sure there are direct flights between the cities or else, you might as well drive than waste time during flight connections.

For example, you can pick up a rental car in Auckland and bring take it to Rotorua. From Rotorua, you can drop off the car and fly to Wellington . Then pick up another vehicle in Wellington to take to South Island or you can fly from Wellington to Christchurch and get another car there to travel around the south.

When is the best time to go to New Zealand

If you are looking for a sunny and warm holiday, planning to go snorkelling, swimming on the lakes, hiking, and outdoor activities, December to March is the best time to go to New Zealand .

However, you should also remember that school is on break during this time, so the crowd is bigger in popular places. A price hike in accommodation and other holiday or tourism businesses is possible.

On the other hand, if you want to go skiing, hiking in the snow, and other winter activities, June to September is the wintertime in New Zealand . While for the locals, it could still be a holiday break. There are not as many tourists.

For those who want to see the famous aurora borealis, don’t worry. It’s all year round. However, the best time to see the sky lit green is from March until September.

TOP TIP : How to pack for a 3-week vacation

Are 3 weeks enough for New Zealand

Depending on your transportation of choice and the number of places to see, New Zealand can be done in 20 days. Y ou can plan to spend 10 days on the north island and 10 days on the south island . This can be done in 3 weeks if you rent a car and have the freedom to go and leave.

It can be slower if you plan to use another land-based transportation, such as a bus. But if you mix it with taking domestic flights, it can be done. You can also save time by booking tour packages, allowing you to take a break from all the driving as well.

So basically, you can probably add 4-5 cities in your 3 weeks in New Zealand itinerary . If you want to travel slower, you can fit 3-4 cities or if you want a jampacked plan 5-6 is possible too.

Average cost of 20 days in New Zealand

On average, a single person will spend $2,500 . It can be brought down to $1,900 if you are OK with sleeping in bunk beds in hostel dorms . Suppose you prefer luxury, $6,500 to $10,000 and up for this 3-week trip is ideal . This budget excludes flights to and from New Zealand.

You can also spend a little less if you plan the trip during the low season, between June and October, unless you plan to ski. If you’re staying longer and unsure how to budget, this guide on what a trip to New Zealand costs might be helpful.

Language and currency

The main language in New Zealand is English . All the road signs are in English and you should have an easy time communicating with the locals.

There’s also Te Reo Māori, which is the native language of the indigenous Māori people , and New Zealand Sign Language. Both are official languages too, but English is the one you’ll hear most often.

The main currency in New Zealand is the New Zealand Dollar (NZD). Tourists usually need to pay NZD when buying things or paying for services. It’s easy to pay with a bank card (cashless) anywhere in New Zealand, although you should carry cash just for emergencies.

While some places might accept major currencies like US dollars, it’s not common, and the exchange rates may not be favourable. It’s best to use local currency or pay with a credit card that can handle currency conversion.

New Zealand provides free visas to travellers with passports from Malaysia, South Korea, Japan, North America, South America, Europe, and the Middle East. Australian visitors have free movement for an indefinite time.

All visitors must have NZeTA , which must be obtained before boarding your flight to New Zealand. You can get it online , which can take up to 72 hours.

Package tours

For those who want to make their 3 weeks in New Zealand more comfortable, you can book a package tour. This is when the travel company arranges everything for you. From hotels, transport, food, and activities – all you have to do is show up.

Other travel tips

Planning a trip can be time-consuming and overwhelming, but it doesn’t have to be. When planning a trip, I make sure to use travel sites with flexible cancellations and offer a wide selection in terms of price, location, and comfortability.

Here’s a list of my favourite travel tools and services where I book my travel arrangements. From the hotel, flights, tours, cruises, = and even travel insurance and airport pickup to ensure my trip is hassle-free and with little to zero issues.

TOP PLACES TO SEE IN NEW ZEALAND (pinned map)

Click the expand icon on the top right to have a larger view of the map. Credit: Map data: Google

3 WEEKS-IN IN NEW ZEALAND ITINERARY

Unlike Australia’s very close neighbour, New Zealand can be explored in 3 weeks. In 21 days, you can visit the southernmost capital city – Wellington. Visit Auckland, Nelson, Christchurch, and Queenstown.

Along the way, you will see not only beautiful glacier lakes, reserved natural parks, do fun water activities, do lots of hiking, and learning about New Zealand’s biggest ethnic group – Maori.

When you look at the map of New Zealand, it’s pretty easy to say that there are two major islands: North Island and South Island . There’s a big chance that your flight will land in Auckland, located on the North Island. If you are arriving in Christchurch, then that will be South Island.

Don’t worry, though, this itinerary can easily be rearranged to fit your arrival destination. This travel itinerary for 3 weeks in New Zealand is here to help you visualise and plan your own.

You don’t have to follow everything I write. But read through as I will highly how many days to spend in each location, attractions to see, how to get around, and food to eat during your visit.

This itinerary is perfect for those travelling to New Zealand for the first time ; whether you plan to rent a car, by bus, book domestic flights – or a mixture of all.

RECOMMENDED READ : 3 weeks in Australia itinerary

Day-to-day overview:

• Day 1 : Arrive in Auckland, get transferred from the airport to your hotel or pick up your car rental
• Day 2 to 3: Explore Auckland
• Day 4 : Travel from Auckland to Taupo or Rotorua, choose where is your base
• Day 4 to 6 : Explore Taupo and Rotorua
• Day 7 : Travel from Taupo/Rotorua to Wellington
• Day 7 to 9 : Explore Wellington, either do a day trip to Nelson or make your way to South Island
• Day 10 : Travel from Welling to South Island (Christchurch)
• Day 11 to 13 : Explore Christchurch and the surrounding areas
• Day 14 : Travel to Queenstown
• Day 15 to 19 : Explore Queenstown and the surrounding area
• Day 20 : Travel to the city where you’ll be catching your flight back home or the next destination

North Island for 8-10 days

North Island is the home of Auckland, the most famous city in New Zealand. It is also where you can find many villages and towns that are home to ethnic groups.

You can do so many things in this region, perhaps about 10-12 days here. With that, you will have plenty of time to explore the entire island.

Auckland and surrounding: 4 days

Auckland is a coastal city and most likely the city where your flight will arrive. It has a major harbour that connects the Acukland to many islands, such as Great Barrier Island, Little Barrier Island, Waiheke, Rangitoto, and Ponui Island.

The price ranges from NZ$20 to $100 for one way, and you can even bring your vehicle (for an extra fee).

In the city itself, spending around 2-3 days is enough . If you want to visit the islands and the northernest point of New Zealand, Cape Reinga and Rainbow Waterfalls, add an extra 3-4 days.

Best places to see and things to do in Auckland and around:

• Explore Auckland – join a group tour for a full-day exploration
• Cape Reinga
• Hobbiton Movie set – book a day trip
• Rainbow Waterfalls
• Kamo Wildlife Sanctuary
• Kiwi North: Museum
• Sky Tower – get your ticket in advance
• Auckland War Memorial
• Auckland Art Gallery Toi o Tamaki
• Day trip to Waitomo Caves – book a full-day trip
• Auckland Zoo
• Sea Life Kelly Tarlton’s Aquarium
• Auckland Domain
• Rainbow’s End
• MOTAT Museum of Transport and Technology
• Mission Bay Auckland
• Tandem Skydive – book this exciting tour
• Achilles Point
• Auckland Lookout
• Oakley Creek Waterfall
• Great Barrier Island
• Waiheke Island – Waiheke Wineries or Zipline and Native Forest Adventure

Accommodations in Auckland:

• Affordable: HIT Hostel or Kiwi International Hotel
• Mid-range: Roomie Apartment Hotel or Holiday Inn
• Luxury: Grand Millenium or Ohtel Auckland or The Grand

Taupo/Rotorua: 4-5 days

After enjoying Auckland, I recommend you decide between Taupo and Rotorua. Both these places are home to rich Maori culture. These two small towns have so much to offer that is so different from the rest of the countries. To be honest, it won’t matter which.

Choose between Rotorua and Taupo as your base for accommodation while exploring this region. There are over 10 must-see attractions here (including the Hobbiton Village), and coming from Auckland is a long way.

Auckland to Taupo is a 3-hour drive , but you can also take the bus, which is around 5 hours. However, if you plan to go to Rotorua from Auckland, that’s a 5-hour bus or a 2 hr and 30 min drive.

Here is a list of places to see around Taupo or Rotorua:

• Hobbiton Village – sign up for a popular guided tour
• Hell’s Gate Geothermal Reserve and Mud Spa
• Huka Falls – check tour options
• Rainbow Springs Nature Park
• Redwoods – Whakarewarewa Forest
• Lake Taupo – book a cruise to see the rock carvings
• Waimangu Volcanic Valley
• Taupo Skydive – check the price
• Craters of the Moon
• Tongariro National Park
• Orakei Korako Geothermal – book a self-guided tour
• Waitomo Glowworm Caves
• Tongariro Alpine Crossing Trail – Ketetahi side
• Pouakai Circuit – Henry Peak Lookout – optional as it’s really out of the way, located on the west side of the island)
• Tukino SkifieldCape Kidnappers – take a stopover here on your way to Wellington

Accommodations in Taupo and Rotorua:

• Affordable to Mid-range: YHA Finlay Jack’s Backpackers or Acacia Lake View or Taupo Debretts Spa Resort
• Luxury: The Village Resort or Suncourt Hotel

Wellington/Nelson: 3-4 days

3 weeks in New Zealand is not complete without a visit to Wellington. A harbour in the south of the North Island. It also has an international airport where flights go directly to Australia and many countries in Southeast Asia. While Nelson is a quiet little town in the north of the South Island.

You can reach Wellington from Rotorua in around 5 hr and 30 mins by car . If you take the bus, that would be a long journey, nearly 10 hours. You can also opt to take a non-stop flight from Rotorua to Wellington or a direct flight from Taupo , it’s a short 1-hour trip and costs somewhere between $50 and up per person.

Once you get to Wellington, you can rent another vehicle to explore the area and even take it to the South Island and discover Nelson.

Personally, I didn’t find many exciting things to do in Nelson, however, from here, i t’s only an hour’s drive to Split Apple Rock and Abel Tasman National Park .

Nelson is also an awesome place to simply chill and probably process the places you have seen so far. You can get from Wellington to Nelson by taking the 3.5-hour ferry to cross the Cook Strait.

You will arrive in Picton which is an hour from Nelson . You can take your car on the ferry too. The ticket cost from Wellington to Picton without a vehicle is between NZ$60 to $75. With a car, the price starts at NZ$200 up to $300 (depending on how long the car is, which includes motorhomes).

With a motorbike, the ticket costs from NZ$120 to $175. The price is also different if you are travelling with a pet. Check the ferry prices .

When you arrive in Picton, you can rent a car there if you come to South Island without a car. It’s a tiny harbour town though, and I don’t recommend you stay there since there’s not much to do.

Here is a list of must-see places in Wellington:

• Zealandia Te Māra a Tāne – check out this exciting tour to Zealandia
• Wellington Museum
• Wellington Cable Car – get your ticket in advance
• Kapiti Island – book a day tour
• Wellington Zoo
• Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa – join a tour with a guide
• Mount Victoria Lookout
• Massey Memorial
• Do a full-day tour that highlights all the top attractions of Wellington – check the itinerary

Here is a list of must-see places near Nelson:

• Pic’s Peanut Butter World
• Split Apple Rock
• Abel Tasman National Park – check tour prices

Accommodations in Wellington:

• Affordable: The Marion Hostel or Trek Global Backpackers or Cambridge Hotel
• Mid-range to Luxury: Rydges Hotel or Apollo Lodge Motel or Bolton Hotel
• Luxury: James Cook Hotel or Boulcott Suites or Copthorne Hotel or Mercure Abel Tasman Hotel

Accommodations in Nelson:

• Affordable: T he Prince Albert Backpackers & Bar or The Palace Backpackers or Bridge Backpackers
• Mid-range: Joya Garden & Villa Studios or The Beachcomber Hotel
• Luxury: Trailways Hotel or Chelsea Motor Lodge or Palazzo Motor Lodge

South Island for 8-10 days

South Island offers a very different experience compared to the North Island. From unique landscapes to beautiful animals – South Island is a great destination.

Now, you can base yourself in Christchurch and explore the West Coast, which is about a 3.5-hour drive. Then you can head to Queenstown to enjoy the Fjords of New Zealand.

Christchurch: 2 -3 days

Being in Christchurch will remind you of Europe, England specifically. It has deep roots in English heritage and historic buildings.

In 2010 and 2011, a massive earthquake destroyed many historical places in Christchurch, however, there are still many areas you can visit. From here, you can also visit the famous Franz Josef, which has beautiful glaciers.

From Nelson, it will take 5 hours to drive down to Christchurch. You might be able to take the bus, but that’s a 12-hour long trip. You can also leave the hired car in Nelson and take a flight to Christchurch directly which is under an hour and costs around $100.

Here is a list of must-see places in Christchurch and around the area:

• International Antarctic Centre
• Willowbank Wildlife Reserve
• Aoraki/Mount Cook – check tour price
• Glacier Explorers
• Book a combo tour for TranzAlpine Train, Arthur’s Pass, and Castle Hill
• Orana Wildlife Park
• Franz Josef Glacier Hot Pools

Accommodations in Christchurch:

• Affordable: Jailhouse Accommodation or Urbanz Hostel
• Mid-range: Hotel Give or Carnmore Hotel
• Luxury: Crowne Plaza or Wyndham Garden

Queenstown: 6 days

Queenstown is a “shore city”, it’s located right on the lade of Wakatipu. It is a popular destination for dozens of outdoor activities which is very famous during the summer (Christmas) season.

Queenstown is a small town but depends highly on tourism, so don’t worry, there are plenty of accommodations to choose from.

It’s about a 6-hour drive from Christchurch to Queenstown . To save some time, you can head to Aoraki on the way to Queenstown. Remember to leave Christchurch early so you won’t come to Queenstown too late. This place works best if you are driving since you have to keep your belongings in your car while exploring some attractions.

There’s also an airport in Queenstown. So, you can simply take the 1-hour flight from Christchurch instead of driving if you’re short on time, but that means you might miss some attractions that you could have seen if you had driven.

There’s also a bus that connects these two cities, the drive will be around 8 hours and 30 minutes.

Here is a list of must-see places in the Queenstown area:

• Queenstown Gardens
• Shotover Canyon Swing – check the price
• Lake Wanaka Lookout and Wildwire Wanaka
• Shotover River and Kawarau River Jet Ride – compare this tour and this one
• Skyline Queenstown Cable Car/Gondola
• Lake Wakatipu – join a catamaran cruise
• Queenstown Hill Walking Track
• Queenstown Helicopter Tour with Alpine Landing – book this tour or this one – check which one has better reviews
• AJ Hackett Kawarau Bungy Centre
• Fiordland National Park – check the tour itinerary
• Skippers Canyon – try a jet boat tour
• Milford Sound/Piopiotahi – full-day tour or a helicopter ride or a cruise and lunch picnic
• Treble Cone Ski Area
• TSS Steamship – board a scenic cruise
• Mount Aspiring National Park
• Queenstown Tandem Skydive – book this thrilling adventure
• Enjoy the local wine and food – signup for a fun-tasting tour or a vineyard tour

Accommodations in Queenstown:

• Affordable: Tahuna Pod Hostel or Southern Laughter Backpackers
• Mid-range: Pinewood Lodge & Apartments or Wyndham Gaden
• Luxury: Hilton Resort & Spa or Heartland Hotel or Swiss-Belsuites Pounamu

If you have time, I recommend seeing Oamaru Blue Penguin Colony, east of Queenstown and, of course, Stewart Island or Dunedin, two popular spots for the Southern Lights.

EXTRA TIPS FOR YOUR TRIP TO NEW ZEALAND

Here are more tips when writing your own travel itinerary. It will include places you can skip and destinations that you definitely want to visit:

I’m not saying these are not worthy places to see. Depending on the things you want to do or the place you are very eager to see, perhaps, you can free up time in your itinerary by skipping these areas.

• Unless you really want to see the city, I recommend you skip Christchurch
• You can skip the north part of Northern Island
• Ski locations unless you are doing any winter activities
• Skip island or water activities tours unless it’s summer

Spend more time in/Must-sees:

• Spend more time in Taupo and/or Rotorua – there is just so much to do and see, if you like hiking, take your time doing Tongariro Trail
• Spend more time in New Zealand Fjords – it’s a massive area and simply stunning
• Visit the Kiwi birds
• Definitely don’t skip Hobbiton Village
• See Aurora Borealis
• Visit the penguins at Oamaru, Dunedin, or Stewart Island – these penguins are so different from African Penguins

DISHES AND DRINKS FROM NEW ZEALAND TO TRY

Food in New Zealand has a very diverse influence from many countries in the world. From Europe and North America to East Asia, and of course – Maori (Pacific Islanders and Polynesians) – you will find something to try here during your 3 weeks in New Zealand visit:

• Hangi – A traditional Māori method of cooking food using heated rocks buried in a pit oven.
• Lamb – Considered to be of the highest quality, often roasted or grilled.
• Fish and Chips – A popular take-away food, with fresh local seafood.
• Pavlova – A meringue-based dessert with a crisp crust and soft, light inside, usually topped with fresh fruit and whipped cream. Often a subject of friendly debate between Aussies and Kiwis about its origin.
• Meat Pies – A common snack or meal, filled with minced meat and gravy.
• Kumara – Sweet potatoes that are often roasted, used in salads, or made into chips.
• Whitebait Fritters – A seasonal delicacy made from tiny, tender fish cooked into an egg-based batter.
• L&P (as a unique local drink, but let’s keep it in foods for its iconic status) – A soft drink but let’s mention it here for its cultural significance.
• Mānuka Honey – Unique to New Zealand, known for its health properties and distinct flavour.
• Anzac Biscuits – Oat-based biscuits, historically made by wives to send to their husbands during World War I.
• Hokey Pokey Ice Cream – Vanilla ice cream with small, solid lumps of honeycomb toffee.
• Feijoa Desserts – Anything made from feijoa, a fruit with a unique taste, commonly used in pies or eaten as is.
• Whittaker’s Chocolate – A popular New Zealand chocolate brand, available in various flavours.
• Flat White – A coffee drink similar to a latte but with a higher proportion of coffee to milk.
• New Zealand Wine – Especially the Sauvignon Blanc and Pinot Noir, which are internationally acclaimed.
• Craft Beer – The local craft beer scene is vibrant, with many breweries offering unique local flavours.
• L&P – Lemon & Paeroa, a sweet soft drink originally created in New Zealand.

SUMMARY OF 3 WEEKS IN NEW ZEALAND

New Zealand is a perfect destination for seasonal travellers to spend their 3-week holiday. It offers stunning glaciers, must-do hiking trails, excellent and diverse culture, and very unique experiences.

I hope this 3 weeks in New Zealand itinerary helped you plan your own itinerary to make sure you make the most out of your holiday.

SAVE THIS TRAVEL ITINERARY ON YOUR PINTEREST:

Going Awesome Places

Detailed itineraries + travel guides

The Ultimate 3 Week New Zealand Itinerary

Last Updated March 27, 2024 William Tang

You are here: Home » Travel Itineraries » The Ultimate 3 Week New Zealand Itinerary

Bold claim I know, but in a country where it’s almost impossible not to have the Lord of the Rings soundtrack play as you’re going there and back again, you’ll instantly fall in love with the jaw-dropping landscapes, heart-pumping adrenaline, never-ending ecological playground, and impossibly cute mascot, the Kiwi.  It’s a paradise that you have to experience for yourself and that’s where I come in.

Planning for a trip to New Zealand is no easy task and as I was planning my own trip, I was overwhelmed with all the choices and places that we could go.  To pass down all the knowledge that I’ve learned from my experiences, this travel guide is meant to get down to the details of what you need to know to plan your own Middle-Earth-sized 3 week New Zealand itinerary .

• 3 Week New Zealand Itinerary Highlights

New Zealand is a vast, dynamic, yet compact country which makes it easy to explore and see a ton.  That said, you still need time to see it properly which is why this itinerary is perfect.  You get to see almost everything you want to without having to do any real double backs.

Here were my top 5 highlights of New Zealand:

• Black Water Rafting
• Milford Sound
• Flying Kiwi

Curious where our favourite place we stayed was?  More on that below but I highly recommend  Arthur Street B&B in Whitianga of the Coromandel Peninsula

Read more about New Zealand

• What To Pack For New Zealand
• Top 5 Things To Do From Queenstown
• Flying Kiwi New Zealand Tour

How to get the best deals in travel

• Hottest deals  – Bookmark the  travel deals page .
• Car rentals  – stop getting ripped off and  learn about car rental coupon codes .
• Hotels  – Use  corporate codes  or get  Genius 2 tier  with Booking.
• Flights  – Have you ever heard of the  “Everywhere” feature ?
• Insurance  – Make sure you’re covered and learn more about  where to buy the best travel insurance .
• In This Article

Feel free to jump around!

Trip Planning Map

Day 1 – goodbye sydney, hello queenstown, day 2 – horseback riding in glenorchy, day 3 – milford sound, day 4 – thrills in queenstown, day 5 – the start of the reverse traverse, day 6 to 17 – flying kiwi, day 18 – hot water beach, day 19 – cathedral cove, day 20 – tongariro crossing, day 21 – hobbiton, the trip costs, what we missed, the whole experience, travel resources for your next trip, your 3 week new zealand itinerary.

If you want to see the country properly, you need at least 3 weeks , if not more.  This New Zealand itinerary was crafted from a trip that came up quite last minute between the months of October and November which landed in the middle of the Spring season.  Having been to the country before, I knew that I wanted to put something together that was more thorough than the first time around which meant trying to slow things down a little to see more.

Before we begin, make sure to read all of the basics in the Comprehensive New Zealand Travel Guide .  Inside you’ll find the kind of things you need to know when you start planning your very own trip including tips, coupon codes, and travel hacks.

This is a detailed driving route and key highlights custom map that I created for this itinerary.  One thing you’ll notice that the Flying Kiwi portion of the trip is left basic as you can check out their tour itinerary for the full details for the sake of simplicity.

Tip: View the New Zealand planning map in full screen and create a copy for yourself.  Make tweaks for your own trip and in Google Maps, you’ll be able to view it by going into the menu, selecting “My Places” and the “Maps” tab.

Back to the top

There’s a lot of ways to start your journey through New Zealand but with efficiency in mind and to make the most of the 3 weeks, I knew that this itinerary had to be a one-way route from the South to the North Island or vice versa.  Ultimately, logistically, things made more sense to start in Queenstown because of flights and spots open on Flying Kiwi’s Reverse Traverse .

What you’ll love about this is that Queenstown in the South Island is a really awesome spot to start off in and get acclimated.  It’s a place where you’re going to want to base yourself at least for a couple of days and that means it won’t be go-go-go right from the beginning.  Out of all cities in New Zealand, it’s also my favourite so you’re in good hands.

Since direct flights into Queenstown aren’t likely, you’ll be likely coming in from somewhere like Sydney such as I did or transit via Auckland.  Wherever you come from, get ready for one of the most scenic landings you’ll ever have.  On approach you’ll see the fjords, giant snow-capped mountains, glistening lakes, and fields dotted with the white wool of sheep.

The Queenstown airport is small but really easy to navigate and your first step once you get your bags is to grab your car rental.  If you followed my recommendation by booking with Snap ( formerly Hitch ), head over to the courtesy phone beside the Avis counter and let them know you’re here.  A van will come around the shuttle pick up loop and you’ll be set up with your eco-box car in a jiffy at their off-site office.  First thing though is to remember that you’ll be driving on the left side of the road so take some time to get used to that and think twice at intersections.

Your first day mainly consists of getting settled in and then exploring the downtown streets of Queenstown so take it as time to get to know the city and walk everywhere.  The stores may close early but a bunch of souvenir shops stay open a little later.

Finish off the night by grabbing dinner at the quirky and cozy Italian restaurant tucked in the corner of an alleyway named Cow Restaurant .  From its namesake, you learn that this used to be an old cow milking shed.  Inside you’ll find a ton of memorabilia from Queen Victoria period.  The pizzas are the best item on the menu hands down and might I add very large.  The best bang-for-buck is the large 14-inch size.

What you’ll see:

• Downtown Queenstown

Where you’ll eat:

• Cow Restaurant

Where to stay:

We never would’ve thought we’d be able to find something like this on Booking.com but it really goes to show you how they’ve stepped up their guesthouse game.

WE STAYED HERE

CLOSEBURN HOLIDAY HOUSE

While not in downtown Queenstown, this converted upscale cottage home is set with the perfect view of Lake Wakatipu and The Remarkables.  There’s an on-site maid which is why everything is so ridiculously clean.  Bonus that it includes laundry facilities.

TripAdvisor

Booking.com

GREAT ALTERNATIVE

QUEENSTOWN LAKEVIEW HOLIDAY PARK

While you’d think a holiday park is mainly for campervans and RV’s, they actually have private lodges available that are fully equipped.  They’re located in a great spot, walkable to the downtown, and quite luxurious.

TIP:  Parking in Queenstown can be tricky but the best free street parking we found was on Brecon Street.  This spot is good for 240 minutes (4 hours) of free parking (8AM – 6PM, 7 days a week).  In the middle of the day, spots get filled up really quickly but the evenings seemed to be easy.

Your first full day starts with an early morning drive through the stunning drive to the town of Glenorchy.  The drive alone is an attraction on its own so make sure you account for a lot of stops along the way.  The moody morning fog and rising sun with the mountains as the backdrop make for a dramatic scene as the road skirts the pristine shores of the lake.

The best way to take in the landscape around Glenorchy is neither on foot or by car.  It’s by horse and that’s why the early morning start is needed.  The check-in time at the Dart Stables office in Glenorchy is at 7:50AM.  Once you’re all geared up, a shuttle will take you to the location of the stables near the foothills of Mount Alfred.  What makes the 2-hour River Wild experience such a treat is that you’re able to comfortably ride around the backcountry of the Dart Valley in a small group.  Their guide are extremely knowledgeable and will tell you all about the different locations used by films such as Lord of the Rings.

When you’re done, you’ll be famished so head into the small and charming town of Glenorchy which has a fantastic little cafe called The Trading Post which is also next to the beach and wharf which are all worth a walk to.

TIP:  If you have a drone, this is THE place to fly it so make sure you’re all charged up when you get here.

Hit the road again but before you leave Glenorchy, take the drive into Paradise .  Now there is an awesome 4WD Lord of the Rings Tour which heads in there and is probably more comprehensive but if you have your own car, you can easily drive the gravel road yourself.  You’ll see road signs pointing towards Paradise (pun intended) and all you have to do is follow that one way road in.  If you take a look at the map , you’ll see roughly the spot that we drove to and turned back.   This is the area where X-Men: Origins and Lord of the Rings/Hobbit scenes (Beorn’s house, final fight in the forest in Fellowship of the Ring, Isengard) were filmed.

Gauge your time as you’ll need to make a 3 hour drive to Te Anau .  This is another drive that will be filled with many scenic stops.  Ideally you’ll want to make this drive with the sun still up as well.

When it comes to Te Anau, there isn’t too much to do here but if you are looking to do something to close out the night, there’s a fun little zip-line that they’ve built into Lions Park and sunset over Lake Te Anau from the beach is also quite pretty.

Before calling it a night, make sure to pick up food and snack supplies for Milford Sound.  There’s a Four Square in the town centre where you can grab everything from breakfast food, sandwiches, drinks, granola bars, chocolate, and even hot dinner if you’d prefer to do your own thing

MUST-DO:  Fill up your tank.  Do not make the same mistake we did where we ran out of fuel when we got to Milford Sound and that whole debacle.

• Glenorchy town & wharf
• Te Anau – Lions Park and Lake Anau

What you’ll do:

• Dart River Adventures – River Wild

• Lunch – The Trading Post – Awesome little cafe with delicious croissant sandwiches and carrot cake to die for.
• Dinner – Bailiez Cafe – Run-of-the-mill restaurant with an affordable special menu.  Choices are limited in Te Anau and prices quite high for what you get.

YHA TE ANAU

I’ve stayed here twice and each time I’ve been very happy with its balance of location, price, comfort, and availability of private en-suite rooms.  It’s a hostel but it’s a good option for anyone travelling through Te Anau.

EXPLORER MOTEL & APARTMENTS

If you’re looking for a property that’s not a hostel but at a similar price to the YHA, this one is a great alternative that also offers a barbecue area, free parking and free Wi-Fi access.

As I mention in the Top 5 things to do from Queenstown , one of the jewels of the New Zealand is its largest park, Fjordland National Park .  Deep in the park is the indigo blue waters, flanking mountains, and thunderous waterfalls of Milford Sound.  Carved by glaciers millions of years ago, this is a sight you have to see in person and one of those places that if you missed, you’d have serious FOMO (fear or missing out).

The main reason to split up your time in Queenstown with a stay in Te Anau is to maximize the time you can explore the park.  The issue I have with day trips is that you end up wasting too much time on the road in a single day.

My recommendation is to book the first cruise of the day with Southern Discoveries .  There’s a couple of good reasons for this:

• Minimal traffic on the drive to Te Anau including Homer Tunnel
• The first cruise is typically discounted and it comes with a hearty breakfast buffet
• The morning light at Milford Sound is stunning and much better than the harsh light that you get mid-day.

The drive from Te Anau is only 1 hour 45 minutes but account for 2.5 hours as you’ll be tempted to stop A LOT especially once you enter Fjordland National Park.  Just remember that you’ll be taking the road back out.

TIP:  You won’t have any data the whole day so make sure you’ve made everything available offline on your phone including navigation.  This is where something like maps.me ( iOS / Android ) comes in handy.  If there’s a photo stop you have to skip because of time, just star it and come back on your way out. I talk about how I use maps.me as an offline map tool .

Everyone parks in the same giant lot once you get to Milford Sound and from there you walk over to the cruise terminal where all ships embarks from.  Simply show your voucher and you’ll be given the passes you need to board.

The cruise is the best way to see the entirety of Milford Sound starting from the terminal, out into the open waters of the Tasman Sea and then back in.  If you booked the cruise and kayak option, you’ll be able to get off at the Discovery Centre which will give you the opportunity to go down to the underwater observatory to see the very rare black coral, followed by a 1 hour kayaking session in Harrison Cove .  Personally, this is a great combination because you get to take your time to see the grand scale of Milford Sound from the boat and then experience it in a completely different way on the water and up close to the walls of the fjord.

TIP: We found that things are a little rushed when your kayaking session starts. When you’re done at the underwater observatory, ask the staff if you can get geared up earlier so there’s a bit more buffer time.

Back at the terminal, decide whether you’re interested in the Bowen Falls Track  (NZ$10 – adult, NZ$5 – child) which you can pay for at a kiosk beside the coffee and vending machines.  Alternatively, you can buy it from your cruise operator.  Tickets are required because a short boat ride is required.  When we were there, we decided to skip it because we didn’t know whether it was worth it or not but this is a short track to Lady Bowen Falls that only re-opened in 2018 after being closed for 15 years .  It’s a shame that it isn’t well promoted but if you’re interested definitely inquire about it.

TIP: Depending on the tide, I encourage you to head out from the parking lot and towards that iconic view of Mitre Peak.  At low-tide you can walk pretty far out and has pretty awesome reflections.

Once you leave Milford Sound, it’s up to you how much more you want to see.  There are a ton of photo spots but the main ones to look at for are The Chasm and Humboldt Falls .  The Chasm is right off the road so it’s easy to get to.  Humboldt Falls requires you to turn off onto the Hollyford Track at the Marion Corner.  From there, it’s a very long 4 hour drive back to Queenstown.

TIP: Gunn’s Camp on Hollyford Road carries emergency fuel if you need it.  The mistake we made was realizing we didn’t have enough so we turned back to Milford Sound only to realize that their machine was broken which left us stranded.

Depending on what time you get back into town, you can either have a sit-down dinner or pick up something on the way back.  Because of our gas issues in Milford Sound, we had to abandon our original plan to have some budget Thai food and just munched on the remainder of our snack food.

• Bowen Falls Track
• Hollyford Track’s Humboldt Falls
• Southern Discoveries cruise & kayak
• Lunch – Packed with supplies from Te Anau
• Dinner – Bronze Elephant Thai

Looking or something affordable in the city, we ended up with a budget hostel.

HIPPO LODGE BACKPACKERS

I’ll be honest, not exactly our favourite property especially since we were booked here for 2 nights but you get what you pay for.  We found that most people staying here were international employees and so really felt more like a university dorm than anything else. Luckily they have free parking.

MI-PAD SMART HOTEL

Centrally located hotel that isn’t going to run you through roof.  As a new hotel, everything is modern and extremely comfortable.  On top of that, they have an incredible rooftop patio that offers spectacular views since it’s on a hill and facing the lake.

After a couple of days on the road, it’s finally time to enjoy everything that Queenstown has to offer.  Yes, over the years it’s become even more touristy with the influx of Chinese tour buses, and stores like Louis Vuitton taking over (I know…why???) but there’s still a lot of charm to this town.  I liken Queenstown to a really laid back ski village like Park City in Utah.

There’s an overall buzz and excitement to the city whether it’s from people getting psyched for an upcoming adventure activity, going on a fancy night out, or shopping till something drops.

Instead of a flat white to start your day, head straight to Shotover Canyon for what has to be the most ridiculous boat ride known to man.  It’s called Shotover Jet and it’s an action packed experience that has you barreling through the canyon and boulders at unreal speeds, and pulling 360 degree spins that’s something out of a James Bond stunt team.  The only thing you can do is hold on to the metal bar in front of you dearly and screen at the top of your lungs.

TIP:  Read about the whole experience as part of the best things to do in Queenstown .

Head back into town and spend the rest of the day on foot.  There are plenty of stores to browse around.  This is also a good chance to buy any last minute supplies you might need before you hit the road again.  For example, if you forgot waterproof pants or need an extra layer, a store like Mountain Warehouse has reasonably priced gear.

When you’re hungry, it’s time to finally go to my favourite burger place in the world – Fergburger .  New Zealand is probably the last place you’d think would have legendary burgers but this is it.  There’s a reason why the line up goes out the door and why they’re open 21 hours a day.  My recommendation is to either try to Chief Piggum or the Ferg Deluxe.  Also, the hand-cut pepper & squid is a new revelation from this recent trip.  Wasabi mayo will change your life!

TIP:  To avoid the lines, call in to make your order ( full menu ).  That way, all you have to do is pick up your food at the window when it’s ready.

To round this out, make a reservation at the Body Sanctum Spa for a little bit of relaxation therapy.  Another popular spot that is impossible to book is Onsen Hot Pools .  From their private pools, you get pretty incredible open views of the Queenstown landscape.  If you’re keen on doing this, make sure to book at least 4 months ahead of time.

For dinner, if you’re up for a lighter and healthier, grab some food at Rehab which has a great selection of salads and cleansing juices.

With Flying Kiwi starting the next day, the last thing you’ll have to do is return your car to avoid having to deal with it tomorrow.  This part gets a little bit complicated because you’ll drive your car back to the airport for the return but will then need a way back into the city.  If you’ve read our Queenstown guide , you’ll know that taking the bus is not cost effective at all so call an Uber and get him/her to pick you up closer to the airport since they’re not allowed inside.

This is also probably a good night to do laundry.

• Shotover Jet
• Body Sanctum Spa or Onsen Hot Pools
• Lunch – Fergburger
• Dinner – Rehab (sadly permanently closed now)
• Same location as the previous day

With the Queenstown leg coming to a close, there isn’t much time to do anything substantial for this day since the Flying Kiwi pick up is at 2:30PM.  As a result, take your time, gather your bags, check-out, and head into the downtown.

The only challenge you’ll have is you’re going to be travelling around with your bags.  If you’d like to walk around town without them, you’ll need to go to the Baggage Storage by Smarte Carte inside the O’Connells Shopping Centre (NZ$13 per day for small items and $16 per day for large items).

If you’re hungry, there’s an excellent cafe named Vudu Cafe & Larder .  While you’re there, make sure to grab a flat white, avocado toast, and ginger crunch bar.  They’re also known for their vegan food if you have any dietary restrictions.

• Lunch – Vudu Cafe & Larder
• See Flying Kiwi Reverse Traverse itinerary

Heads up about Flying Kiwi

If you gone over to the Flying Kiwi Reverse Traverse Review , you’ll see that they’ve been acquired by Stray. They’re now back and running but they no longer offer the Reverse Traverse.

The good news is that much of the 14 day Reverse Traverse can be replicated on your own if you have a rental car.

Since the Reverse Traverse tour isn’t published anymore, we’ll do a quick breakdown of what days 5 – 18 should look like:

• Day 5 – Queenstown to Boundary Creek – Leaving Queenstown, you’ll largely be driving on this day to get your first campsite. Stop at one of the local farmer’s markets in Cromwell along the way. Stay at the Makarora Rest Station.
• Day 6 – Boundary Creek to Fox Glacier – Visit Blue Pools, Thunder Creek Falls, Ship Creek, try whitebait in Haast. Stay at Fox Josef Top 10 Holiday Park cabin.
• Day 7 – Fox Glacier to Okarito – Fox Glacier climb/heli-hike (weather dependent), Lake Matheson hike, spring bridge over Lake Matheson, Franz Josef Glacier Hot Pools, camp at Okarito Beach.
• Day 8 – Okarito – Punakaiki – Sunrise on Okarito Trig Walk, explore Hokitika (greenstone stores, pie, and National Kiwi Centre & Aquarium), enjoy the west coast drive towards Punakaiki, sunset at Punakaiki Pancake Rocks.
• Day 9 – Punakaiki to Marahau – Drive through Buller Gorge, pitstop at Berlins Cafe & Bar, Skydive Abel Tasman.
• Day 10, 11 – Abel Tasman – 2 day Ocean and Earth kayaking + hiking tour with Marahau Sea Kayaks including camping at Anchorage campsite. Final day camping at Old Macdonalds Farm.
• Day 12 – Marahau to Wellington – Stop in Nelson to grab a bite at Deville and walk around town before a wine tour in Marlborough (Saint Clair Family Estate) before arriving in Picton to take the Interislander ferry over to Wellington. Stay at a hgotel in Wellington.
• Day 13 – Wellington to New Plymouth – Start the day going to Weta Workshop’s “The Weta Cave” before hitting the road again with stops in Otaki, views of Mount Taranaki along the way, and setting up camp at Fitzroy Beach Holiday Park and then head out to the Te Rewa Rewa Bridge for sunset.
• Day 14 – New Plymouth to Auckland – Waitomo to do the Legendary Black Water Rafting and drive into Auckland. Stay at the Jucy Snooze Auckland. Have dinner at The Lula Inn.
• Day 15 – Auckland to Paihia – Start with breakfast at Shaky Isles in Auckland. Beach time in Urititi, stop in Kawakawa, Haruru Falls (including mangrove hike on Waitangi Trail). Camp in Paihia.
• Day 16 – Paihia Diving – Scuba diving with Paihia Dive to see the Rainbow Warrior wreck and Seal Bay.
• Day 17 – Paihia to Orewa – Sandboarding in Hokianga, Tane Mahuta Walk (see giant kauri tree), lunch in Dargaville. Camp at Orewa Beach Holiday Park.
• Day 18 – Orewa to Auckland – Final stretch back to Auckland which the next section picks up.

We put together a pretty cool montage of behind the scenes stories we shared from our entire trip so make sure you watch that!

In retrospect, this was a really cool hybrid road trip itinerary because we got to spend 2/3 of the trip guided by experts and travelling with new friends that we met on Flying Kiwi.  Their route is really well curated and gave us a chance to do much of what we wanted to see including highlights such as The Legendary Black Water Rafting , skydiving in the Abel Tasman, diving in the Bay of Islands , and our kayak and hiking combo in the Abel Tasman.

On the last day of your Flying Kiwi adventure tour, you’ll be returning back to Auckland.  After saying a fond farewell to your new travelling mates, you will be on your own again.  While it’ll be tempted to stay in the city for the day, the truth is that your time is better spent elsewhere (sorry Auckland!)

Considered to be off-the-path and often missed in most New Zealand itineraries is somewhere called the Coromandel peninsula which sits almost parallel to Auckland but on the East coast.  The landscape changes dramatically here and is a mix of gentle beaches, rugged coves, forest-filled mountains, and a haven for local vacation-goers.

Start off by grabbing your rental car and again I recommend Hitch as they have hands-down the cheapest rate.  Just keep in mind, their cars are quite outdated.  Like in Queenstown, their offices are off-site so wait for their shuttle in the designated area of the terminal.

TIP:  Need a cheap way to get from the city to the airport?  Ride the SkyBus Auckland City Express which has several pick up points downtown, runs 24 hours a day everyday, and should take less than 45 minutes to get to the airport.  Book your tickets online to get a cheaper rate (NZ$17.50 one-way for an adult).  It’s cheaper than a taxi/Uber for sure.

Hit the road and set your GPS to Whitianga.  If you’re a car enthusiast, you’re going to love the roads especially once you get into the mountains and you get to drive around the switchback windy and scenic roads that take you through Coromandel Forest Park .

Along the way, I recommend stopping at  Tairua which is a great pitstop to grab fresh fruit frozen ice cream and perhaps even fly the drone if you have one.

Whitianga is the closest large city which is why you’re headed that way as there are a number of good accommodation and dining options there.  When you get there, drop off your bags, settle in, and get ready to head out.   If you’re staying at a B&B like ours, they’ll have buckets and shovels available so make sure to load them into the car.

TIP:  How you plan out the rest of your afternoon or evening will solely depend on the tides at Hot Water Beach . When we were there, it happened to be at 5PM.  The best time to be at the beach is anytime in the +/- 2 hours range (3PM to 7PM in our case).  Factoring in the 30 minute drive from Whitianga and sunset time, you will either only have time to do Hot Water Beach or both Cathedral Cove and the beach.

If you don’t want to rush things, I’d recommend just doing Hot Water Beach since it’s not the kind of thing you can jump in and out and you want to make sure you have enough time to do grab dinner.

Hot Water Beach highlights an incredible phenomenon where volcanic activity well below the surface heats up an underwater river and bubbles to the surface at low tide.  Armed with a spade to dig up your own personal pool and bucket to bring cold water from the sea to cool the water down, this is the most outrageous way to spa that I’ve ever experienced but you’ll love it because you’re forced to get your hands dirty.  It’s a cross between treasure hunting and frantic digging and re-digging to maintain your own spa pool in the sand.  It’s hard to describe but once you get there, just look for the crowd of people and you’ll know what to do.  Budget 2 hours here.

WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW

Location:   From the main car park, cross the stream and the good places to dig are just north of the first giant boulder and before the rocks that stick out in the water.  In most cases, just follow the crowd.

Low Tide:  Check for low tide before going

• There are 3 main lots:  The Main Beach carpark (free), Te Waiwai carpark (free) and the Main Store carpark (paid)
• You can also pay for parking at Hotties Cafe, Hot Waves Cafe and the Hot Water Beach Top 10 Holiday Park
• If the free lots are filled, look out for open spots along Pye Place road before or after the Main Beach carpark

What to bring:

• Spade and bucket – You can rent them at the beach if your accommodations don’t have them to borrow
• Shower gel, shampoo and conditioner
• For the best experience, show up 1 hour before low tide or right at low tide.  If you show up later, the beach will be littered with holes and there won’t be any opportunities to dig up a fresh hole since they’ll already be taken.  Showing up earlier will also have the advantage of finding free parking
• Instead of renting a spade and bucket, just ask to borrow one from someone else on the beach
• Use the bathroom at the change rooms as there are no facilities by the beach
• The easiest way to tell if there’s hot water underneath is to use your spade once and then dig your feet in to feel the temperature.  If it’s cool, there’s no point in digging further and move onto another spot
• Where can you put your bags? – I’d recommend keeping your valuables in the car as there’s you’ll have to put faith that nobody will take your things.  Most people will put their bags on or near the mound of boulders inland from the beach.  I recommend putting your things close to others and cover your things with your towel
• Where can I change?  I’d recommend putting your swim wear on in the car or at your hotel/B&B ahead of time.  When you come out of the beach, there’s a new change room facility which is well maintained and clean
• Where can I shower?  There are open showers just outside the change facility to rinse your feet and wash up

Read the reviews

When you’re done, drive back to Whitianga and have the best seafood of your trip at a restaurant called Squids .

• Hot Water Beach
• Lunch –  No specific recommendation as we snacked in the car but if you’re hungry, I recommend eating near Auckland because there is not much once you head out
• Dinner – Squids Bar & Grill (unfortunately permanently closed)

ARTHUR STREET B&B

Friendly hosts, fully-stocked rooms (including breakfast items), easy parking, and extremely comfortable, and available spade/bucket makes this a favourite of ours from our trip to New Zealand.

WHITIANGA B&B

An adult-only accommodation that’s extremely well rated and affordable.  Like Arthur Street B&B, there’s really no need to look at hostels because the prices are comparable and you don’t have to deal with shared bathrooms.

This naturally formed stone archway between two secluded coves in the Coromandel Peninsula should not be missed.  Expect stunning views at Cathedral Cove as this easy hike hugs along the coast, dramatic cliffs, pristine waters, and lush forests.

Start your day early by heading out to Hahei Beach .  While you could take the shuttle to the start of the hike trail, I recommend parking right by the beach itself and make the gentle ascent that only adds an extra 20 minutes.

One thing that you’ll immediately notice about the hike here is that it’s very well-paved and which makes it very easy and stroller-friendly.  Along the way, you’ll also have a few opportunities to do a few side hikes to additional coves and lookout points.

At the end of the trail that takes no more than 50 minutes from the beach, you’ll descend down into the the cathedral-like arch and the twin beaches on each side of the arch.

Hours:   No official hours

More info:    Website

• The parking lot at Hahei beach is free
• The lot at the start of the trail is closed from October 1 – April 30 and NZ$15 for 4 hours from May 1 to September 30 (quite limited)
• There is private parking from house owners on the road up to the top car park
• Hahei Visitor car park (on the right as you enter Hahei) is free and from there you can take a shuttle to take you to the top (NZ$5 return for adults, NZ$3 return for children, and NZ$10 for 2 adults and 2 children.  You can pay the driver by cash, use the machine, or pay online .
• Swimwear and towel if you plan on swimming at the beach
• Are there change rooms? – No there aren’t any facilities here
• Are there stairs?   A majority of the trail is smooth paved however steps are required when making your way down and up from Cathedral Cove.  There are also stairs on the beach walk up to the start of the trail

Grab lunch in Hahei as you’ll then need to make the long drive down to Taupo which will take 3.5 hours.  In Hahei, there’s the one plaza that has all o the food.  Coastal Co-Op has pretty awesome pizza and ice cream.

When you finally make it to Taupo , you’ll only have time to check out Huka Falls . Here you can witness the true power of 220,000 litres of water barrelling down a narrow passageway with ferocity.  The parking lot is only minutes away from the main bridge and with only a few lookout points, you can easily complete your visit in 10-15 minutes.

TIP:  The gates close at 5:30PM in the winter and 6:30PM in the summer.

With the big hike coming up the next day, take time to buy supplies as you’ll need to prepare your own lunch.  For the best prices, go to the Pak’N’Save . What we did was buy a bag of croissants, slices of cheese, and ham with extra water as well.

Sleep early because the pick up tomorrow is really early.

• Cathedral Cove
• Cathedral Cove Walk
• Coffee – Hahei Beach Cafe  (they have a bathroom)
• Lunch –  Coastal Co-Op
• Dinner – Mole & Chicken

RAINBOW LODGE BACKPACKERS

A popular hostel in Taupo that is very affordable.  The location is convenient as you’re walking distance to the Pak’N’Save and the restaurants by the lake.  A lively place with a large kitchen and open lounge.  Take advantage of their $5 burger nights.

HILTON LAKE TAUPO

One of the few Hilton properties in New Zealand.  A first-class hotel with a free pool, gym, and on-site Bistro Lago Restaurant by chef Gareth Stewart.   Rooms are spacious and luxurious.

Dubbed the “hike through Mordor”, the Tongariro Alpine Crossing has grown to international fame thanks to Lord of the Rings.  It’s a track that takes you through an other-worldly volcanic landscape, vivid Emerald Lakes, mysteriously red crater, and switchback plains, and ethereal jungle forest.  At 19.4km long, it’s also described as the best one day hike in New Zealand and I have to agree.

The trek is an incredible experience because it takes you through such a dynamic change of landscapes.  It truly gives you an appreciation of the awe-inspiring power of mother nature at work at its rawest form. That said, it’s still one hell of a work out and solid preparation is critical.

To do the hike, you need to reserve your spot at Tongariro Expeditions , the best shuttle company out there who will have you covered whether you’re staying in Taupo.  I loved how they were able to pick us up and drop us off directly from the hostel we were staying at.  It really made things so easy.

If you take a look at the cross section of the entire 7-9 hour hike, you’ll see elevation profile from start to end.  It’s a hike that ascends the saddle between the two mountains of Mt. Ngauruhoe and Mt. Tongariro before descending into a collection of sulphuric lakes and down the backside.

Here are a few lessons learned from our experience:

Favourite part – My favourite part of the hike was near the beginning of the trail where you’re threading through the valley while the sun rises above the towering Mt. Ngauruhoe which surprisingly was more beautiful than its twin mountain and the hike’s namesake.  This is also the part of the hike that gave me serious flashbacks to Frodo and Sam as they snuck through the razor-shop rocks of Mordor.

Manageable uphills – The truth is that most of the hike wasn’t insanely hard and nothing compared to something like Dead Woman’s Pass on the Inca Trail .  All the ascents were manageable as long as you took lots of breaks in between.  When you’ve had enough, the trail usually levels out for a nice long pause.

The hardest part – The hard part was actually the descent from Red Crater Summit to Emerald Lakes (#5 in the map below).  This part consists of massively eroding loose gravel that seems like a short distance but lasts for an eternity because 1) there’s no good foothold at all 2) the ground slips underneath you without notice 3) others that really don’t have the right footwear act as big obstacles and 4) it’s the spine of a ridge and so there’s drop off on both sides.  It’s not something that most guides talk about so that’s why I highly recommend good shoes and perhaps a bit of slip and slide confidence

Crowds – We weren’t even there during high-season (mid November) and the trail was already quite packed.  Let’s just say there was never a point when it was just us.  Don’t expect to get any clean photos unless you start really early and hike really quickly.

Time management – We’re not fast hikers and what makes us even slower is the fact that I was also taking a lot of photo and video for the blog.  By the time we made it to the snow near the Red Crater Summit, it was already 10:40AM.  We didn’t make it to the Blue Lakes until 1:45PM.

Without a good grasp of time, I thought we were still good until we saw the signs.  By the time we made it to the Ketetahi Hut, it was 2:45PM and the sign said there was still another 1 hour 30 minutes left.  If you take a look at the Tongariro Expeditions guide, they recommend at least 2 hours.  Needing to make it to the car park by 4PM, we had to literally speed-hike/run back down in 1 hour 15 minutes.

Also don’t underestimate that last stretch.  It’s designated as hard for reason – it is never ending and just when you think the forest should clear into marking lot, it keeps going.  Somehow we pulled it off but I wouldn’t recommend this to anyone.

Location:   Book with Tongariro Expeditions to start your hike at the Mangatepopo Car Park

When:  There are two pick up times in Taupo – 5:20AM and 6:20AM.  Pick up times at the end of the trail happen between 1:30 – 4:30PM but in our case, it was 2PM – 4PM (seasonal reasons).

Price:  NZ$70 adult or NZ$35 child round trip from Taupo.  Alternatively if you’d like to park at the Ketetahi lot, you can hire a shuttle

Alternative services:   If you have a car and you’d like to park on the Ketetahi side, you can hire a one-way shuttle to Mangatepopo.  Pickups are from 6.30AM-8.30AM.  There is a special Tongariro shuttle parking lot for this

• Lunch and snacks
• 1.5 – 2L of water per person
• Real hiking shoes (i.e. Columbia’s Conspiracy Outdry shoe)
• Sunscreen – You’re completely exposed the whole trail.  With the ozone layer depletion near New Zealand, it’s so easy to get burnt here.  Re-apply at least once.
• Wear layers – be ready for all weather
• Beanie/toque in the winter
• Waterproof jacket and pants if it rains
• This hike is very weather dependent so you do need to check-in with Tongariro Expeditions the day before to see if they’re running or not
• Stock up on lunch, snacks, and water the night before
• Shuttle buses leave on time – We did not want to find out what would happen if we arrived after 4PM.  Our bus left at 4:04PM so that tells you just how on time they are
• Free hiking sticks – You’ll notice that hiking sticks can’t be rented from Tongariro Expeditions  and that’s because they them for free to borrow on the bus.  It’s not something they disclose but a pretty sweet perk
• Pay attention to colour of bracelets – Anyone with Tongariro Expeditions will have a rubber bracelet.  Your bus will be one colour and other buses will be another colour.  If you’re the first bus and notice other colours start creeping up on you, that’s when you know you’re starting to follow behind
• What happens if you don’t make the bus? – They instructed us to call them if we knew we wouldn’t make the last bus but I found that hilarious because I don’t had signal the whole hike.  Just don’t be late.
• What’s the bathroom situation? – I was impressed with how many bathroom outhouses were set up along the trail.  They’re frequent enough that you don’t need to really worry too much.  Just expect long lines especially after lunch hour so I’d recommend going before summiting Red Crater and again at Ketetahi Hut.

You’ll be exhausted when you get to Taupo.  Take a breather, reward yourself a great dinner over at Dixie Brown’s, and watch a brilliant sunset over Lake Taupo.

• Tongariro Alpine Crossing
• Lunch –  Packed lunch
• Dinner – Dixie Brown’s
• The same as the previous day

End off your trip on a high with a couple of things two things that the North Island is best known for – geothermal activity and Hobbiton.

Start of your day by heading to Craters of the Moon which minutes outside of Taupo and across the street from Huka Falls.  While this might not have the scale or diversity of  Wai-O-Tapu Thermal Wonderland , it is one of those things that makes sense logistically, doesn’t take too long to do, and is quite affordable (NZ$8 for adults, NZ$4 for children).

Walk through the guided boardwalk which takes you through bubbling craters, hissing steam vents, and colourful soil.

Nearby town is a secret treasure that’s been known to locals for a long time but is now becoming a big attraction on its own.  The name gives it away – Spa Thermal Park .  It’s part of a large green space that features walking paths, playground, and open park but what makes this place special is the thermal stream at the edge of the Waikato river.

The hot stream mixes in with the river water and naturally forms several small rock pools.  Each pool is at its own temperature and cools down as you get closer to the river.

Address:   County Ave, Tauhara, Taupo 3378, New Zealand (look for Otumuheke Thermal Stream)

Hours:  7AM -8PM

Price:  Free

Parking:  Free at the park’s lot but spaces fill up quickly

• Are there change rooms? – Yes, a brand new facility was built with individual change rooms
• Are there lockers? – Free lockers are provided as part of the new building but if you’re comfortable, you can easily put your things on the rock near the water where you’ll be soaking

Hobbiton is the stuff of legends.  Scouted by Peter Jackson’s team for Lord of the Rings, the story is that they flew over this 1,250 acre sheep farm in Matamata and discovered that it was strikingly similar to The Shire with its giant pine tree and rising hill overlooking a lake.  They completely converted the rolling green hills into Hobbiton but at the time, they created it as a temporary set with the intention to return it back to a farm after filming was done.  When The Hobbit rolled around, they decided to re-build everything permanently for visitors to tour for years to come.

While it is as touristy as things come in New Zealand, its must-do for any Lord of the Rings pilgrimage.  The 2 hour tour takes you through the entire grounds of Hobbiton where it hits you just how thorough, detailed, and complete it is.  When you first enter in, you’ll have that out-of-body experience as I did where you realize that it’s all real.  The only disappointment is the fact that there’s nothing much behind those round doors but being able to stand inside one will make you forget pretty quickly.

From the farmer’s garden, hobbit-scale holes, human-scale hobbit holes, the beekeeper’s mailbox, chimney’s that puff real smoke, the house of the hobbit that picks his nose, and of course Bilbo’s Bag End, it’s easy to forgive the large group of tourists.  To round out the experience, you get to have a pint of Southfarthing’s own ales in the iconic Green Dragon pub.

Address:   501 Buckland Rd, Hinuera, Matamata 3472, New Zealand

Hours:   Tours depart daily from 9am until 3:30pm. (Extra 4PM and 4:30PM tours between September 1 – April 30, and 5PM and 5:30PM between December 27 and February 28)

Price:  NZ$84 for adults, NZ$42 for youth (9-15), and free for children 0-8

Parking:    There’s plenty of parking in Shire’s Rest (where you wait for your bus pick up across the street from Hobbiton)

• Reservations in advance  are recommended
• If you have the time and spots are available, I highly recommend booking the evening banquet tour which lets you tour Hobbiton at dusk (best lighting) and a dinner feast in the Green Dragon
• Note that there are also pickups from the Matamata I-Site (info centre) or Rotorua
• There’s a Hobbiton Movie Set Store in Rotorua (1235 Fenton St, Rotorua)
• If you want to get photos of you in the Hobbit holes, your best bet is to stay near the back of the pack.  You won’t be able to hear too much of the commentary but it’s really the only way to get clean shots
• In Green Dragon, go around and pay attention to the random notes, pictures, and objects.  There aren’t any easter eggs but we found a few signs that gave me a chuckle
• The hobbit clothing at the back exit of Green Dragon are free for visitors to put on so take advantage of this photo op

Book your tour

The drive back to Auckland will take 2 hours and 15 minutes.  Check into where you’ll be staying at night or have dinner first, depending on your timing.

• Craters of the Moon
• Hobbiton Movie Set
• Spa Thermal Park
• Lunch –  Paulys Diner
• Dinner – Sri Penang

NEW MARKET COZY ROOM

This was the perfect B&B-type of place to end off our trip.  We wanted some something comfortable, not in the city, with easy parking and this ticked off all the boxes.  The room was super spacious and perfect all around.

If you’re looking to stay in the Central Business District (CBD) area, this is a great affordable option that is still a private en-suite room.  Well rated and close to a lot of food in the area.

As I mention in the New Zealand travel guide , you’ll know that this isn’t the cheapest country to travel through but if you do it smart, you don’t have to spend as much money as you think.

To give you an idea of the kind of money you’ll have to spend on a 3 week New Zealand trip, here’s a break down of all of our expenses.  Note this doesn’t include any flights, is for the two of us and is in NZD.

• Flying Kiwi – $5,690
• Activities – $2,692
• Food – $1,285
• Accommodations – $991
• Transportation – $795
• Souvenirs – $309
• Communications – $213
• Clothing – $60

Total = NZ$12,035.39 (for two)

No itinerary is perfect and there were plenty of things that I wish we could fit in but just couldn’t with the 3 week restriction we had.

As you can see from the trip map, you’ll see that this itinerary focuses on the western side of both islands of New Zealand which leaves the eastern side largely skipped.  If you’re considering alternatives or have a serious case of FOMO, take a look at some of these activities that may be worth adding if you want to expand from the 3 weeks.

• Kaikoura – Swimming with dolphins
• Rotorua – Maori cultural experience (highly recommended to us)
• Fox Glacier or Franz Josef Glacier – glacier heli-hike experience (thanks to the weather)
• Lake Wanaka – the famous tree
• Mt Cook National Park –  Hooker Valley track
• Milford Sound – Routeburn track

Our full 3 week New Zealand itinerary was simply epic.  It was an unbelievable journey that spanned both the South Island and North Island, giving us a chance to see treasured highlights and experience bucket-list worthy activities.

This is a trip where we mixed and matched a traditional road trip with a guided bus tour and it was quite unique as a result.  For one, it made trip planning a heck of a lot easier because all I had to do was focus on the beginning and the end.   Through Flying Kiwi, we were able to make new friends with people we would’ve otherwise never encountered and it was our fun dynamic of travellers that really made things memorable.  The adventure bus tour also provided a nice change of pace between travelling as a couple and as a group.

New Zealand is somewhere that I could go again and again.  In 3 weeks you’ll be transported over climates that range from alpine, glacial, fjord, sub-tropical, rainforest, and full tropical.  More importantly, it’s a country that emphasizes doing just as much it does seeing which means there’s never a dull moment.  The adrenaline never really wears off while you’re out there and smiles run end to end all day long.

Helpful New Zealand Resources

Make sure you read these next!

Comprehensive New Zealand travel guide

Top 5 things to do from Queenstown

Flying Kiwi Reverse Traverse review

New Zealand packing guide

Got questions from your own trip to New Zealand? Let me help you by dropping a comment down below !

What you should read next

Le Meridien Bora Bora Overwater Bungalow and Resort Review Islands of Tahiti Packing List – French Polynesia including Bora Bora, Rangiroa, and Fakarava The Islands of Tahiti Travel Guide – What You Need To Know for French Polynesia

If you’re in the process of planning your trip and putting together your itinerary, these are genuinely the best resources that the Going Awesome Places team stands by 100% .

Credit cards: Don’t get burned by hidden fees on top of terrible exchange rates. When we travel now, we use the Wise Card . Simply load it with the currency you need before you go and use it as a regular VISA or their digital wallet card. Use their free app to track how much you have and top up when you need to.

Flights: Of all the booking search engines, Skyscanner is the most helpful and easy to use thanks to their Everywhere feature . Kayak is also another that’s we will often check as well.

Car Rental: If you’re looking to save money, these car rental coupon codes will be a true game-changer. Otherwise, DiscoverCars and RentalCars are great places to start.

Airport Parking: You’ll need a spot to leave your car at the airport so why not book a spot at a discount. Use code AWESOME7 to get at least $5 off at Airport Parking Reservations or Park Sleep Fly packages.

Data: We’ve been a huge fan of wifi hotspot devices like PokeFi (use code GAP24300) because their rates are so good and you can use it globally but recently, we’ve really loved using eSIMs. The best one is Airalo . Save money by getting region-specific eSIMs and use referral code WILLIA9500 to get $3 USD credit on your first purchase. Ubigi is another one that we’ve had success with where they uniquely offer 5G coverage. Use code AWESOME10 to save 10% on your first order.

Hotels: Our go-to is Booking.com because they have the best inventory of properties including hotels and B&Bs plus they have their Genius tier discounts . The exception is Asia where Agoda always has the best prices. TripAdvisor is also useful for reviews and bookings.

Vacation Rentals: Your first instinct will be to check Airbnb but we always recommend checking VRBO as well if you’re looking for a vacation rental.

Tours: When planning our trips, we always check both Viator and GetYourGuide to at least see what’s out there in the destination that we’re going to. They often have different offerings and prices so check both.

Travel Insurance: Learn how to buy the best travel insurance for you. This isn’t something you want to travel without.

• Insured Nomads – Popular insurance provider for frequent travelers and comes with great coverage and special perks.
• RATESDOTCA – Search engine Canadians looking for the cheapest insurance including multi-trip annual policies.
• SafetyWing – A perfect fit for long-term nomads.
• Medjet – Global air medical transportation.
• InsureMyTrip – Best for seniors, families, and those with pre-existing conditions.

If you need more help planning your trip, make sure to check out our Travel Toolbox where we highlight all of the gear, resources, and tools we use when traveling.

About William Tang

William Tang is the Chief of Awesome behind the award-winning Going Awesome Places which is focused on outdoor adventure, and experiential travel. His true passion lies in telling stories, inspiring photography and videos, and writing detailed itineraries and travel guides. He is a member of Travel Media Association of Canada (TMAC), Society of American Travel Writers (SATW), Adventure Travel Trade Association (ATTA), and Travel Massive. He has also been featured in publications such as Reader's Digest, Entrepreneur, Men's Journal, and Haute Living. Make sure to learn more about William Tang to find out his story and how Going Awesome Places started.

Find us on social media

The Most EPIC 1, 2 or 3 Week New Zealand Itinerary (2024)

• Last Updated: April 10, 2024

Read on the learn about the most epic New Zealand itinerary you can plan!

Welcome to one of the world’s most stunning destinations. New Zealand is, quite justifiably, top of many people’s travel bucket list. 

The home of adrenaline sports, breathtaking scenery and the Lord of the Rings, New Zealand has plenty to keep you entertained for months. 

However many of us sadly don’t have months available, so I’ve put together these 1 week, 2-week and 3-week New Zealand itineraries.

Plus there are a few extra places if you’re lucky enough to have a little longer. 

I’ve varied each New Zealand itinerary so that you can potentially chop and change or merge them together, giving you plenty of options to choose from. 

Table of Contents

Getting To and From New Zealand

Getting around new zealand, day 1 and 2 – auckland , day 3 and 4 – bay of islands, day 5 – waitomo caves, day 6 – tongariro national park, day 7 – hobbiton , day 1- akaroa and the banks peninsula, day 2 – okains beach, the banks peninsula and driving to mount cook, day 3 – mount cook and drive to wanaka, day 4 – hiking around lake wanaka , day 5 – adrenaline sports around lake wanaka, day 6 – milford sound, day 7 – queenstown, day 1 and 2  – auckland, day 3 – mount maunganui, day 4 – rotorua and drive to the tongariro national park, day 5 – tongariro national park , day 6 – wellington, day 7 – crossing the cook strait and driving to the abel tasman national park. , day 8 – hiking in the abel tasman national park , day 9 – south islands west coast – kaiteriteri to hokitika, day 10 – south island’s west coast – hokitika to franz josef or fox glacier and on to queenstown, day 11 and 12 – queenstown, day 13 – mount cook national park, day 14 – christchurch, day 1 – auckland , day 2 – waitomo , day 3 – tongariro national park, day 4 – the forgotten world highway, day 5 – wellington , day 6 – crossing the cook strait to picton and driving to kaikoura, day 7 – whale watching and dolphin swimming in kaikoura, day 8 and 9 – akaroa, the banks peninsula and driving to mount cook., day 10 – hiking around mount cook, day 11 and 12 – wanaka, day 13 and 14 – queenstown , day 15 and 16 – doubtful sound , day 17 and 18 – catlins national park , day 19 and 20 – dunedin and the otago peninsula , day 21 – christchurch , north island , south island , new zealand itinerary transport tips.

Getting around New Zealand with a rental car is fairly easy, as long as you’re confident with self-driving.

Public transport isn’t a great option, and you’ll end up missing out on the many great spots to visit along the way.

Alternatively, you can look at signing up for a tour. We recommend Haka Tours .

For the vast majority of travellers, New Zealand is a fair distance away. The country has 5 main international airports, Auckland and Wellington on the North Island and Christchurch, Queenstown, and Dunedin on the South Island. 

We have more information on our dedicated New Zealand page here .

This means you don’t necessarily need to follow circular itineraries.

However, this will bring additional one-way charges for vehicle hire, although these are usually cheaper outside of the summer months. 

All of these examples will require you to hire a rental car or a campervan to get around.

Spaceship does the best, affordable campervans in New Zealand.

New Zealand is not really a country you can visit solely through public transport.

Roads are generally in excellent condition although do watch out for weather warnings and other such notifications from the government in the winter months especially. 

Any New Zealand road trip itinerary is likely to involve a fairly large amount of driving.

It is also very likely that journey times will be longer than in your home countries due to New Zealand’s terrain.

The best way to get around is to rent a car and explore on your own! We recommend Rental Cars , which has the largest range of vehicles for the best value on the market.

7 Day New Zealand North Island Itinerary (Into and out of Auckland)

This 7-day New Zealand itinerary around the North Island of New Zealand is a circular loop flying in and out of Auckland .

This means you won’t have to pay a one-way charge when hiring a set of wheels.

Our first New Zealand itinerary begins in Auckland, the City of Sails. As New Zealand’s largest city there are plenty of things to do to keep you entertained for a couple of days.

Spend your first day in the city itself. Maybe head up to the Sky Tower , the tallest building in the Southern Hemisphere, and check out the views. 

The city is also home to the excellent Auckland Museum and Auckland Art Gallery which are well worth checking out.

Spend your evening wining and dining in the city’s slick restaurants and bars.

On your second day take the chance to explore Auckland’s stunning scenery.

Whether you fancy a bit of beach bumming, island hopping, or hiking Auckland has it all. 

Pick up your wheels and head out early to this gorgeous area of New Zealand’s North Island.

From Auckland, it’s roughly 3-4 hours to the town of Paihia which along with Russell forms the heart of the Bay of Islands. 

Spend your first here day exploring Russell and Paihia, home to the Waitangi Treaty Grounds .

Alternatively, you could check one of the many hiking trails in the area.

However, if wildlife is your thing then head out on one of the wildlife cruises that depart from Paihia. 

The next day begins the drive down to Waitomo.

However, make sure you drive back via the Tutukaka Coast . This deserted expanse of stunning coastline is home to plenty of gorgeous beaches and short coastal walks.

Waitomo is one of New Zealand’s best destinations for adrenaline activities. Get ready to squeeze, swim, slide and climb your way through some seriously awesome caves. 

There are numerous trips, tours, and trails ranging from the more sedate, where you can check out the glow worms all the way up to epic caving and black water rafting trips. 

The highlight is probably the Lost World Cave which starts with a 100-metre abseil into the cave. Trust me, it’s awesome! This will be an awesome addition to your New Zealand itinerary.

This stunning national park is home to what some describe as the best one day walk in the world; the Tongariro Crossing.

You’re best off staying in the village of Whakapapa as this is closest to the crossing as well as a number of other trails.

Of these other trails, the pick of the bunch is the short, but stunning ridge walk and the longer Taranaki falls trail.

Get ready for sore feet and spectacular views.

On your way back to Auckland pay a visit to Hobbiton . It is here that numerous scenes for the Lord of the Rings and Hobbit trilogies were filmed.

The movie set is built amongst the rolling hills of Alexander farm in Waikato. 

If you are a fan of the Lord of the Rings or the Hobbit then this is a must-visit.  

Check out these awesome Hobbiton tours on Get Your Guide .

There are plenty of other great things to do on North Island New Zealand so give yourself more time if you can before moving on to the South Island.

7-Day New Zealand South Island Itinerary (into Christchurch, out of Queenstown)

This 7 Day South Island New Zealand road trip itinerary takes in some of the South Islands’ most stunning destinations.

Pick up your wheels from Christchurch Airport and make a beeline for Akaroa , the main town on the Banks Peninsula. This will be the first stop on your New Zealand road trip itinerary for the South Island.

The drive from Christchurch is absolutely spectacular. There are amazing views over Akaroa and large swathes of the Banks Peninsula from the Hilltop , an excellent pub/restaurant.

Keep your fingers crossed for a blue sky day!

You could spend the rest of the day hiking around Akaroa, exploring the town itself or checking out one of the wildlife cruises.

Blackcat cruises run excellent dolphin-watching and swimming trips from the harbour. Be sure to book early in the summer months . 

Get up bright and early and head over to Okains Beach on the eastern end of the Banks Peninsula. This is an epic place to visit on a New Zealand road trip itinerary.

This deserted beach is an absolute gem with spectacular views, both there and on the drive over. The waves are a decent size, although do be aware of potential rip currents and don’t go out of your depth. 

You can spend the rest of the day taking on one of the area’s many hiking trails.

However, you may want to begin the stunning drive to Mount Cook . On the way make sure you check out Lake Tekapo and the Church of the Good Shepard before carrying on the Lake Pukaki.

At Lake Pukuai expect stunning views of Mount Cook (on a clear day only I’m afraid) as well as some amazing salmon sashimi from the Mount Cook Alpine Salmon shop . 

Spend the night in Mount Cook village. If you’re in a campervan or have a tent stay at the White Horse Hill campground .

It does get busy in the summer months so don’t get here too late. The facilities are basic, but the views are amazing. 

Pull on your hiking boots and get ready for some breathtaking alpine scenery on your New Zealand road trip itinerary.

READ MORE: Here’s our complete guide to the best hikes in New Zealand !

The most popular hike is the Hooker Valley , and with good reason.

The views en route and at the trail’s end on the edges of Hooker Lake are breathtaking. Expect the hike to be around 3 hours return.  

Check out the Red Tarns Track which is a solid stair climb. Your knees will hate you but the view is worth it.

Additionally, the Kea Point Track is well worth checking out especially as it’s only one hour from the White Horse Hill campsite.

Over the other side of the National Park, you will find the Tasman Glacier and Blue Lakes walk , which gives amazing views of the Tasman Glacier and on a clear day, Mount Cook. 

Hop into your wheels and begin the 200km journey to the gorgeous town of Wanaka.

Welcome to what many would describe as their favourite place in New Zealand. I’ve been fortunate enough to visit twice and each time it’s taken my breath away. 

Naturally, as you would expect there are hiking trails galore around here, so pull on your boots and slap on the sunscreen. 

Probably the most well-known is the hike up to Roys Peak . It’s a 16km return hike, 8km up and 8km down with no shade and a lot of switchbacks.

However, the views at the top are sublime.

End the day with a BBQ on the edge of Lake Wanaka, utilising one of the many free BBQs along the lake’s edge.

READ MORE: Be sure to add these incredible things to do in Wanaka to your itinerary!

As spectacularly beautiful as Lake Wanaka is, it also has its fair share of adrenaline sports to get your hearts racing. 

Try your hand at one of New Zealand’s newest adrenaline sports – canyoning.

Start at the top of a canyon and work your way down by any means necessary. Deep Canyon is the company to go with, offering some amazing trips. 

If that’s not your thing but you still want to set your heart pounding then head over to Sky Dive Wanaka who are more than happy to throw you out of a plane. 

Get ready for a long drive! You’ll need an early start from Wanaka to get to Milford Sound on your New Zealand road trip. But Milford Sound is very doable as a day trip.

You have two options. Book a tour in Queenstown that will handle the travel to Milford Sound and the cruise itself.

Or drive to Milford Sound and book a cruise yourself.

Either way, you will need to book in advance. 

Milford Sound is spectacular and is unsurprisingly one of the most popular tourist destinations in New Zealand. Get ready to have your breath taken away. 

After an epic day in Milford Sound, drive back up to Queenstown that night.

For a real unique experience (if you have the extra day up your sleeve), check out the overnight boat trip with Real Journeys in Milford Sound .

Spend the final day of your New Zealand road trip in the self-proclaimed adrenaline capital of the world.

If you’ve got the stomach and the money then do one of the many Bungy jumps or the terrifying canyon swing, which is absolutely amazing. 

However, if the pennies are running low the Skyline Luge is an excellent budget option that offers breathtaking views over Queenstown and the Remarkable’s.

Make sure you visit Fergburger to chow down on one of their legendary meat patties. A fantastic way to sign off. 

READ MORE: More great ideas about what to do in Queenstown.

2-Week New Zealand Trip (into Auckland and out of Christchurch)

This 2-week itinerary takes in some of the best moments of the North and South Island’s 1-week itineraries but adds in a few new destinations as well. 

It follows a common route of flying into Auckland and out of Christchurch.

Do be aware that you will be charged one-way fees on any cars or camper vans you rent. You can also do this route in reverse if you wish.  

Spend your first day getting acclimatized and checking out Auckland’s, museum’s galleries and attractions. 

On your second day, get out and explore some of the awesome hikes and natural scenery surrounding the city, especially in and around the Haruki Gulf .

This gorgeous coastal town is one of New Zealand’s most popular domestic tourist destinations.

The beaches here are gorgeous however the real highlight is the Mauao , Mount Manganui’s spectacular walking track.

The views from the top are absolutely spectacular!

Welcome to New Zealand’s geothermal capital. Head over to Te Whakarewarewa to check various interesting sights in this thermal reserve.

It’s home to over 500 springs as well as the famous geyser Te Puia . 

If you want to get to know some of New Zealand’s birds then head over to the city’s Kiwi Sanctuary when you can see these beautiful, but endangered birds. 

Begin driving over to Tongirio Park late in the afternoon and in the summer months you may be able to time this right to catch the sun setting along Lake Taupo which is absolutely spectacular.

If you want to stay at the campsite in Whakapapa be sure to book ahead, especially in the summer months.

READ MORE: Check out some of the best things to do in Rotorua .

Pull on those hiking boots and get ready to take a lot of pictures.

We’ve already mentioned some of the top hikes in the region, but an interesting fact is that Mount Ngauruhoe , one of the 3 mountains that make up the park, is Mount Doom from the Lord of the Rings films.  

New Zealand’s wet and windy capital packs quite a punch. There is a lot to do here, so sadly you will be unable to pack everything into one day. 

If you have time for one thing in Wellington make sure you head to the incredible Te Papa museums situated on the city’s waterfront.

This excellent museum has numerous excellent exhibitions focusing on New Zealand’s history and geography. 

If you fancy getting outside, head up to Mount Victoria for spectacular views over the city. 

Spend the evening eating around Hannahs Lane , followed by a beer or two on Cuba Street .

READ MORE: Check out our guide on what to do in Wellington .

Get up bright and early to board the ferry to cross the Cook Strait to the port of Picton . The journey over is spectacular, especially the final section. 

Once off the ferry, hot foot it over to Kaiteriteri , one of the final towns before the Abel Tasman National Park.

On the way, find some time to stop in the pretty town of Nelson. We have an article on things to do in Nelson if you have more time. 

Kaiteriteri is a tiny town that is the gateway to the Abel Tasman National Park. There’s not much going on here, but there are a couple of decent eateries and nice beaches. 

The full Abel Tasman Coastal Track takes anything between 3 and 5 days.

However, there are plenty of excellent one-day hikes and kayaking trips for those that don’t have quite so much time.

One particularly excellent day hike starts at Bark Bay and then heads south finishing at Anchorage Bay .

This 12km hike takes you through some of the park’s most spectacular scenery. You can also extend this trail by detouring to visit Cascade Falls and the gorgeous Cleopatra Pools .

To get out here you will need to have a sea taxi booked to and from your start and endpoints.

You can privately charter taxis, although it will be much more expensive. There are also options to combine a half-day cruise with a hike as well. 

However, if you fancy getting out onto the water then take the opportunity to take a kayaking or combined kayaking and hiking trip.

We have an awesome article on kayaking in the Abel Tasman National Park for you to check out.  

Get a good night’s sleep in Kaiteriteri as there are two epic days of driving coming up!

Get up bright and early and head towards one of New Zealand’s most stunning areas: the South Island’s West Coast. 

Expect desolate coastal roads, windswept beaches, and alpine scenery as you get closer to the Southern Alps of New Zealand. 

From Kaiteriteri you will come through the Buller Gorge with plenty of great scenery and some lovely little towns.

You’ll continue along the coast to Westport and then head south hugging the ocean.

Make sure you check out the Pancake Rocks at Punakaiki , the numerous deserted beaches and spectacular viewpoints.

This is the perfect place to enjoy a picnic or a cheeky beer. 

End your day by getting to the quaint town of Hokitika and visiting its rather lovely gorge.

There are numerous awesome campsites in this area, however, like many along the west coast water-saving measures are frequently implemented. 

Head south towards either Franz Josef or Fox Glaciers. At both, there are decent short hikes where you can see the glaciers up close .

However, you can also see the amount they have receded in recent years. As a result, glacier hikes, unless you’ve got deep pockets for a heli hike, are no longer an option. 

That being said the valley walks to viewpoints at both Franz Josef and Fox Glaciers offer some spectacular views, along with a stark reminder about the challenges our planet faces. 

If you fancy something a little more high octane then head to Skydive Franz where you can throw yourself out of a plane with epic views of both the ocean and the Southern Alps. 

Continue on through the Haast pass to Lake Wanaka. 

We’ve already mentioned Queenstown in the previous itinerary, so you already know there is hiking, adrenaline sports or just lazing by the lake on offer!

You could also do a day trip to nearby Arrowtown , a gorgeous little town nestled in the hills between Queenstown and Wanaka.

Make sure you pick up a pie here, which is a classic New Zealand snack. 

From Wanaka head to Mount Cook National Park. The drive up Lake Pukaki is absolutely breathtaking with stunning views available on clear days.

From the Whitehorse Hill campground definitely do one of the many hikes in the area. Although it’s the busiest, the Hooker Valley Trail provides the best views of Mount Cook!

Spend the night at Mount Cook and enjoy an epic sunset behind the Southern Alps .

From Mount Cook make the long journey back to Christchurch.

In the city itself check out the botanical gardens and see how the city is rebuilding itself after the earthquakes of 2010 and 2011.

Head up to the summit of Mount Cavendish via the Christchurch gondola for some lovely views of the city before heading back to the airport.

3 Weeks in New Zealand – Fly into Auckland and out of Christchurch

We’ll continue the north-to-south theme with this itinerary. However, like the 2-week New Zealand itinerary, this one can also be done in reverse.

This route is slightly South Island heavy, but it does include 5 places we haven’t yet mentioned so there’s plenty of variety here!

Get over the jet lag and take it easy in the City of Sails, a true highlight of the North Island of New Zealand. Drive down to Waitomo in the evening. 

Spend the day spying glow worms or making your heart work just a little bit faster in New Zealand’s cave capital. 

After a day of caving drive to the village of Whakapapa in the Tongariro National Park in preparation for taking on the Tongariro Crossing. 

Get ready for some seriously sore feet as you take on what some regard as the best one-day walk in the world. 

After a good night’s sleep, take on the fascinating and often overlooked Forgotten World Highway which runs for 148 km from Taumarunui to Taranaki.

This quirky route is built on old colonial bridle paths through forests, gorges, and tunnels there are a lot of single-lane portions that will require some very careful navigation. 

However, after doing it, it’s easy to see why this is regarded as one of the best one-day drives in New Zealand. 

At the end of the Forgotten World Highway, you will have the opportunity to take in stunning views of Mount Taranaki before you head south toward Wellington.

Hitamangi is a decent place to spend the night as it’s only a couple of hours from here to Wellington.

From Hitamangi head down to Wellington to make the most of the Te Papa museum and then eat and drink yourself silly on Cuba Street!

After the gorgeous crossing from  Wellington to Picton (weather dependent of course) head over to the gorgeous seaside town of Kaikoura. 

Enjoy a well-earned pint in one of Kaikoura’s pubs 

Kaikoura’s greatest attraction is its stunning array of New Zealand wildlife. The seas around Kaikoura are home to sperm whales, dusky dolphins, New Zealand fur seals and albatross amongst many others. 

There are plenty of opportunities to get up close and personal with these stunning creatures through the amazing wildlife activities on offer. 

If you don’t fancy getting wet then book one of the city’s whale-watching tours .

The ocean waters around Kaikoura are home to the world’s largest predator, the sperm whale, with both humpback whales and orcas passing through on their New Zealand coastal migration routes during the year. 

You can also check out kayaking trips to watch seals and dolphins as well as bird-watching trips to observe the albatross that live in the area. 

If you fancy staying on dry land then head to Point Kean to observe the seal colony. Do not get too close and do not get between them and the water.

This gorgeous part of New Zealand keeps you close to the coast, but Kaikoura’s mountainous backdrop is replaced by the green rolling hills of the Banks Peninsula. 

Spend your first day soaking up the sun in Akaroa , maybe head out dolphin watching or head out on one of the many hikes in the area. 

On your second day head over to the gorgeous and often deserted Okains beach before heading south towards Mount Cook.

Stop in at Fairlie bakehouse for an epic pie before powering on past Lake Tekapo and Lake Pukaki before arriving at Mount Cook.

You know the deal here! Hiking in some of the most spectacular scenery in New Zealand.

For so many years Wanaka was very much in Queenstown’s shadow.

However there are many that would say it’s little old Wanaka that is the leading light in this region of New Zealand. 

Spend your two days here hiking and giving your heart something to worry about with the various adrenaline activities on offer. 

A short, very pretty drive away from Wanaka is the adrenaline capital of the world – Queenstown.

Set on the edge of Lake Wakatipu with the Remarkables across the way this is certainly one of the most picturesque places in New Zealand. 

However be warned, this is also one of the most expensive areas in New Zealand, so expect that to be reflected in the prices of accommodation and food. 

Spend at least one day doing some crazy adrenaline activities. This was the place where AJ Hackett created the bungy from the Kawarau Bridge.

If you fancy something altogether more terrifying then head for the Nevis or the Canyon Swing. I have done the latter and can confirm that it is absolutely amazing. 

On your second take a more sedate pace around Queenstown itself or take a day trip to either Arrowtown or Glenorchy .  

If you have the time and the money then Doubtful Sound is a must. It isn’t as famous as Milford Sound in New Zealand, but it should be!

Words and photos cannot describe the sheer size and beauty of this stunning expanse of wilderness. 

The drive from Queenstown to Manapouri is a long one, so if you’re planning an overnight trip you will probably need to drive down the night before.

However, if you’re doing a day trip then you can take day 15 to drive down, and day 16 to visit Doubtful Sound. 

We have an article on kayaking in Doubtful Sound which is well worth checking out. 

Day trips are certainly doable, but it is a long day.

To get to Doubtful Sound you will need to take a boat across Lake Manapouri, before and then a coach along the most expensive road in New  Zealand before reaching the shores of Doubtful Sound. 

Whether it’s raining or shining Doubtful Sound is absolutely stunning. 

From Manapouri head down to Curio Bay in the heart of the Catlins National Park.

This rarely visited New Zealand national park is nestled in the southeastern corner of the South Island. Its rugged coastline, gorgeous beaches, and hiking trails provide plenty of things to do. 

From Curio Bay , it’s possible to spot dolphins from the beach. 

A short drive from Dunedin is the gorgeous Otago peninsula. Like the Kaikoura peninsula, wildlife is what draws people here. 

The Royal Albatross Centre on the edge of the peninsula offers the opportunity to see these beautiful birds close up.

Come by in the evenings to see the adorably cute little blue penguins returning to their nests after a day of feeding. 

Additionally, take the opportunity to kayak with the area’s local seal population which is a truly fantastic experience. 

The peninsula is also home to numerous excellent hikes and trails. 

READ MORE: Adventure activities in Otago for you to check out.

Spend your final day driving back up to Christchurch and exploring the city’s botanical gardens and visiting some of its museums and art galleries before you return your wheels. 

Alternative Spots

Even 3 weeks in New Zealand is still a squeeze, so there are certainly a few places we’ve missed.

Sadly there are some difficult decisions to be made.

In general, there is probably more to do on South Island than on the North Island. However, this will naturally change from person to person. 

Here are a few areas that are also well worth visiting that we haven’t mentioned here: 

• Cape Reinga and the Northland 
• Napier and Hastings
• Nelson Lakes National Park 
• Marlborough Wine Region 
• Mount Aspiring National Park
• Any of New Zealand’s great walks
• Arthur’s Pass National Park 
• Hammer Springs 

DISCLAIMER: Some of the links in this article are affiliate links, which means if you book accommodation, tours or buy a product, we will receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. These commissions help us keep creating more free travel content to help people plan their holidays and adventures. We only recommend the best accommodations, tours and products that ourselves or our fantastic editorial team have personally experienced, and regularly review these. Thanks for your support, kind friend!

Richard Barnes

Hi, We’re Alesha and Jarryd!

We’ve been traveling the world together since 2008, searching for the planet’s best destinations and adventures.

Love Travel?

Sign up for our free weekly newsletter for the best travel tips, ideas and deals!

We respect your privacy. Unsubscribe at any time.

READ MORE...

Whanganui Journey in New Zealand – The Ultimate Guide [2024]

The Ultimate Guide to New Zealand’s South Island in Winter

5 Best Adventure Activities In Taranaki, New Zealand

Related Posts

21 fun things to do in nelson, new zealand, ultimate guide to hiking in otago, new zealand [2024], 17 awesome things to do in wanaka (epic 2024 guide), the ultimate guide to hiking in new zealand (2024), leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

The Perfect 3 Week New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary

If you’re headed to New Zealand and looking for a day-by-day 3-week road trip itinerary then you’ve found the right page. New Zealand is a place where you can look in any direction and see something beautiful, no matter where you are. Far away from the rest of the world, isolated and alone, New Zealand is nature at its finest. 

I lived in New Zealand for two years and drove just about every highway in the country. So on this page I’ve developed the perfect 3 week New Zealand itinerary for you.

Don’t quite have three weeks to take off? No problem, I’ve got you covered with my ultimate 2 week New Zealand itinerary !

Why Should I Listen to You, American?

Lay of the land, how to get around new zealand, best time of year to visit new zealand, travel insurance, the most amamzing 3 week new zealand itinerary, 3 week new zealand itinerary: the end.

Note: this article contains affiliate links, which means that should you purchase something or get a quote through them I may make a small commission at no additional cost to you. This helps keep the site running with up to date information. I do not represent World Nomads, GetYourGuide, Booking.com, or discovercars.com. This is information only and not a recommendation to buy the product mentioned in this article .

I know what you’re thinking. Surely it makes more sense to trust a Kiwi with your New Zealand plans over me, right? But that’s not really the case here. I lived in Wellington – the capital of New Zealand – for two years. In those two years I went just about everywhere there is to go in this beautiful country. 

I’d wager that I’ve seen more of New Zealand than 99% of Kiwis, as New Zealanders typically spend their holidays traveling abroad or going somewhere near where they grew up that they absolutely love going to over and over again. I say this confidently.

I tried to hit every corner of the country while I was there and I was pretty successful in that endeavor. From the south tip in Invercargill to the north tip at Cape Reinga, I’ve seen just about everything New Zealand has to offer, including many things two, three, four, or even five times!

There are few places in the world I’ve been to more than Milford Sound, and I long to go back! So trust me, you’re getting the best advice possible here.

New Zealand Travel – The Basics

Unless you’ve got your own yacht you’ll be flying to New Zealand. Nearly all international flights will arrive in Auckland, though United announced in 2023 that they will begin a direct flight from the US to Christchurch. So just about everyone starts and ends their journey in Auckland.

Auckland has some of the longest direct flights in the world, including Doha (17 hours 15 minutes), Dubai (17 hours 25 minutes) and New York (17 hours 30 minutes). Flights from every continent other than Australia to New Zealand are expensive. If you can find anything under $1200 you are getting a bargain. 

Once you arrive in Auckland, your adventure will begin. Like most New Zealand road trips, this 3 week New Zealand itinerary starts and ends in the City of Sails.

New Zealand is composed of two main islands, creatively called the North Island and the South Island, as well as some smaller islands scattered around. Nearly the entire population lives on the North Island, mainly in Auckland.

The North Island has volcanoes, geothermal pools, beautiful beaches and coastlines dotted with vineyards. The South Island is rugged, barren, full of sharp mountains and endless herds of sheep. Both islands are awesome and you’ll spend half your time on each island following this itinerary.  

This itinerary will involve you renting a car. It is possible to hit all the spots without your own transportation, relying on flights, trains, and organized tours. But my god, that would be a difficult trip to plan and organize! 

This itinerary is written as if you have your own car. You can book your car rental from the Auckland airport here . It’s also possible to do this trip in a campervan , which would save you a ton of money on accommodation.

Campervans are common in New Zealand. Just note that unlike Australia, freedom camping (i.e. parking wherever the hell you want and spending the night) is not legal in New Zealand. You will have to book campsites just like if you were tent camping.

Be prepared to spend a significant amount of money on this trip. This is not Southeast Asia by any stretch of the imagination. You are far from the rest of the world and things are expensive here. 

A burger at a mediocre restaurant will run you at least $25. A nice local beer? Hope you’ve prepared to drop at least $13 on it. Luckily for most other Westerners the exchange rate is pretty good these days. 

So if you’re American, that $25 burger is actually about $18, which is comparable to a burger in the US once you add tax and tip. Keep in mind there is no tipping in New Zealand and tax is included in all prices. 

Still, between the flight, the rental car, hotels/campsites, eating out, and booking some excursions you are going to spend thousands of dollars per person on this trip. But I guarantee you it will be worth it!

It will be best if you can make the trip in the southern hemisphere summer (December to February). But this is also the most expensive and crowded time. 

Coming in the winter also offers its benefits. You can see the mountains all encapsulated in snow and avoid large crowds of people. But many of the mountain hikes on the South Island are inaccessible in winter. You might also struggle with the short winter days too. 

Spring and fall offer comfortable weather and less crowds. Visiting in early fall means the mountains haven’t been encapsulated in snow yet, so it’s the best of both worlds. 

If you’re coming all the way to New Zealand you don’t want to be limited by short days and snowfall. So my advice is to visit in the late spring, summer, or early fall and just deal with the crowds.

For many people, New Zealand is a dream destination. It’s strikingly beautiful from north to south. But most people don’t realize just how far New Zealand is from the rest of the world. 

Think Australia is close? Only if you consider a 4 hour flight across the Tasman Sea “close.” For Americans it means an 11-12 hour flight across the Pacific from the west coast, on top of whatever you need to get to the west coast (an additional 6 hours if you live in Boston for example). For Europeans, make that two 11-12 hour flights. For Asians, at least 10 hours unless you live in Papua New Guinea. 

But if you are willing to make the journey you will be rewarded with an epic holiday that you will tell your friends about for years to come.

It’s a good idea to have travel insurance when road tripping around New Zealand so that you’re protected in case of unexpected circumstances or illness. We use World Nomads when we travel internationally. Word Nomads provides coverage to travelers in over 100 countries. You can search for a coverage plan using the link below.

Coming to New Zealand for three weeks gives you time to really hit all the country’s highlights. The itinerary is summarized in the table of contents at the beginning of this article. You can click on a day of the itinerary to skip to that day.

Day 1: Coromandel Peninsula

Day 2: cathedral cove and tairua, day 3: tauranga and rotorua, day 4: rotorua, day 5: hawke’s bay, day 6: wellington, day 7: marlborough sounds and nelson, day 8: nelson lakes national park, day 9: glowworm cave tubing, day 10: franz josef and fox glaciers, day 11: queenstown, day 12: milford sound, day 13: mount cook national park, day 14: mount cook and kaikoura, day 15: kaikoura and blenheim, day 16: marlborough wine region, day 17: paraparaumu, day 18: tongariro national park, day 19: tongariro alpine crossing, day 20: auckland, day 21: waiheke island.

The Google Map below shows you the exact route you’ll take on this epic 3 week New Zealand itinerary. It’s a lot of driving, but my god will it be awesome!

Arrive in Auckland, pick up your rental car, and hit the road towards the Coromandel Peninsula. I absolutely love this area of New Zealand. There are so many things to do here. You won’t have time to see everything, so book a holiday home in Tairua for two nights.

Arriving there the first day, just enjoy the views. Take a short walk to the top of Mount Paku or head down to Tairua beach. While the South Island does not have too many amazing beaches, the North Island is blessed with beautiful sandy beaches all over the place, especially in the northern part of the island. This is a very residential area but there are a few dining options in town so you won’t go hungry.

Today you will take a day trip to Cathedral Cove, one of the most beautiful beaches in New Zealand (and one of the only free things to do in this itinerary). With sharp cliffs and rocks sticking out of the shoreline, it’s a pretty popular place for locals and visitors alike.

To get to Cathedral Cove, leave Tairua early and park in the Cathedral Cove parking lot. In the summer you might have to wait for someone to leave to get a spot. From there it’s about a 45 minute walk along the coast to the beach. The beach here is gorgeous, but beware the water is damn cold! Pack lunch and enjoy the day at Cathedral Cove. 

If you’re up for swimming in some geothermal hot springs head a bit north of Cathedral Cove into the town of Whitianga, where you’ll find The Lost Spring . Here you can relax in some natural hot pools. Though the pools themselves are manmade and well manicured, the water comes from the geothermal hot springs in the area.

If you’d prefer a more natural option, check out Hot Water Beach on your way back to Tairua. Whatever else you might choose to do in this region will be spectacular as well.

Today you’ll head to New Zealand’s geothermal playground: Rotorua. But first, stop by Tauranga and Mount Maunganui to check out New Zealand’s 5th most populated city.

From the beach town of Mount Maunganui you can take a short hike to the top of the actual Mount Maunganui to get a great view of the coast and the city of Tauranga. Have lunch in Mount Maunganui or Tauranga and then get back on the road towards Rotorua. 

Rotorua is the southern hemisphere’s answer to Yellowstone. There are geysers, hot springs, mud volcanoes, and green lakes scattered all around. Unlike Yellowstone though, most of these are privately owned and charge individual admission fees.

There are some geothermal features you will randomly find around the actual city of Rotorua though, such as the Kuirau Park Mud Pools, but they’re not that great. Save the big geothermal adventure for tomorrow and if you’re up for it, book an evening dinner and Maori cultural experience at Takaki Maori Village .

Today you will explore the geothermal paradise of Wai-O-Tapu , just south of Rotorua. Some of the geological formations here are just nuts. Neon green lakes and boiling pots of mud are a common sight. 

Plan about a half day here as there is a lot to see. If you haven’t had your fill of boiling lakes and geysers yet, head on over to Waimangu Volcanic Valley to see some stunning turquoise blue lakes. Just don’t jump in them because you know, they’re still boiling. 

When you’re ready to move on from geothermal wonders you will head southeast to Hawke’s Bay . Book a cottage near Bay View and enjoy a peaceful evening on a unique black sand beach.

Wake up early to catch sunrise over the bay then head into the city of Napier for breakfast. Napier has an interesting history and the city’s architecture is Art Deco. It’s like the Miami Beach of New Zealand, architecturally speaking.

Drive down the coast to check out the seriously underrated Hawke’s Bay wine region. The vineyards are right on the coast here and that gives them a unique charm.

Be sure to check out my full guide to the amazingly underrated Hawke’s Bay region .

After lunch, get back on the road and head south. It’s about a four hour drive to Wellington on twisting turning picturesque New Zealand roads. Arrive in the capital in time for dinner on the bay. 

Take a day to rest and enjoy the wonderful city of Wellington. I called this city home for two years, and while there certainly are pros and cons of living in Wellington , I miss it every day.

No 3 week New Zealand itinerary is complete without it. With one day in town walk around the city center and climb some of the hills that give splendid views of Wellington bay. Since you have a car you might as well drive up to Mount Victoria Lookout for a great view of the city.

Have some Thai food for dinner – seriously the best Thai food I’ve ever had including my time in Thailand- and go out for a drink along Courtenay Place. New Zealand makes some of the best beer in the world and stopping by a local brewery or craft beer bar will top off a great day in the city.

Spend the night at the James Cook Hotel in central Wellington if you can. You’ll be safe from any overnight earthquake there, as I personally designed and managed the extensive seismic retrofit to the old hotel in 2015!

Time to catch the ferry to the South Island. The Wellington to Picton ferry takes about 4 hours and is not cheap, but it’s the best option for this road trip. Arriving in Picton you’re in the heart of Marlborough Sounds, a region of rugged green mountainous coastline. Take a scenic drive through the sounds and arrive into Nelson in time for dinner. 

The Nelson region is known for its hops, as in hops that are needed to make beer. The best hops in the world grow in Nelson and I do not say that lightly. All the best IPAs you will ever taste are made with Nelson Hops. 

I don’t know what it is about this region but the hoppy beer that comes from these hops is second to none. Don’t leave Nelson with some beer tasting at one or two of the local breweries. Kombucha Brothers is the best local microbrewery, so try to make it there if you have time.

From Nelson, head south on Highway 6 towards the west coast and stop in St Arnaud for some light hiking at Nelson Lakes National Park. This isn’t the most beautiful part of the South Island yet, but it’s still pretty nice. 

Take a nice relaxing day with some flat, easy walks, as this is an intense itinerary. When satisfied with the park, continue on to Charleston, where you will spend the night.

Today you will get a unique New Zealand experience: tubing through a glowworm cave. The main tubing outfitter here is Underworld Adventures . I don’t have any personal experience with them as the outfitter I used back in the day has gone out of business, but they have great reviews.

They will take you tubing down a river and through a glowworm cave (spoiler alert, they’re not actually worms, just larvae, but they do glow in the dark). 

There are many locations throughout the country to see glowworm caves, but only this area will let you float on a tube through it. These tours usually take about 4 hours and could run you up to $200 NZD. But it’s an experience you won’t get anywhere else, so it’s a very cool thing to do when you’re there. 

After your glowworm cave tubing experience you’ll head south to Franz Josef Glacier, a drive of about 3.5 hours. There are two massive glaciers down here, Franz Josef and Fox.

The road to Fox Glacier was destroyed by a landslide a few years ago and there are no immediate plans to rebuild it. There is still a road to Franz Josef though, so you’ll head there instead. Spend the night in the small village just outside the glacier also called Franz Josef.

Today’s highlight will be viewing Franz Josef Glacier up close and Fox glacier at a distance. The unique thing about these glaciers is that they are in the middle of a rainforest. Not where you typically find glaciers!

These glaciers have carved their way through this temperate rainforest for millenia. A few years ago you used to be able to book a tour that took you on a hike onto Fox Glacier. You could walk on it, and I have. But those days are over now.

To conserve the glaciers, people are no longer allowed to walk on them unless you book a helicopter tour, where they will set you down high up on the glacier, where the ice is not quite as fragile, and let you walk around. Some helicopter tour options with GetYourGuide are shown below. Be sure to book in advance! 

If you’re not willing to drop $350 for the helicopter tour, the closest you can get is the viewpoint on the trail. Set out in the morning to see Franz Josef glacier and drive to the end of the road. There is ample parking in the lot. 

The trail to the foot of the glacier is easy and will take maybe 45 minutes or so. After you’re satisfied with Franz Josef, you can head to Fox Glacier, just be prepared to not get a great view due to the road closure. 

When you’ve had your fill of glaciers it’s time to head to Queenstown, New Zealand’s recreational playground. Arrive in Queenstown in the evening or night and check in to your accommodation.

Take some time to relax today and enjoy the scenic beauty of Queenstown. Walk around the town (it’s small) or if you’re up for it take a hike to the top of Queenstown Hill for a great view of the town and The Remarkables, the mountain range to the south.

For dinner head downtown where there are a ton of restaurants for you to choose from. I don’t have any specific recommendations as none of them really stand out. All I will say is I never got what all the fuss is about with Fergburger . People come from all over and wait in line for hours to get a burger here. I did it once and was sufficiently disappointed. My personal recommendation is to not waste your time, but plenty of other people will tell you differently.

If you’re interested to learn a little about New Zealand’s gold rush in a well-preserved historic village, spend the afternoon in Arrowtown , a short drive away.

Or if you’re interested to try some adventure sports, why not book a bungee jumping experience with the guys who invented it ? Or perhaps a jet boat ride through a rugged canyon ? There is something to do in Queenstown for every type of traveler!

Today you’re visiting one of the most beautiful places in the entire world: Milford Sound. It’s a 3 hour drive from Queenstown so it will be a long day, but it’s worth it. For detailed information be sure to read my entire post on Milford Sound here .

Book your fjord cruise online in advance and allow an entire day for this journey. By the time you get back to Queenstown you’ll be exhausted and ready to hit the hay. Should you have some more energy, take the Skyline gondola up to the observation deck for another great view of the area.

Alternatively, if you want to avoid 6 hours more of driving, there are tons of organized tours that will take you from Queenstown to Milford Sound and back. The benefit of these is that everything is booked for you and you have limited work to do. The downside is that you get to Milford Sound at the most crowded time of the day.

There are a few tours on GetYourGuide offering essentially the exact same thing. One such tour you can read more about here .

Get an early start and leave Queenstown on your way to Mount Cook National Park. It’s about 3 hours on the road, not accounting for stops for photos, and you’ll want to get to the park by noon so you have time to explore. On the way there are some great views along the shores of Lake Pukaki. 

There are various hikes you can do around the park, with the main one being the Hooker Valley track. This is a good place to start. It’s mostly flat and at the end you are right in front of Mount Cook, the highest point in New Zealand. Spend the rest of the day exploring the park. There are a number of lodging opportunities in the park for all budgets, just be sure to book in advance. 

Take some additional time to enjoy Mount Cook National Park this morning. The weather here is hit or miss so hopefully you get some clear skies. When I first went to Mount Cook the rain was absolutely miserable the first day, I couldn’t even see the mountain. The next morning though? Clearest skies I’ve ever seen.

Make sure to check out Tasman Lake and Tasman Glacier and aim to get on the road by noon at the latest because it’s about 6 hours to Kaikoura, a funky peninsula that juts out of the east coast.

Once you pass Oaro the drive along the coast on Highway 1 is simply stunning. Kaikoura is the whale-watching capital of New Zealand. It’s small and there are not many places to stay so be sure to have something booked already. Before dark make sure to drive to the end of the peninsula and see the Kaikoura seal colony, a large colony of seals that have found a home here.

Your whale watching trip will start in the morning and run about three hours. The main tour agency is Whale Watch Kaikoura and they are so confident you’ll see a whale that they offer an 80% refund if you don’t. It’s also possible to do a short whale watching flight if you want quicker satisfaction.

There are also other marine adventures such as swimming with seals or swimming with dolphins if you’d rather do that. If none of that sounds great then just get on the road and head to Blenheim/Renwick for extra time tasting sauvignon blanc in one of the world’s most famous wine regions.

Assuming you’ve done one of the morning adventures in Kaikoura you will arrive to the Marlborough wine region in mid to late afternoon. Most wineries close at 5:00 so you’ll only really have time to hit one of them before the day is over. But don’t worry, you’ve got a full day of wine tasting tomorrow. 

Blenheim is a happening little town and due to its proximity in the heart of the Marlborough wine region, there are ample lodging and dining opportunities. If you’d prefer an even smaller town, Renwick is tiny and closer to more wineries.

Today you are waking up in the world famous Marlborough wine region. When you hear about New Zealand wines, they come from here. Of course there are numerous wine regions in New Zealand, but the only one that produces wine for international consumption is right here.

This area is particularly famous for its sauvignon blanc, which you probably already know since that’s usually the only type of New Zealand wine you can get around the world.

You’ve probably seen Matua and Oyster Bay at your local supermarket. While these mass produced wines are everywhere in this region, you can also find small local wineries without the international clout.

Most wineries are open for tastings from 10-5. There is a fee for tasting at most of the wineries, usually $5-15, but if you buy a bottle that fee will be deducted from the cost of the bottle.  

Rent a bike and hit the road for a day of biking around and tasting the world’s best savs. While a full list of the best vineyards in the region is beyond the scope of this post, one of my personal favorites is Brancott Estate . It is one of the mass produced ones but the estate is stunning. There is no shortage of beautiful vineyards in this region so no matter where you end up you will not be disappointed. 

Back to the North Island we go. The ferry leaves Picton at 10:45 so by the time you get back to the North Island the afternoon will be half over. Head on up Highway 1 to Paraparaumu, where you’ll find my favorite brewery in the whole world, Tuatara (named after a funky lizard indigenous to New Zealand). 

The brewery is in the industrial part of town, so no amazing views or anything, but the beer is just fantastic. Stay somewhere along the southwest coast of the North Island and enjoy the sunset on the coast. 

If you’re not a fan of amazing beer, just spend the evening relaxing at your accommodation, as it’s been a super busy trip so far and it’s only going to get more intense.

Enjoy the rare day to sleep in and get a late start to the day. Today you are heading to Tongariro National Park, which looks pretty much like what you’d imagine the surface of the moon to look like. This national park has multiple active volcanoes and very little vegetation.

The tallest mountain in the park is Mount Ruapehu, and if it’s a clear day you will have views of the peak from all over the place. There’s a little ski resort called Whakapapa that will get you the closest to the peak that you can get by vehicle. There are also a few hikes that will take you around the mountain, but you’ve got a long hike tomorrow so enjoy an easy day today.

Spent the night in the tiny town of National Park (that’s the name of the town). It’s basically just a bunch of lodges and campgrounds. The town is solely catered to travelers heading to Tongariro National Park.

Today you will embark on The Tongariro Alpine Crossing . It is probably the most famous hike in New Zealand and one of the most famous hikes in the world.

People come from all over the place to do this hike, and it’s especially popular because it’s doable in 4-6 hours and you can get a shuttle back to your car (since it’s 20km one way). The hike takes you up into the volcanos and treats you to views of hot spring mountain lakes and rocky slopes.

Schedule a shuttle to pick you up from National Park and take you back once you’re done and get started on the hike first thing in the morning. The trail will be busy, so be prepared to be slow moving in some locations of the hike, as some treacherous parts of the trail are very narrow.

I completed the hike in about four hours when I did it. This was mainly because I barely stopped due to the weather. It was absolutely miserable that day and visibility was about 10 feet. Unfortunately, that type of weather is pretty common in Tongariro. If you get a clear day, consider yourself lucky. It’s best you manage your expectations by coming prepared for horrid weather.  

Stay another night in National Park and celebrate that all your hiking for the trip is done. You’ve seen some amazing things from the trails!

It’s about four hours back to Auckland if you head straight there so get going relatively early. Or if you’re a fan of The Hobbit, take a little detour to the Hobbiton Movie Set . You have to book an organized tour so book in advance.

It takes about two hours so you will still have time to drive back to Auckland for a nice dinner along the water in the City of Sails. If you skip Hobbiton and head back to Auckland early take a walk around the Auckland Domain or head to the top of the Sky Tower before dinner.

Your last day in New Zealand. You’ll be in Auckland all day so it’s sort of a choose your own adventure type day. There are a number of things to do in Auckland, but if you’re not sick of spending money yet, take the ferry over to Waiheke Island.

The ferry to Waiheke is quite expensive for a 45 minute hop over to the island with a car, but this island is magical. It’s a playground for Auckland’s rich and famous, but also raw and local. Drive around and enjoy the beaches and boutique wineries.

You can see downtown Auckland from the island, but you’ll think you’re a world apart. Drive to the far east, isolated side of the island and have a glass of wine at Man O’War vineyards . When you’ve sufficiently explored Waiheke, head back to Auckland and have a nice last meal in New Zealand. You’ve earned it! 

What an epic three weeks you’ve just had in New Zealand. Even though you just scratched the surface of all the amazing things to see and do in New Zealand, you’ve really hit the main highlights. Head back home and give the credit card a rest!

Chris Heckmann

How to spend one day in ghent, belgium, the most epic australian road trip itinerary, you may also like, an enjoyable 2 week georgia itinerary (the country), 21 pros and cons of living in wellington,..., the best southern utah road trip itinerary you..., the 10 best beaches on new zealand’s north..., the ultimate 2 week new zealand road trip..., the best things to do in hawke’s bay,..., the ultimate 7-day netherlands travel itinerary, how to plan the perfect milford sound day..., discover uluru-kata tjuta national park and the australian....

[…] Cook as part of a longer road trip around New Zealand. It’s a necessary stop on any two-week or 3-week New Zealand itinerary, but it’s also possible to do as a weekend trip from Christchurch or by […]

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Work With Me
• Netherlands
• The Bahamas
• Turks and Caicos
• United States
• New Zealand
• Netherlands Travel
• Custom Travel Planning
• Top 10 Lists
• Dutch Culture
• Indian Culture

• Travel guides
• Budget travel
• Luxury travel
• Moving abroad
• Trip planning
• Inspiration
• Flight attendant
• Recent posts
• Bosnia & Herzegovina
• Netherlands
• Dominican Republic
• New Zealand
• Travel Resources

The Ultimate 3-Week South Island New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary

• 23 November 2021 8 May 2023

In early 2018, Ben and I set out on a three-month road trip throughout New Zealand. We traveled both the North and South Islands in our renovated Sprinter van, staying in campsites as we went. The South Island in particular was a very beautiful drive that is a must for any nature lover. I’ve taken our trip and fine-tuned it into this 3-week ultimate South Island New Zealand road trip. Read on for every can’t-miss destination, as well as some lesser-known stops along the way!

Disclosure: Some of the links below are affiliate links. When you purchase through links on my site, I may make a small commission (at no extra cost to you!).

Stops along your South Island New Zealand road trip

Christchurch (2-3 days), south island new zealand road trip overview.

Total driving distance : 2,474 km / 1,537 mi

Total driving time : 31 hours

This South Island itinerary assumes that you’re starting in Picton and ending in Christchurch, but you can obviously reverse the direction if you need to. If you’re visiting the North Island as well, it’s easy to connect via the Interislander Ferry in Picton. Most people visiting New Zealand want to see both islands, and the ferry makes it easy and convenient to cross the Cook Strait.

To make this South Island road trip into a full loop, simply continue north from Christchurch back to Picton on Highway 1.

Picton (1-2 days)

Nelson (1-2 days), abel tasman national park (2-3 days).

• West Coast (3-4 days)

Wanaka (2 days)

Queenstown (3 days), te anau & milford sound (1-2 days), invercargill & the catlins (3 days), dunedin (1-2 days).

• Aoraki/Mt Cook National Park (1 day)

Lake Pukaki & Lake Tekapo (1 day)

Things to know before you go

• Although distances between places on a map may seem small, actual drive times can be much longer. This is because mountains, lakes , and valleys often get in the way!
• Road conditions on the South Island can change very quickly due to weather or construction patterns. A one-hour drive can easily turn into two (or more!). Allow yourself extra time to avoid frustration.
• Accommodation options in certain areas can be few and far between. Check for Department of Conservation campsites, Airbnbs, or youth hostels if you can’t find any standard hotels in your price range.

South Island New Zealand road trip itinerary

If you’re coming in on a ferry from the North Island, Picton will be your first stop. Located in the Marlborough region, Picton is a beautiful little town with lots in the surrounding area to do. If you can, try to spend some time out in the Marlborough Sounds for a relaxing break from reality. This whole region reminds me a lot of the Coromandel Peninsula on the North Island — simply breathtaking.

Things to do in Picton:

• Tirohanga Track : 6.5 km (4 mi) hike over volcanic terrain with views over the town and water
• The Snout : Scenic spot overlooking the Sounds
• Queen Charlotte Track : 71 km (44 mi) Great Walk that can be partially done as a day hike
• Visit a winery : Marlborough is wine country. Drive south to Blenheim and have a tasting at one of the many wineries.

Book a tour in Picton

Driving distance : 139 km / 86 mi

Driving time : 2 hours

Nelson, the oldest city on New Zealand’s South Island, is known for its local art scene (as well as for being the gateway to Abel Tasman National Park). Its eccentric vibe and lush landscapes combine to give it a very unique feel when visiting. Make sure to try a local beer from one of the many breweries before leaving!

Things to do in Nelson:

• Tahunanui Beach : Sandy beach with a picturesque coastline
• Pic’s Peanut Butter World : Take a tour and sample some of New Zealand’s most popular peanut butter
• The Brook Waimārama Sanctuary : Nature preserve with wildlife and hiking tracks
• Cable Bay Lookout : Scenic area where the bay meets the sea. Come here for kayaking, swimming, and hiking.

Book a tour in Nelson

Driving distance : 60 km / 37 mi

Driving time : 1 hour

Crystal clear water, sandy beaches, and exotic wildlife come together at Abel Tasman National Park. The tropical climate and flourishing plants will make you feel like you’re on a different planet. Whether you take a guided tour or forge ahead solo, the activities in the park are not to be missed.

Things to do at Abel Tasman National Park:

• Day cruise : See all the major sights in one fell swoop
• Attempt a Great Walk : The Abel Tasman Coast Track (60 km / 37 mi) can be done in as little as three days
• Kayak around the park : Can be hired out for half days or full days
• Look out for wildlife : Fur seals, little blue penguins, and bottlenose dolphins all call the park their home
• Takaka Hill : See the Ngarua Caves and walk the Takaka Hill Walkway
• Golden Bay : Long stretches of sandy beaches and clear water

Book an Abel Tasman Tour

The West Coast (3-4 days)

Driving distance : 642 km / 399 mi

Driving time : 8 hours 30 minutes

The West Coast of New Zealand’s South Island is a large region made up of many small towns. It’s remote, off-the-beaten-track, and less touristy than other places in the country. With forests that make you feel like you’re in Jurassic Park and glaciers bigger than you can imagine, the wild West Coast is simply breathtaking.

Things to do on the West Coast:

• Punakaiki Pancake Rocks and Blowholes : Natural phenomena made from limestone
• Hokitika Gorge : Short hike with high swing bridges and powdery blue water
• West Coast Treetop Walk & Cafe : Canopy walkway through the trees
• Blue Pools : Easy track that leads to bright blue glacial water
• Franz Josef : Take a helicopter tour to Franz Josef Glacier (or hike if you’re looking for a budget option)
• Fox Glacier : Another cool small town with a glacier. Drive to the nearby Lake Matheson which is known for its reflective views of Mt. Cook.

⇉ West Coast New Zealand Itinerary: An Adventurous 7-Day Road Trip

Book a tour on the West Coast

Driving distance : 143 km / 89 mi

Driving time : 1 hour 45 minutes

Wanaka is like a smaller, chiller version of Queenstown. You’ll still find all the natural beauty and trendy spots but with less adventure and fewer crowds. Don’t be deceived — Wanaka is still a bucket list destination in its own right. With the stunning peaks of Mount Aspiring National Park in the background, Wanaka’s scenery is unmatched.

Things to do in Wanaka:

• Roys Peak : Popular 16 km (10.1 mi) hike with picture-perfect views
• Wildwire via ferrata : Guided waterfall cable climb with views over Wanaka
• #ThatWanakaTree : A solitary willow tree on the lake that’s gained fame for being very Instagrammable
• Lake Wanaka : Post up for some swimming or boating on Wanaka’s main lake
• Lake Hawea : A smaller, neighboring lake with great freedom camping sites

Book a tour in Wanaka

Driving distance : 68.5 km / 43 mi

Ahh, Queenstown. Adventure capital of New Zealand, hipster haven, and backpackers’ paradise. There is so much to do in this city. Whether you’re looking for adrenaline-pumping activities or a luxurious spa getaway , Queenstown is the place for it.

The drive between Wanaka and Queenstown follows Highway 6 and Crown Range Road . It’s a very scenic drive and one that you’ll want to give yourself more time to experience. Make sure to stop at any of the roadside lookout points along the way!

Things to do in Queenstown:

• Skyline Queenstown : Take a gondola up to the Queenstown Ultimate Viewpoint (or hike the Tiki Trail for a budget option)
• Skydiving : Tandem with a pro with NZONE Skydive
• Bob’s Cove : Easy hike with a lookout over Lake Wakatipu
• Jet boating : Exhilarating jet boat ride down the Matukituki River
• Coronet Peak : Hit the slopes for some skiing or snowboarding in winter
• Go cafe hopping : Queenstown has the coolest cafe culture

Book a tour in Queenstown

Driving distance : 289 km / 179.5 mi

Driving time : 3 hours 30 minutes

If you were to send a postcard from New Zealand, Milford Sound would be on it 9 times out of 10. This famous fjord is home to hundreds of powerful waterfalls and colonies of fur seals. Spend your days here out in nature, then head back to a bit of comfort by staying at the Milford Sound Lodge .

Things to do in Te Anau & Milford Sound:

• Drive the scenic road to Milford Sound : The stops along the road from Te Anau to Milford Sound deserve at least a few hours to explore!
• Boat cruise through Milford Sound : Hands-down the best way to see Milford Sound. There are various operators running tours of different types & lengths. Prices start at about $60 NZD per person.
• Scenic flight : Unbeatable views of Milford Sound and the Southern Alps for those that don’t mind the splurge. Many of these tours leave from Queenstown.
• Lake Te Anau : Largest lake in the South Island
• Doubtful Sound : Larger but less famous fjord than Milford Sound
• Kepler Track : Another multi-day Great Walk that can be partially done as a day hike
• Mirror Lakes : Super short walk with perfectly reflective water
• Fiordland National Park : Tons of hikes and activities around the fjords. Cascade Creek Campground is a great campervan option!

⇉ 16 Exciting Things to Do in Te Anau, New Zealand

⇉ 14 Best Things to Do in Milford Sound: First Timer’s Guide

Book a tour to Milford Sound

Driving distance : 318 km / 197.5 mi

Driving time : 4 hours

The Catlins region is the most underrated in New Zealand. Stretching from Invercargill in the west to Balclutha in the east, the Catlins is filled with waterfalls , striking seaside cliffs, and mystical forests. This area of the country is remote and far-flung, but definitely worth the drive.

Things to do in Invercargill & the Catlins:

• Queens Park : Spacious park with diverse foliage in Invercargill
• Nugget Point : Dramatic cliffside lighthouse with big “nugget” rocks
• Slope Point : Southernmost point on the South Island
• Curio Bay : Coastal headland with a petrified forest and yellow-eyed penguin colonies
• Cathedral Caves : One of the longest sea caves in the world

⇉ Catlins Road Trip Itinerary: 4 Days in New Zealand’s Most Underrated Region

Driving distance : 78.4 km / 49 mi

Dunedin is a charming student town with a strong Scottish heritage. Throughout the adjoining Otago Peninsula, you’ll find windswept landscapes and plenty of outdoor activities to partake in. Dunedin is another town that is also known for its wildlife — in this case, albatross, seals, and penguins.

Things to do in Dunedin:

• St Clair beach : Sandy beach that’s good for surfing (and wildlife spotting)
• Larnach Castle : New Zealand’s only “castle”
• Tunnel Beach : Rugged beach walk with a manmade tunnel
• Signal Hill Lookout : Scenic lookout over Dunedin and the Otago Harbour
• Baldwin street : Steepest street in the world

⇉ Dunedin Travel Guide: The Best Things to Eat, See, and Do

Book a tour in Dunedin

Aoraki/Mount Cook National Park (1 day)

Driving distance : 317 km / 197 mi

Driving time : 3 hours 45 minutes

New Zealand’s tallest mountain, Aoraki/Mount Cook, dominates the skyline of its namesake National Park. With some of the best Southern Alps mountain views in the whole country, Aoraki/Mt Cook National Park is a must for any South Island New Zealand road trip itinerary. There is a variety of hikes for all experience levels, from quick walks to multi-day excursions.

Things to do in Aoraki/Mount Cook National Park:

• Mueller Hut Route : Iconic alpine track with a bright red hut. The first half of this hike is the Sealy Tarns Track.
• Hooker Valley Track : Easy, flat walk with stunning views that end at Hooker Lake
• Red Tarns Track : Lots of stairs for a killer view over Mt Cook Alpine Village
• Tasman Glacier : The largest glacier in New Zealand. Can be seen on the Blue Lakes/Tasman Glacier hikes
• Hermitage Hotel : Historic hotel with a museum and planetarium in Aoraki/Mount Cook Village

⇉ The Ultimate Guide to Aoraki/Mt Cook National Park

Book a tour to Mount Cook

Driving distance : 104 km / 64.6 mi

Driving time : 1 hour 10 minutes

With bright blue water and snow-capped mountains, Lake Pukaki and Lake Tekapo are a photographer’s dream. Make sure to wear a cute outfit on the day you visit, because you’ll definitely be taking a lot of pictures! Because they’re so close, the two lakes can easily be combined into one day’s worth of exploring.

Things to do in Lake Pukaki & Lake Tekapo:

• NZ Alpine Lavender : Roadside lavender farm that sells tasty lavender-flavored treats
• Church of the Good Shepard : Picturesque stone church on the shores of Lake Tekapo
• Mt John Walkway : Easy hike with views over the Canterbury Plains that ends at Mount John Observatory
• Dark Sky Project : Planetarium that runs stargazing tours. This area is known as a Dark Sky Reserve, meaning there is very little light pollution!
• Tekapo Springs : Soak in some hot pools to relax after a long day of exploring
• Hunt for lupins : These pink, purple, and orange flowers bloom around the shores of Lake Tekapo in November and December

⇉ Tekapo Travel Guide: 14 Can’t-Miss Things To Do Around Lake Tekapo

Book a tour in Tekapo

Driving distance : 230 km / 143 mi

Driving time : 2 hours 50 minutes

Known as the Garden City , Christchurch is famous for its mix of city living and lush outdoor spaces (as well as for the massive earthquake that hit in 2010). It’s the largest city on the South Island by population, and the city center has a lot to offer. Although a lot of areas have been rebuilt, you can still see remnants of the rubble in certain spots downtown. The city has a trendy and eclectic vibe, with lots of unique restaurants, cafes, and boutique shops.

Things to do in Christchurch:

• Christchurch Gondola : Mountain cablecar with panoramic views
• Hagley Park : Sizeable urban park with frequent festivals and markets
• International Antarctic Centre : Come here to learn all about New Zealand’s footprint in Antarctica
• Lyttelton : Trendy port town with cute cafes and shops
• Akaroa and the Banks Peninsula : Unique, hilly landscape with a quirky French settlement

Book a tour in Christchurch

If you have more time in New Zealand

There is so much more to do in New Zealand than what I’ve listed above. You’d need several months (or more!) to fully experience everything. If you’re blessed with a lot of free time, here are some suggestions to extend your New Zealand road trip.

• Marlborough Sounds : Rent a holiday home and spend some time kayaking, hiking, and swimming
• Embark on a Great Walk : Multi-day treks through New Zealand’s most spectacular scenery
• Kaikōura : Coastal town known for its whale watching tours
• Mt Aspiring National Park : Tall peaks, glaciers, and tons of waterfalls
• Glenorchy : Charming town on Lake Wakatipu that’s great for outdoor enthusiasts. Only a 40-minute drive from Queenstown!
• Central Otago : Visit the quaint small towns of Cromwell, Alexandra, and Roxburgh
• Bluff : Coastal town in the far south that’s known for its oysters
• Oamaru : Quirky town that’s home to the Steampunk HQ
• Twizel : High country town with several nearby lakes. This is a great place to stay to take a day trip to Mt. Cook!
• Timaru : Port city that’s perfect for a pleasant stopover between Christchurch and Dunedin
• Arthur’s Pass National Park : Between Christchurch and the West Coast
• Castle Hill : Alpine village in Canterbury with strange rock formations
• Nelson Lakes National Park : Mountain park with beech forests, streams, and lakes
• Stewart Island/Rakiura : Home to unique wildlife, incredible views, and Rakiura National Park
• North Island : Get there by airplane or by ferry. You’ll find a warmer climate, Maori culture, and unique natural phenomena .

Thanks for reading this South Island New Zealand road trip itinerary! I hope that it’s been useful in planning your next trip .

Related posts

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• [email protected]
• Auckland, New Zealand

• Itineraries
• Short breaks
• Waitangi & Bay of Islands Region
• Far North & Northland Region
• Auckland & Auckland Region
• Thames & Coromandel Peninsula Region
• Hamilton & Waikato Region
• Tauranga & Bay of Plenty Region
• Napier & Hawkes Bay Region
• New Plymouth & Taranaki Region
• Wellington & Wairarapa Region
• Blenheim & Marlborough Region
• Nelson & Nelson Region
• Greymouth & West Coast Region
• Christchurch & Canterbury Region
• Dunedin & Otago Region
• Queenstown & Arrowtown
• The Catlins Region
• Invercargill & Southland Region
• Stewart Island
• National Parks
• Maori Culture
• Conservation
• Walks & Hikes
• Gardens & Parks
• Odd & Unusual
• Heritage & Art
• Plan Your Trip
• Travel Guides
• Best Time to Visit
• Travel deals
• New Zealand Itinerary – 3 Weeks, 21 Days in Depth Exploration

New Zealand Itinerary - 3 Weeks, 21 days in Depth Exploration

21 DAYS IN NZ – IN DEPTH TOUR OF KEY DESTINATIONS

• Breathtaking scenery , evocative landscapes 100% pure blasts of New Zealand
• Adventure is New Zealand’s DNA, bungy jump, sky dive your choice, your holiday
• Unique Maori cultural narratives – Rotorua
• A touch of indulgence with hot thermal pools the perfect antidote to a busy world
• Cultural centres and art galleries where creative talents interpret the world of Aotearoa New Zealand
• Villages and towns with quirky personalities and the stamp of time making for interesting stops
• Tranzalpine train journey , one of the world’s great railway trips
• Short walks to waterfalls and the majestic Southern Alps

Trip Overview

Aotearoa NZ 3 Week Road Trip

PLACES TO VISIT:

Auckland, Taupo, Rotorua, Wellington, Nelson, Christchurch, Greymouth, Hokitika, Franz Josef, Wanaka, Queenstown

Your itinerary is a road trip where a vehicle is NOT always necessary.

Recommended:

• Check your interests from action, adventure to strolling through pristine forests and wildlife sanctuaries and alter itinerary accordingly.
• New Zealand itinerary 3 weeks, 21 days in depth exploration is a great family friendly adventure.

Your international flight arrives in Auckland where you will spend 2 nights . Relax, perhaps you’ve arrived after a long haul flight (Australia and Singapore) or two flights (Europe and North America). Your exciting first day is an orientation as you explore New Zealand’s largest city, Auckland .

More about Auckland

• Revive and set the holiday clock with some else taking care of transport and logistics for the day. Join a day trip around Auckland’s top sights.
• Collect your one way rental vehicle (Auckland to Rotorua) as you depart busy urban Auckland.

Auckland, is New Zealand on a plate; a must-do destination with:

• three wine districts
• beaches and rivers
• urban sophistication with a unique Pasifika vibe
• Outstanding public spaces and heritage trails
• Adventures galore starting with the well known harbour bridge climb

Attractions range from outstanding public galleries, main street shopping to solitude and peace on the wild west coast. Activities and adventures galore from kayaking in the city to boat cruises on the Hauraki Gulf waterways. Jump off a massive harbour bridge in the morning and explore heritage Devonport in the afternoon. Places to visit embrace gardens and parks for an impromptu picnic to walks in scenic regional parks. Auckland is where your awesome New Zealand holiday starts. Check out our Auckland travel guide and get going.

Auckland Travel Guide

You are behind the wheel and on the road to Taupo . Taupo is your introduction to glorious New Zealand scenery. Check out Central North Island road trip for tips about where to go and what to see.

Unmissable sights between Auckland and Taupo are:

• Tirau corrugated sculptures adorning the main street; great Instagram moment and definitely humorous
• Putaruru wetlands where billions of litres of crystal clear spring water create a memorising sight

Vehicle pickup is going to be a one way rental from Auckland to Rotorua. You will be hiring a rental vehicle for 3 days (24 hour periods). Ensure you are aware of the flight schedules from Rotorua airport before arranging your rental vehicle.

The small agricultural service town has ingeniously recreated itself as a glamorous pit stop with functional corrugated iron sheeting an art form. The town’s identity is now large corrugated iron sculptures depicting main street businesses. The public toilets are located in large corrugated sheep together with a visitor information desk. Another set of public toilets , off the main road are worth a photo stop together with the pukeko signage on the shops opposite.

More about Tirau

PUTARURU BLUE SPRINGS

Putaruru Blue Spring is mesmerising. Visitors are entranced by the sheer volume of welling water. Gentle currents form blue ribbons with tendrils of green swirling freshwater plants.  Photo opportunities galore against the blue / green water, hillsides and regenerating bush is a given. Putaruru Blue Springs is one of New Zealand’s premier scenic destinations.

More about Putaruru Blue Springs

Explore an oscar winning film set for Lord of the Rings,  Hobbiton. Grab the opportunity to spend a day leisurely exploring one of NZ’s premier open air museum complexes, Firth Tower with 13 buildings. Matamata is rural New Zealand with a dash of an urban vibe with cafes and restaurants to suit all tastes.

More about Matamata

Auckland to Tirau to Taupo 336 km (4 ½ hours) for diehard fans of Lord of the Rings. Hobbiton  is a short detour. Book Hobbiton entrance and tour before arrival to avoid disappointment.

More about Hobbiton Attraction

STILL DAY 3-4: NEW ZEALAND ITINERARY 3 WEEKS, 21 DAYS 

Find out what makes New Zealand a special place. Visitors are beguiled by a volcanic zone stretching across the Central Plateau of the North Island. Nature has created a bubbling cauldron of warm mineral water and deep immense crater lakes. Inky blue bodies of water are fringed by lush native bush. The glorious scenery has a stunning backdrop of the three snow-tipped peaks of Tongariro National Park . It is the stuff of holiday dreams with the picturesque landscape encouraging water sports, adventures from jet boating, rafting and kayaking or walking tours soaking up the views.

TAUPO ULTIMATE THINGS TO DO:

• Huka falls, enormous torrents of water forcing its way through a rocky gorge is memorising and definitely unmissable
• Lake cruise, got to get out on the water, it’s Lake Taupo after all. Catch a good look at the Maori rock carvings as they rise magnificently out of the water
• Craters of the Moon lunar landscape is extraordinary, an otherworldly experience
• ORAKEI KORAKO steaming vents, boiling mud, a geothermal wonderland (this is on the route between Taupo and Rotorua creating an excellent stop on your road trip between the two towns)
• Taupo adventures beckon, go bungy jumping or go para-skiing on the lake,
• Indulge in a leisurely cafe brunch at Lava Glass
• Take a selfie against Taupo’s graffiti street art trail

WHERE IS TAUPO?

… learn more about Taupo and enjoy DAY 4 exploring TAUPO.

More about Taupo

Getting around Taupo. The central town district is easily navigated by foot or cycle however most attractions are out of town either requiring a vehicle or a guided tour option. Attractions have large car parks and are well signposted. If you are not sure, pop into Taupo’s Visitor Centre conveniently located on the main street through Taupo.

Your day starts with a scenic drive from Taupo to Rotorua . The short easy 80 km drive has several stunning locations to explore on route. Make sure you pull over and check out Whakarewarewa Living Village on the outskirts of Rotorua. Check out where the locals live and how their lives have been influenced by living with active volcanic activity at Rotorua Whakarewarewa: an iconic living Maori village .

Rotorua to Taupo Trip

The caldron located on the Pacific Ring of Fire is an exhilarating exposure to the earth’s raw energy as it bubbles up in boiling mud. Energy shoots boiling vents of steamy water as geysers and streams and creeks paint the lunar landscape a brilliant orange and yellow. Visitors can dip their toes into warm water seeping from lakeside streams and walk among mineralised landscapes where birds have lost their webbed feet due to high concentrations of sulphur. Rotorua  is a must-go destination in New Zealand both for its natural displays of power and the vibrant Maori cultural attractions. For holiday inspiration check out…

A Day in Rotorua

Your day starts with a departure from Rotorua to the domestic Rotorua airport (Taupo) for a short flight to Wellington. You will return your one way rental vehicle at Rotorua domestic airport. 

While the drive from Rotorua to Wellington is picturesque it is 6 hours or 453 km of largely winding single lane roads.

An awesome little capital city known for its cultural vibe , food scene and stunning harbour views.

WELLINGTON HIGHLIGHTS:

• Te Papa National Museum, where stuffy boring museums is a thing of the past
• Weta Workshop , movie magic where fantasy starts at the entrance, consider a workshop for the dedicated Sir Peter Jackson fans
• A stroll along the golden mile, Ultimate guide to attractions on the Lambton Quay to Wellington Cable Car walk – Best Bits
• Parliamentary tour of the Victorian era building and beehive
• Nature lovers consider a trip to Zealandia , a native wildlife sanctuary nestled in the heart of the city

Join a Wellington guided tour and let someone else manage logistics.

Catch a flight to Nelson (South Island) from Wellington airport. Collect a one way rental car from Nelson airport with a scheduled return in Queenstown. 

BUDGET SAVINGS

Ferry passage (⅔ cheaper than flights) + Intercity Coach to Nelson city. Allow additional travel time outside the scheduled itinerary.

An interisland ferry journey from Wellington sea terminal to Picton sea terminal is approximately 4 hours with an additional 2 hour drive to reach Nelson.

NELSON & ABEL TASMAN NATIONAL PARK HIGHLIGHTS

Enjoy an extensive range of food / craft markets, cafes and award winning restaurants.  This mix is stirred and mixed in food and wine where the taste buds are tantalised  by the bounty of the sea and land.  No wonder Nelson is a perennial favourite place for a holiday.

• Art scene, from world class Suter Gallery to artisan pop up stalls in weekend markets. Nelson city has an absorbing art trail from riverside walks to the coast. 
• Foodie joy in restaurants and cafes capturing a contemporary Pacifica fusion cuisine
• City beaches with sweeps of gold dusted sandy foreshores with cafes and facilities at your fingertips
• Vibrant festival season nestled in heritage Founders Park, Isel Park and public spaces
• Well established theatre and arts culture with live entertainment, nightlife and attractions 
• A gateway city to the iconic Abel Tasman National Park with its attractions from beaches, walks, waterfalls and water sports
• Day trips to Moutere Valley vineyards and artisan stores, Tasman Village galleries and Mapu Wharf attractions
• Nelson city is a hub for the region’s Great Taste Trail, a shared cycling / walk experience exploring the best the region has to offer
• Heritage Nelson has Founders Park village, Isel Homestead brings the past back to life with exhibits, displays and 19th century main street atmosphere.

Nelson & Tasman Region Travel Guide

NELSON, BLENHEIM TO KAIKOURA - OUTSTANDING COASTAL SCENERY

Drive from Nelson to Christchurch (your journey is part of the Upper South Island loop itinerary).

Today you are following the coast from Nelson through the pretty Marlborough town Blenehim to Kaikoura and your eventual destination Christchurch. From Nelson you are driving through glorious temperate forests, past rushing white water rivers and coastal views where seals and ocean birds congregate.

Highlights:

• Rai Valley colonial cottage built from hand cut totara slabs in 1880’s. Location Opouri Road, Carluke, Rai Valley The interior can be viewed through glass panels. Take a break from driving and explore the interior of the cottage from the outside. Search the List | Rai Valley Cottage .
• Pelorus Scenic Reserve and river. The location for the Lord of the Rings film. A great reason to stretch your legs on a short forest reserve walk across a suspension bridge. 
• Havelock Mussel Capital/ Cruise the Kenepuru Sound / perhaps join the mailboat and discover more about your favourite seafood, greenshell ™ mussels. You will be cruising the Kenepuru Sound. Pelorus Sound Cruises, Boat Transfers & Charters | Marlborough Sounds NZ – The ONLY way to see the REAL Marlborough Sounds

Upper South Island Road Trip

BLENHEIM – MARLBOROUGH

Often overlooked by visitors rushing off the Picton ferry on their way to Nelson. Marlborough, with its vineyards, vibrant artisan community, wide open spaces and iconic Queen Charlotte Sounds is a world class destination tucked into the hills and rivers of the South Island. Blenheim is the hub for the next day or perhaps Marlborough charm has evolved the stay into several days or more.

Grab the opportunity – don’t miss out on five must do Marlborough attractions

• 14 Things to Do in Marlborough Sounds, New Zealand: A Detailed Travel Guide
• Omaka Aviation Heritage Centre
• Marlborough, New Zealand wine trail – Best Bits
• Marlborough family friendly top sights – Best Bits

More about Blenheim

As you depart Blenheim you are in for a scenic treat. As you swoop over the dry hills of Marlborough with its farms and rural countryside. Pass Marlborough’s award winning vineyards and winery vats. The road hugs the coast with spectacular views of the ocean, sheer cliffs rising out of the sea and constant muted sounds of the sea. 

Kaikōura is the meeting point for the ocean and mountains with a picturesque fishing village reimagined as a tourist destination offering marine experiences from dolphin encounters to whale watching. All of this washed down with local wines and a plate of succulent freshly harvested crayfish. 

Kaikōura’s drawcard is marine mammal encounters – sperm whales, fur seals and dolphins live permanently in the coastal waters. There are ocean going birds and local seals to observe on your foreshore walks. Whale watching trips leave the town several times a day.

More about Kaikōura

Christchurch is a repurposed city with exciting contemporary architecture alongside restored heritage buildings. Find how the Avon River brings its natural beauty into the urban landscape. Explore a vibrant, transformative street culture with murals and public sculptures. Laneways, pedestrian-only precincts, funky playgrounds add to the sense of urban meets imaginative horizons.

The Christchurch Art Gallery is an excellent place to start exploring art, culture and the story of Christchurch. Savour an exciting cafe and hospitality scene with its focus on farm to plate dining experiences. Unearth your sense of adventure as you explore the hills. Zipline against breathtaking views of the Canterbury plains in an adventure park or hurdle down mountain biking trails.

More about Christchurch

Christchurch’s backyard is Canterbury.

Adventure beckons. Visitors can ski at a world-class alpine resort, play golf, bungee jump, raft, mountain bike, hot-air balloon, wind surf, whale watch and visit internationally-acclaimed wineries and gardens – all within a short drive of the city.

MUST-DO ATTRACTIONS

Start with a hot favourite, the vintage Tram – Interactive Tour of Christchurch . The tram is a must do activity. The 2.5km route encompasses  city highlights.  With seventeen stops there is access to most main attractions. The train stops adjacent to the Visitor Information Centre, recently relocated to the refurbished historic Arts Centre precinct.

The ‘i’ Site can provide guides to street art installations, pop up exhibitions as well as commercial galleries. Consider purchasing a combined ticket for a caterpillar garden tour and/or the Port Hills gondola as well as the tram ride.   Tickets can be directly purchased from the tram conductor or the Visitor Information Centre.

TIP: Definitely a transport option for families.

WHERE TO STAY IN CHRISTCHURCH

CITY CENTRE LOCATION

• Sightseeing major attractions
• Cafes & restaurants
• First time visitors

City centre suburb Merivale and Riccarton are a great alternative to the city centre especially for visitors without a vehicle. Both suburbs are on busy public transport routes with Hagley North Park acting as a public space.

• Select your MUST GO attractions
• Investigate hop on and hop off bus route and/or vintage tram route, especially useful if you do not have a vehicle

TranzAlpine Train Journey

Relax and absorb the diverse scenery of one of the world’s great train journeys. From the rolling farmland of the Canterbury plains through the Southern Alps pass, Arthur’s Pass National Park.

The train winds its way past the stunning Lake Brunner with a stop at Moana heritage railway station and with glimpses of the majesty of the west coast’s lush subtropical rainforest. Panoramic windows means guests do not miss any of the spectacular views as they pass by.

More about Lake Brunner

TRANS ALPINE TRAIN

Unmissable bucket list activity. Check out the Tranzalpine online resource for reservation details. The TranzAlpine is one of the world’s great train journeys covering 223 kilometres one-way, taking just under 5 hours. You’ll pass the rolling farmland of the Canterbury plains climbing steadily through sub-alpine landscapes to the breath-taking Arthurs Pass National Park. It is a journey of a lifetime.

TRANZ-ALPINE TIPS

• The train is largely a non-stop service unless you have booked a stop. There is one stop at Arthurs Pass. You can’t get off unless you have pre-booked a stop. There is one compulsory stop (you don’t have to get off) in Arthurs pass. A favourite choice is Moana (Lake Brunner) for travellers.
• You can take your own food and drink but not alcohol.
• The best time of year to go is in the middle of winter when the alps are covered in snow.
• You can travel one way or return and you can board the train at any of the official stops
• The best photo opportunities are passing the Staircase Viaduct, Broken River Viaduct, Waimakariri River Bridge and at Arthurs pass. You are notified beforehand so as not to miss the photo moment. The large picture windows offer unimpeded views.

DEFINITIVELY THE WAY TO ARRIVE IN STYLE IN GREYMOUTH, WEST COAST

GREYMOUTH VISITOR CENTRE – LOCATION RAILWAY STATION

Greymouth Visitor Centre is inside the station. They offer a free reservation service for all activities, tours, accommodation and transport. Those services include TranzAlpine Train, Tranz Scenic Trains and coach,

COLLECT RENTAL CAR AT GREYMOUTH RAILWAY STATION AS YOU DISEMBARK FROM THE TRANZALPINE TRAIN.

You have scheduled two days to explore the West Coast. Your road journey is on State Highway 6, part of the Great West Coast Road trip . 

Overnight in Greymouth after the day’s train journey. 

• Explore Greymouth late afternoon. 
• Day ten starts with a short dash up State Highway 6, to the iconic Punakaiki (46 km north of Greymouth). Allow 1/1/2 hours.
• Follow State Highway 6 south to Hokitika where you stay the night. Pick and choose attractions from wildlife exploration, jade (greenstone) workshops and galleries to walks along the Hokitika gorge soaking up the scenic views.

Great West Coast Road Trip

WEST COAST GUIDE ATTRACTIONS, THINGS TO DO, PLACES TO GO

Where to go is outdoors. Irresistible West Coast   scenery is the drawcard. The attraction of a pristine native forest wrapped around mountain ranges, lush dense coastal forests and untamed wild ocean beaches creates memory moments. Stunning, unforgettable are geological sculptural arches, layers to the world’s most accessible glaciers.

There are places to go that suit every taste. Glorious scenery is folded into visitor experiences from wild water jet boating, kayaking, horse trekking, bird watching on lagoon waterways and, let’s get your gold prospecting skills polished, gold panning.

WEST COAST SCENERY

• Spend time lingering in Hokitika; grab a selfie of the iconic driftwood Hokitika signage and visit a kiwi (bird) sanctuary. Marvelling at the beauty of crafted POUNAMU (jade) in Hokitika and Greymouth. Listen to stories about pounamu’s cultural significance to Maori
• Enjoy a short walk along the Hokitika Gorge With its aquamarine water
• Explore PAPAROA NATIONAL PARK with Punakaiki, Pancake rocks extraordinary limestone karst formations, easily accessible and wheelchair friendly
• Enjoy coastal walks along Cape Foulwind; observe NZ fur seals and soak up the views from the lighthouse
• Okariki Lagoon and the elegant herons is a wildlife highlight

WEST COAST ADVENTURES

• Kayak through Paparoa National Park through lush temperate rainforests and past soaring limestone cliffs
• Raft the surging white water BULLER & WHATAROA RIVERS and explore rivers seldom visited. The breathtaking scenery is a bonus
• Delve into miner’s tunnels and explore gold mining trails throughout the West Coast

Greymouth is the arrival point for the Tranzalpine train from Christchurch. Greymouth has galleries specialising in pounamu (jade) jewellery and objects, local art works and artisan goods using upcycled materials. Greymouth has a substantial number of architectural heritage sites worth spending time wandering around town. The Floodwall walk is a heritage highlight with the power of the sea, river mouth sandbars and the difficulty of maintaining the Greymouth Port graphically illustrated. Greymouth offers visitors easy access to the iconic Punakaiki Pancake Rocks, Charleston and underground caving and plenty of outdoor walks exploring old gold mining sites.

More about Greymouth

Hokitika , is a cool little town from great coffee, cafes, shopping for pounamu creations, a waterproof jacket to spectacular scenery at its doorstep. The dramatic beach with the well known driftwood signage is fun. There are wild westie rivers, mountains and two glorious deep inky lakes to explore. The place is a tourist hub with excellent galleries, shops and creative places to indulge in some retail therapy.

More about Hokitika

WHERE TO STAY ON THE WEST COAST 

You have arrived in Greymouth and collected your rental vehicle. Check the travel guides for Greymouth, Westport and Hokitika to select your bucket list must-do activities and enjoy deciding the best place to base yourself.

TRAVELLING TO & FROM GREYMOUTH

From: Hokitika

Distance: 37 km

Time: 30 mins

From: Punakaiki pancake rock

Distance: 47 km

Time: 45 min

From: Westport

Distance: 102 km

Time: 1 hr 30 min

West Coast Touring Route to Queenstown

Enjoy a day on the road trip, Great West Coast trip (State Highway 6) through the Haast Pass to Wanaka & Queenstown: West Coast Road trip

HIGHLIGHTS:

• Sweeping views of glacier country & Tasman Sea
• Mount Aspiring National Park waterfalls and short walks
• Salmon farm cafe where the catch of the day is freshly harvested
• Lake Hawea views
• Wanaka the iconic tree and lakeside settings
• Arrowtown picture perfect Victorian era gold mining town
• Queenstown, the polished hospitality of the adventure capital of New Zealand

For visitors who have a glacier walk / helicopter flight on their bucket list, schedule time in Franz Josef.

Glacier country (Fox Glacier) to Haast Pass, Lake Hawera, Wanaka, Arrowtown and Queenstown.

Adventure capital of the world, year round Queenstown is a premier visitor destination.

A year round holiday location where glorious scenery and outdoors adventures go hand in hand. Queenstown is a resort town framed by alpine peaks with a beautiful lake at the edge. The town is fun, adrenaline laced attractions, leisurely fine dining and indulgent spa treatments and a place where kids have plenty to do and see.

From mellow, chilled out holidays to adventures packed with skydiving, canyon swinging, bungee jumping and heli-skiing Queenstown is New Zealand’s premier tourist destination.

WHAT TO DO, 6 MUST DO HIGHLIGHTS

• The classic outdoors alpine scenery sums up the beauty of Lake Wakatipu and Remarkable mountain range, consider a summer lake cruise on TSS Earnslaw Cruises Queenstown to Walter Peak Farm
• An autumn walking trail to soak up the outdoors from Queenstown hill walking tracks to Ben Lomond Walkway.
• Splurge on a helicopter ride over the glaciers, the alps and the valleys. Get the adventure juices firing with a winter snowmobile trip.
• Jet boating, where else to sample an iconic river an exhilarating ride than Queenstown where doughnuts and spins are part of the course
• Bob’s Peak, skyline views and Queenstown Gondola | Skyline Queenstown . Gondola rides offer selfie holiday moments
• Eat, drink and market in Queenstown from juice dripping Fergburgers, wood fired pizzas, fine dining lakeside and gourmet counter foods for an impromptu picnic.

Best Time to Go

Year round experience four seasons, four distinctive attractions.

Queenstown and the surrounding district is renowned for its light tempting photographers to spend time outdoors capturing the perfect shot.

Can you ditch the rental vehicle in Queenstown?

Yes, definitely.

Do you want a slower pace to your South Island holiday, rather than adventure capital Queenstown?

Wanaka is an ideal holiday destination for visitors who relish magnificent scenery however not focused on extreme adventure tours.

Wanaka is a great spot to explore the South Island’s majestic alpine landscapes and rest, revive and unwind in one of New Zealand’s premier resort towns, Wanaka, Otago.

Find a place where you enjoy year round attractions. Wanaka is a quintessential summer destination with a deep blue lake for kayaking, strolling along or swimming while winter offers the joy of skiing in Treble Cone or Cardrona. The beautiful outdoors defines adventure from hikes in mountains and along glacier fed rivers or the exhilaration of bungy jumping or rock climbing.

Wanaka Travel Guide

NEW ZEALAND DEPARTURE TO AUSTRALIA, SE ASIA AND ELSEWHERE

Queenstown to Auckland Air New Zealand flight and departure home

Queenstown to Christchurch driving distance is 487 km (5 ½ hours drive time)

A fascinating route – consider lengthening your holiday of a lifetime in New Zealand

BEST BITS TRAVEL GUIDE

Best Bits travel guide is published by  nzjane.com . Owned and managed by PacificJane Ltd.

Itinerary details

Related articles.

Top 10 New Zealand Road Trips, Places to Visit

Central North Island Geothermal Explorer

Surf Highway 45: Taranaki Things to Do on West Coast Road Trip

Forgotten Highway 43, Central North Island

Great West Coast Road Trip, Route 6

Your information is secure, no third party involved. 100% Safe, secure, privacy guaranteed. Privacy Policy .

Submit Enquiry

• Join 34500 travellers receiving savings
• Priority access to upcoming deals

Your enquiry has been successfully sent. We will contact your shortly.

You will get your insider discount checklist shortly.

• Travel Planning Guide

3-Week New Zealand Itinerary

How to spend 3 weeks in new zealand.

• Is New Zealand Expensive?
• How much does a trip to New Zealand cost?
• 3-Week New Zealand Itinerary: How to spend 21 days
• What is the Best Time for Hiking in New Zealand?
• NZ On-Your-Own Itineraries
• North Island
• South Island
• NZ Hotel Prices
• NZ Cities: Hotel Prices by City
• Best Pet-Friendly Hotels in New Zealand
• Best Hotels for a Weekend Getaway in New Zealand
• Best Cheap Hotels in New Zealand
• Best Hotels for First Time Visitors in New Zealand
• Best Hotels for Scuba Diving in New Zealand
• Best Adults Only Hotels in New Zealand
• Best Party Hotels in New Zealand
• Best Luxury Hotels in New Zealand
• Best Business Hotels in New Zealand
• Best Romantic Hotels for Couples in New Zealand
• Best Family-Friendly Hotels in New Zealand
• Best Hotels for One Week in New Zealand
• Best Beach Hotels in New Zealand
• Best Hotels for One Night in New Zealand
• Best Hotels for Skiing in New Zealand
• Hostel Prices & Reviews
• NZ Activities
• NZ Tour Prices
• The Best Family-Friendly Tours to NZ
• The Best Wildlife Tours to NZ
• The Best Hiking & Trekking Tours in NZ
• The Best Historical Tours in NZ
• The Best 10-Day Tours in NZ
• The Best One Week (7-Day) Tours in NZ
• The Best 3-Day Tours in NZ
• The Best 2-Week Tours in NZ
• The Best 3-Week Tours in NZ
• The Best Bicycle Tours in NZ
• Tours for Outdoor and Nature Lovers in NZ
• The Best Christmas & New Years Tours in NZ
• The Best Coach Bus Tours in NZ
• The Best Adventure Tours to NZ
• The Best Eco Tours in NZ
• The Best Thrill-Seeking Tours in NZ
• The Best Sightseeing Tours in NZ
• The Best Cultural Tours in NZ
• The Best Romantic Tours for Couples in NZ
• The Best Self Drive Tours in NZ
• The Best Tours Under $1000 in NZ
• The Best Luxury Tours to NZ
• The Best Budget Tours to NZ
• The Best Tours for Seniors to NZ
• The Best Contiki Tours to NZ
• The Best G Adventures Tours to NZ
• Christchurch

The Ultimate 3 Weeks in New Zealand Itinerary

Day 1 - arrive in auckland, day 2 - auckland to bay of islands.

Day 3 - Bay of Islands

From paihia: scenic cruise with roberton island stopover, day 4 - bay of islands to cape reinga and 90 mile beach & back again, day 5 - bay of islands to auckland.

Day 6 - Auckland to Lake Taupo

Day 7 - lake taupo, lake taupo: maori rock carvings 10.30 am 1.5-hour cruise, day 8 - lake taupo to tongariro, day 9 - tongariro crossing, day 10 - tongariro to wellington, day 11 - wellington to picton, wellington and picton: interislander ferry, day 12 - picton to takaka, day 13 - takaka, farewell spit, day 14 - takaka to punakaiki, day 15 - punakaiki to franz josef (via hokitika), day 16 - franz josef & fox glacier.

Day 17 - Franz Josef/Fox Glacier to Wanaka (Alternative: to Queenstown)

Day 18 - wanaka (alternative: queenstown).

Queenstown: Shotover River and Kawarau River Jet Boat Ride

Day 19 - wanaka to mount cook (queenstown to mount cook), from queenstown: mount cook small group adventure, day 20 - mount cook to christchurch via lake tekapo, mount cook & lake tekapo day tour from christchurch, day 21 - christchurch flight, final thoughts.

Danny Newman is currently writing and travelling his way around the world in a bid to figure out exactly what he's doing with his life. He'd love you to follow along with his journey over at What's Danny Doing or on Facebook .

Subscribe to our Newsletter

By signing up for our email newsletter, you will receive occasional updates from us with sales and discounts from major travel companies , plus tips and advice from experienced budget travelers!

Pin This Page

Some of the links on this website are sponsored or affiliate links which help to financially support this site. By clicking the link and making a purchase, we may receive a small commission, but this does not affect the price of your purchase.

• Privacy / Terms of Use
• Activities, Day Trips, Things To Do, and Excursions

A Legendary New Zealand Itinerary 3 Weeks Road Trip

By: Author Charles

Posted on September 24, 2023

When looking for countries that have it all, New Zealand is high on the list. Do you want beautiful natural landscapes including mountains, valleys, and beaches? How about some crazy adrenaline activities like skydiving or bungy jumping? Maybe you are interested in doing some of the best hikes that the world has to offer?

Well, New Zealand has it all for you and much, much more! And if you are looking to plan a New Zealand road trip itinerary for 3 weeks around the North and South Islands, then you have come to the right place.

*  Affiliate Disclosure : This post may contain affiliate links, which means I may receive a commission if you make a purchase through the links provided, at no additional cost to you. Thanks for supporting the work I put into TripTins!

New Zealand Overview

There is just so much to do around the country and having 3 weeks to see the best of the North and South Islands is a great amount of time to enjoy it all. You can choose to follow it from North to South as this New Zealand road trip will go over, or you can reverse it and head in the opposite direction.

This itinerary will go over one week on the North Island followed by two weeks on the South Island.

Before jumping into the 3 week itinerary, I wanted to point out some important things to know that you should take into consideration when planning your trip…

Renting a Car : Since this is a New Zealand ROAD TRIP, your best bet here is to rent a car (or campervan if that is your thing) to get yourself all around the North and South Islands. It would be nearly impossible to complete everything on this itinerary without your own car, so I would highly recommend doing so.

Believe me, it will make everything so much easier for you throughout the entirety of the trip. With this itinerary, you can choose to pick up the car at either Auckland Airport or in Auckland City and then drop the car off in Christchurch, Nelson or Wellington – whatever is easiest for you!

Be sure to check out Rentalcars.com when it comes to renting a car in New Zealand.

The site will show you car options & prices from a variety of companies. This ensures that you will be able to choose the perfect car (and deal) for your trip to the country.

Driving in New Zealand : Continuing on the driving topic…remember that New Zealand drives on the left hand side of the road and the country also has some important driving rules/signs to follow. You should also expect there to be a lot of driving that takes place to get in between cities.

While some routes may seem short on the map, the windy roads can really take some time. Having a couple people switch off between driving can be very helpful during these longer drives.

Take a look at the Driving in New Zealand Guide for everything you need to know about driving the roads.

A Full 3 Weeks : Assume that this road trip is 21 FULL DAYS. That means you should plan to arrive early on day 1 or the night before, and then leave later on day 21 or sometime on day 22.

If you are coming from a farther away place like the US or Europe, you will probably need to set aside closer to ~24 days to account for travel time.

Flight Logistics : If following this itinerary, you will want to fly into Auckland and then fly out of either Christchurch, Nelson or even Wellington. The last stop on the itinerary is Abel Tasman National Park, which is only an hour away from the Nelson Airport.

You could do a round trip to/from Auckland and then have one internal flight on the last day from Nelson to Auckland .

Outdoors & Nature: This itinerary is very outdoors focused from beginning to end. There is a ton of natural beauty to see all throughout both islands and this road trip will take you to plenty of it.

If you are not someone who wants to spend so much time outdoors and a good amount of time on your feet, then this trip may not be for you.

Time of Year : While you can take part of most of this itinerary year round, the optimal time of year would be from September to May .

Since there are a lot of hiking and outdoors activities involved, snow and low temperatures can get in the way of completing certain things. On top of that you will be dealing with slick curvy roads and shorter days during the winter season.

Be Flexible : One thing you can never control on a vacation is the weather. Unfortunately, some parts of New Zealand can be quite frustrating at times.

The wind, the rain, the clouds – all of these can get in the way of completing certain activities or hikes.  My best advice here is to just stay as flexible as possible .

I know this may be difficult though when dealing with a finite period trip. But if the weather is looking very poor in a certain city, maybe just continue along and spend some more time in the next place instead of just being stuck in the rain.

Both Islands : This itinerary combines the New Zealand North Island Itinerary and New Zealand South Island Itinerary I have up on the site.

You can head on over to either one if you happen to be interested in just heading to the North or South, or just want a bit more detail on each island.

Cook Strait Ferry : To get between the North and South Island, you will need to take a ferry across the Cook Strait. Don’t worry though, as these ferries can load cars onto them and have you between the islands in less than 4 hours.

The Wellington to Picton Ferry Guide goes over all you need to know about making the journey.

Helpful Tips : And finally don’t forget to take a look at the 21 Helpful New Zealand Travel Tips to get you all prepared for your trip!

New Zealand Itinerary 3 Weeks Map View

The map below shows you the type of route that you will be taking from North to South. This is just to give you a better sense of what the overall drive will look like.

It does not include each and every hike or activity mentioned throughout the itinerary. For those, head into the specific guide that will be linked in this itinerary.

A Detailed New Zealand Itinerary 3 Weeks

It is now time to dive on into the itinerary itself. This is going to be a bit of a long one – 3 weeks is a good amount of time. Much of what I write in below may be a bit more high level.

As just mentioned though, for many of the hikes or cities, I do have additional guides that will go into much more detail about certain questions you may have.

Feel free to click on those along the way to get a better idea of what to expect during this New Zealand road trip.

Since you will be visiting so many different places during your trip, I have also added in several accommodation options to choose from in each city that you will be sleeping in.

As a quick overview you will need to book hotels in the following places:

• Auckland (2 nights)
• Rotorua (1 night)
• Taupo (2 nights)
• Wellington (2 nights)
• Kaikoura (1 night)
• Christchurch (1 night)
• Mount Cook Village (2 nights)
• Queenstown (3 nights)
• Wanaka (2 nights)
• Franz Josef (2 nights)
• Abel Tasman (2 nights)

Day 1 – Auckland

Your first day of this New Zealand itinerary 3 weeks road trip will have you exploring the ins and outs of Auckland.

As mentioned before you can choose to pick up your car immediately from the airport or you can also opt to pick it up early on day 2 from Auckland city, once you are ready to head out of the city itself.

There are several main attractions to see all throughout Auckland, many of which are easily accessible by just walking around (the only time I opted for a cab/Uber was to/from Mount Eden). During my time there I visiting the following 7 places:

• Wynyard Quarter
• Viaduct Basin
• Queen Street
• Albert Park / University of Auckland
• Auckland Domain / Auckland War Memorial Museum
• Mount Eden → Learn more about the Mount Eden Crater

Learn More : The 1 Day in Auckland Guide will go over all you need to know about your time in the city

Where to Stay in Auckland (Nights 1 & 2)

• All Around: SKYCITY Hotel
• Budget: Haka Lodge
• Luxury: Sofitel Viaduct Harbor

Day 2 – The Waitakere Ranges

On your second day in New Zealand, it is time to head on out to the Waitakere Ranges for a one of kind day trip.

The Waitakere Ranges are located just 45 minutes away from Auckland, and are full of hiking trails, waterfalls, and beaches.

It is a great way to be introduced to New Zealand’s nature and experience what the North Island has to offer.

When I visited the Waitakere Ranges, I wanted to get a good taste of it all and headed off to 7 main spots all around the ranges. You can pick and choose which places / hikes are best for you depending on what you are most interested in, or you can take part of them all!

• Arataki Visitor Centre
• Piha Beach & Lion’s Rock
• Tasman Lookout
• Kitekite Falls Track
• Mercer Bay Loop
• Karekare Waterfall
• Karekare Beach

Learn More : Take a look at the 7 Best Walks in the Waitakere Ranges for more

Day 3 – Waitomo Caves & Rotorua

It is now time to start heading south as you make your way to the Waitomo Glowworm Caves. If you want to see thousands of bioluminescent glowworms light up some dark underground caves, then this place is for you.

Waitomo Caves

There are a few of these around the country but Waitomo is definitely the most popular option and it has the most to offer its visitors. I would advise to get an earlier start to the day if possible so you will have the time to explore Rotorua later on in the afternoon.

I opted for the Black Water Rafting – Black Labyrinth tour, which was a 3 hour adventure through the caves on inflatable tubes. If you don’t want to take part of a tubing experience, there is also the normal 45 minute tour through the caves on boardwalk / boat.

You can take a look at the Waitomo website to get a better idea of the different offerings they have.

After you are all finished with your glowworm experience, continue the drive to Rotorua, where you should have some time later in the afternoon to take part of a few Rotorua activities…

Hamurana Springs

Hamurana Springs consists of a short 30 minute path around the area, seeing one of the largest natural water springs in New Zealand. Alongside the crystal clear water you can actually see down into this spring pumping out 4 million liters of water per hour.

Learn more in the Hamurana Springs Walk Guide for all you need to know about the area

Kuirau Park

Located right within the city of Rotorua you will find Kuirau Park.

Spending some time walking through the park and visiting the various geothermal lakes and mud pools is a great way to get to know what Rotorua is all about.

Learn more in the Kuirau Park Guide up on the site .

Polynesian Spa (if time permits)

After days of exploring it is always nice to end up in a nice geothermal spa.

That is what the Polynesian Spa is all about and you will really be able to wind down and relax in one of the geothermal pools. It is open until 11PM so it gives you plenty of time for a visit.

Learn More : Take a look at the Best Rotorua Activities Guide I put together, so you can pick which places you might have more interest in over your 1.5 days here.

Where to Stay in Rotorua (Night 3)

• All Around: Silver Fern Rotorua
• Luxury: Black Swan Lakeside Boutique Hotel
• Budget : Hideaway of Rotorua

Day 4 – Rotorua / Drive to Taupo

On day 4, you can spend some more time enjoying what the Rotorua area has to offer before making your way down to Taupo for the night.

Whakarewarewa Redwoods Forest

You can start off the day by heading to the famous Whakarewarewa Redwoods Forest, which is full of hundreds of redwoods trees all throughout the area.

You can take part of some hiking trails, head up onto the Redwoods Treewalk, or do some cycling around the forest.

Learn more about the trails in the Whakarewarewa Rotorua Walking Guide

Wai-O-Tapu Geothermal Wonderland

After a morning at the forest, make your way to the Wai-O-Tapu Geothermal Wonderland. This geothermal area is packed with plenty of different lakes, geysers, and craters that are sure to have you in awe.

Kerosene Creek

A natural thermal river, Kerosene Creek gives you the chance to sit down, relax and soak in the warm water to finish up your time around Rotorua.

Rainbow Mountain

If you still have some time (depending on what time you started the day) or if you want to switch things up, there is a fantastic 2 hour hiking trail at Rainbow Mountain . Along the way you will pass by a bright blue lagoon, get some great views of the multi colored rocks, and take in one incredible landscape shot of the surrounding hills and forests.

After you are finished up with some activities around the Rotorua area, it is time to continue on with the drive towards Lake Taupo.

Where to Stay in Taupo (Nights 4 & 5)

• All Around : The Reef Resort
• Luxury : Sacred Waters Taupo
• Budget : Haka Lodge

Day 5 – Tongariro Alpine Crossing

Next up on this 3 week New Zealand itinerary is the North Island’s most famous hike – the Tongariro Alpine Crossing.

This hike is a 19.4 KM / 12 Mile trek through all different types of landscapes. You will pass through valleys, get up and close to volcanoes, and see the famous emerald lakes.

It really is one of the most diverse hikes I have taken part of during my travels.

Since this is a one way hike, you have two main options to get to the starting point of the trail – 1) take round trip transportation from Taupo to the beginning of trail at Mangatepopo and back to Taupo from the end of the trail at Ketetahi or 2) Self drive to the end of the trail at Ketetahi, where you can park your car, and then take the one way transport option to the start of the trail.

Either one works – with the first option you don’t need to worry at all about driving and logistics but you will need to wait for a shuttle at the end of the trail to get you back to Taupo.

With the second option, you can make your way at your own pace without worrying about getting transport back.

Read up on the Tongariro Alpine Crossing Hiking Guide for everything you need to know about completing the trail

Day 6 – Taupo / Drive to Wellington

You will probably need a little bit of rest and recovery today after the big Tongariro hike the previous day.

Today will mostly be filled with the 5 hour drive from Taupo to Wellington but you can check out a couple main sites in Taupo before heading out.

The first place you can stop at is Huka Falls, a bright blue 11 meter waterfall coming from the roaring Waikato River. You can head to a few different viewpoints around the area to take it all in.

Learn more about the Huka Falls Walk & Lookout for your time in the area .

Aratiatia Rapids

You can then head to the Aratiatia Rapids, a dam that releases water 4 times a day (10AM, 12PM, 2PM, 4PM). Note the 4PM release is only in summer months.

Before they release the water, there is basically just a small stream of water a few feet high. After only a couple minutes they open the dam, the water levels rise significantly through the canyon.

Once all done with the sites, it’s time to jump into the car and make the drive to the southern tip of the North Island to the capital of Wellington.

Where to Stay in Wellington (Nights 6 & 7)

• All Around : Bolton Hotel
• Luxury : Intercontinental Wellington
• Budget : YHA Wellington

Day 7 – Wellington

On your last day on the North Island of New Zealand, you will spend some time exploring the capital city of the country.

Wellington is a fantastic city located right on the waterfront and there is plenty to do to keep you busy. I would try and head off to the following 8 places during your day in the city:

• Mount Victoria Lookout
• Oriental Bay
• Wellington Waterfront
• Te Papa Museum
• Cuba Street
• Wellington Cable Car
• Wellington Botanic Garden
• Parliament Buildings

To learn more about the day check out the 8 Must Do Wellington Activities Guide up on the site .

Day 8 – The Wellington to Picton Ferry / to Kaikoura

It is now time for this New Zealand road trip to head off the North Island and onto the South Island. Like I mentioned earlier on, you will simply need to utilize the Wellington to Picton ferry to get you there.

The ferries are operated by two companies – Interislander and Bluebridge, and you shouldn’t have much difficulty booking yourself a ride across (with your car too!).

Some car rental companies include the car ticket for the ferry (you still would need to pay for the passenger ticket though) so you may be able to save a little bit of money here.

The Wellington to Picton Ferry Guide will help you out with what to know for the journey

Once you make the 3 hour journey across the Cook Strait and onto Picton, you will just need to drive another 2 hours to Kaikoura.

Note: near Picton there are many vineyards around the area. If you want to give yourself a nice break from the day, head on over to one of them to enjoy some lunch and a stroll around the vineyards.

Where to Stay in Kaikoura (Night 8)

• All Around: The White Morph Heritage Collection
• Budget: Dolphin Lodge

Day 9 – Kaikoura / to Christchurch

Your first full day on the South Island will take you into the water for a once in a lifetime experience – swimming with dolphins in the open water! This is not one of those touristy type places where they keep the dolphins roped off.

The boats will head out and find the dolphins out in the wild, where you will then hop into to the water and swim right alongside of them.

It is a very special experience to have and Kaikoura is one of the best spots to take part. Take a look at the Dolphin Encounter website to learn more about the day and to make your booking.

After getting all dried off, make your way to Christchurch where you will be spending the night. If you have some time when you arrive, feel free to walk the town, enjoy the riverside, and maybe head to the botanical gardens.

Where to Stay in Christchurch (Night 10)

• All Around: The George Christchurch
• Budget: Hotel Give

Day 10 – The Drive to Mount Cook

If you did not know already, the driving in New Zealand is an experience on its own – especially on the South Island.

The drive from Christchurch to Lake Tekapo to Mount Cook Village will have you pulling off onto the side of the road numerous times during the journey as there is just so much scenery to take in.

Lake Tekapo

Your first major stop here will be Lake Tekapo. Along the way you should see some signs pointing you to some viewpoints but also be sure to head to the Church of the Good Sheperd right by the waterside for some great photo ops.

Another must do viewpoint in my book is the one on top of Mt John Observatory. There is a small fee to use the road that heads up to the top but it is most definitely worth it. The views from the observatory of the lake and surrounding mountains are just surreal.

Lake Pukaki

Next up on the drive is Lake Pukaki. Just like Tekapo, there will be plenty of viewpoints to stop at along the way to pull over and enjoy the view.

On a clear day you should have a straight shot at Mount Cook out in the distance.

The Drive to Mount Cook

Once you have had enough time taking in the views from afar, it is time to make the turn towards Mount Cook Village. During this portion of the drive you will have Lake Pukaki off to your right and Mount Cook straight ahead of you.

When it comes to driving in New Zealand, there aren’t too many roads better than this one.

While there are some official spots to pull over, there are plenty of unofficial ones as well. If you do pull over just be careful and make sure to get completely off the road.

Soon enough, you will arrive in Mount Cook Village, a small town based right in the national park with all the natural beauty surrounding you.

I prefer to stay in Mount Cook Village itself instead of Tekapo or Twizel, as all the hiking trails are right at your doorstep.

Where to Stay in Mount Cook Village (Nights 10 & 11)

• Hermitage Hotel
• Aoraki Mt Cook Alpine Lodge
• Aoraki Court
• YHA Mount Cook Village
• Mount Cook Lodge and Motel

Day 11 – Mount Cook National Park

The next two days will be spent exploring all that Mount Cook National Park has to offer. There are hikes for every skill level and you should have no problem enjoying a few of them during your stay there.

Below are the main hikes to choose from ranging from less than an hour to 8+ hours:

Learn More : Check out this overview of every single one of the Mt Cook Hikes

Hooker Valley Track

The “must do” hike in Mount Cook National Park would be the Hooker Valley Track. An easy 3 hour trail round trip trail, this hike takes you alongside and into the valley beneath Mount Cook itself.

During the hike you will pass by the Mueller Lake, and onto three suspension bridges on your way to the base of Hooker Lake overlooking Mount Cook in the distance. Since it is a valley walk, there is barely any elevation gain/loss, making this a hike for nearly everyone to take part of.

An easy add on to the Hooker Valley Track is Kea Point. The hike to Kea Point starts in the same area as the Hooker Valley trail, and is a simple 1 hour round trip walk.

Once you have reached Kea Point, you will get a great view of Mueller Lake from another angle and Mount Cook out in the distance.

Take a look at the Kea Point Track Hiking Guide to learn more .

Red Tarns Track

If you are looking to get some views from above, one option is the Red Tarns Track. This track will take you above the valley with views of the glacier lake and Mount Cook out in the distance.

Now the track is full of plenty of stairs as you make the 300 meter ascent. But once up top you will be able to relax and take in those views before making your way back down in the direction you came.

Take a look at the Red Tarns Track Guide to get you prepared for the trail

Mueller Hut

The most demanding of hikes in the Mount Cook region is that of the Mueller Hut. While many may opt to do the hike in two days, it can also be done in one day instead.

Expect the total round trip to be around 6-8+ hours depending on fitness level and the amount of time you want to spend at various viewpoints and the hut itself.

The track begins with 2000+ stairs (as part of the Sealy Tarns track), before continuing the ascent on steep rocky ground towards the Mueller Hut.

Throughout the hike you will be taking in views of the lakes down below, with Mount Cook out in the distance.

Take a look at the Mueller Hut Track Guide to get you prepared for the trail

Note : The Sealy Tarns Track is another option here if you do not want to complete the full trail to the Mueller Hut. Set aside about half the time if you are looking to just head up to the halfway point to the Tarns.

Blue Lakes and Tasman Lake View & Tasman Lake Track

While these may technically be a couple different trails, you should have no problem combining them into one longer route, taking you a couple hours to complete.

An easy trail takes you to 3 different small lakes around the Mount Cook area. The hike begins at the Tasman Glacier Car Park and follows a path to the first of the lakes.

When you get to each of these lakes note that you can go around each one and follow a path to the next. It may not be so obvious at first, but there is a path around. Once you have seen all of them, turn back around and head back towards the starting point.

On the way back you should see a sign pointing you towards the Tasman Lake View (you would have passed this same sign on the way to the lakes trail). Head up the path where you will be welcomed to a vast view of Tasman Lake down below.

Similarly, as you are walking back you should be pointed in the direction towards the base of Tasman Lake. Follow that path to get you right towards the waters edge, where you can take in the view from down below. It was quite surreal seeing the small icebergs pass by as you enjoy the glacier lake’s surroundings.

Take a look at the Blue Lakes and Tasman Lake View & Tasman Lake Track Guide

Day 12 – Mount Cook National Park / to Queenstown

On day 12 of this New Zealand road trip, you can continue on hiking the park and choosing some other trails from above. You also have the option to head off to some other activities that are offered in the area.

These include cycling, glacier boating , heli glacier hiking (similar to Franz Josef), or taking a flight around the mountain ranges .

Click on the links to head over to some of the company websites that offer those activities.

At day’s end though, hop back into your car and make the 2 hour drive to Queenstown, your next stop on this New Zealand 3 week itinerary.

Where to Stay in Queenstown (Nights 12, 13, & 14)

• All Around: Lomond Lodge Motel
• Budget: Absoloot Value Accommodation
• Luxury: Sofitel Queenstown

Day 13 – Queenstown

For the next two days you will have the chance to explore the ins and outs of what Queenstown has to offer – from hiking to adrenaline activities to just enjoying the beautiful lakeside town.

On your first day you can choose from the following options to fill up your day:

Hike Ben Lomond

You can get started right away and hike Queenstown’s most challenging climb – Ben Lomond. Climbing this mountain that overlooks Queenstown, Lake Wakatipu, and the never ending mountain ranges in every direction will 100% be worth it at the end of the day.

If you do decide to take part of the hike, leave around 4-5 hours to complete the round trip. You can start the hike on top of the Queenstown Gondola or at the base of the Gondola, where you can take the Tiki Trail up (add another 1.5 hours of hiking round trip if you opt for the Tiki Trail).

Check out Hiking the Ben Lomond Track to learn more!

Queenstown Hill

A much less challenging of a climb is the one up to Queenstown Hill. It takes just about 45 minutes to get to the top (1.5 hours round trip), where you will get some incredible views of Queenstown and the lake down below.

Although it is a much shorter climb than Ben Lomond, it is a great alternative for those that do not want to take part of a full day type of climb. Note that the hike up Queenstown Hill is nearly all uphill so it can get a bit tough at times.

Much of it is also in the forest until the last part, when you then exit through the trees and are able to take in the views.

Read More: Check out the guide to the Queenstown Hill Walk to learn all about the hike up

Enjoy Queenstown’s Waterfront

If you take part of a hike or not, you should still have time to explore the waterfront area of Queenstown. You can walk along the water to Queenstown Gardens, which is full of ponds, flowers, lake views, and lots of ducks!

You can also just sit back and relax near the water with the beautiful scenic mountains all around.

Do Some Luging

On top of the Queenstown Skyline Gondola (where Ben Lomond track begins), there is actually a luge circuit that takes you down a portion of the mountain.

If you are looking for some fun (and some views!!) then luging could be a great activity for you. Take a look at the Queenstown luging website to learn more.

Day Hike the Routeburn

One of the most famous of hikes in New Zealand is the Routeburn Track. From Queenstown you can take part of a Routeburn Track day hike that will bring you on the first portion of the trail.

Not only will you get to do some hiking but you will also drive along one of the most scenic roads from Queenstown to Glenorchy.

Learn more in the Routeburn Track Day Hike Guide

Day 14 – Queenstown

During your second day in Queenstown it is time to get that adrenaline going. Queenstown offers everything you can imagine when it comes to heart pumping activities.

You can take a look at some of the activities below and decide what you are most interested in (click on each one to book through some reputable companies):

• Bungee Jumping
• Canyon Swinging
• Jet Boating
• Paragliding
• Hang Gliding

I opted for a once in a lifetime skydiving experience over the mountains of Queenstown. It was just surreal being above the lake and the never ending mountain ranges out in the distance.

Feel free though to pick 1-2 that you think you will enjoy most to cap off your time in Queenstown.

Day 15 – Milford Sound / Drive to Wanaka

This is probably going to be the longest driving day of the trip but at the end of the day it sure will be worth it. Get up nice and early to make the 3.5 hour drive out to Milford Sound – one of the most picturesque fjords in the world.

Once you arrive at Milford, you can join in on a boat tour that will take you all around the Sound towards the open sea. There are a few companies that offer these boat rides including: Real Journeys , Jucy and Southern Discoveries to name a few.

Once all done with the boat tour, you can spend some time on land, walking the waterfront and enjoying some nice views of Milford Sound out in the distance. Do not head out too late though because your next stop will be Wanaka, a 4.5 hour drive away.

Day 15 Notes

Rainfall : Milford Sound is one of the wettest regions in New Zealand, receiving rainfall on over 200 days per year! Don’t worry though if you get stuck in the rain as the waterfalls will be in full force and the fjord itself will have a more mystical element to it.

Logistics : If you want to save some driving time in the morning, you could head out to the town of Te Anau on the night of day 14 and spend the evening there.

Where to Stay in Wanaka (Nights 15 & 16)

• All Around: Edgewater
• Budget: Altamont Lodge

Day 16 – Wanaka

Wanaka is truly one of my favorite places I have visited. It is a small lakeside town and is just surrounded by mountains in every which direction.

Not only can you sit back and enjoy the lake, but you also have the chance to climb those mountains and get some vast views of the surrounding areas.

There are plenty of hikes to choose from including some of my favorite South Island New Zealand hiking trails :

The most famous of hikes around Wanaka is Roys Peak. During this 5-6 hour trek you will take in some of the most scenic views over Lake Wanaka and the surrounding mountains.

Learn more in the Roys Peak Hiking Guide

Isthmus Peak

While not as famous as Roys Peak, Isthmus Peak is high up on my list of hikes in New Zealand. It is similar in length and difficulty, and it comes will some incredible views as well. It also will definitely be the less crowded option out there.

Learn more in the Isthmus Peak Hiking Guide

Rob Roys Glacier

A bit different than Roys and Isthmus peaks is Rob Roys Glacier. This one is a bit further away from Wanaka and instead of a mountain climb, you will head through a valley until you reach the foot of Rob Roys Glacier.

Learn more in the Rob Roy Glacier Track hiking guide

Lastly on the list is Mt Iron, located just a few minutes from town. The easiest and shortest of all treks, Mt Iron will give you some great views of the city itself, with the lake and mountains out in the distance.

Learn more in the Mount Iron Track Hiking Guide

Day 17 – Wanaka / Drive to Franz Josef

On day 17, you can rest up after hiking the previous day and just enjoy the town of Wanaka and the nearby lake. Head on over to That Wanaka Tree to take in one of the most famous trees out there.

You can also make your way to the nearby lavender farm to stroll the fields and even doing some honey tasting. And if you still have that desire to hit the trails, head out on another hike around the area!

At some point though you will need to jump back in the car and continue your New Zealand road trip with a 4 hour drive to Franz Josef.

Where to Stay in Franz Josef (Nights 17 & 18)

• All Around: Aspen Court Franz Josef
• Budget: Glow Worm Accommodation

Day 18 – Franz Josef Heli Hike

A highlight of the West Coast of New Zealand is the Franz Josef Glacier. Here you have the chance to take a helicopter ride onto the glacier, where you will then spend the next several hours exploring the ins and outs of this massive piece of ice.

You can book your glacier hike in advance to secure your spot on the trek.

If you do not want to take part of the glacier hike, another option here is to do the ~5 hour Roberts Point Track, which takes you across some suspension bridges right up close to the glacier (but not onto the glacier itself). It is a great alternative if you do not want to spend the money on the glacier hike.

Day 19 – Drive to Abel Tasman

Day 19 Note : the weather in Franz Josef can be hit or miss and there is a chance the glacier hike can be cancelled or delayed. If you do not have the chance to take part on day 18, then try to reschedule nice and early on day 19. If this happens you will not get to Abel Tasman until later in the evening most likely.

Another long drive is up next as you make the trip from Franz Josef all the way up to Abel Tasman National Park. The drive should take you 6 hours give or take as you make your way up the West Coast of the island.

You have the chance here to make the quick stop at the pancake rocks at Punakaiki. If you do add it onto the route, expect the drive to take a bit longer (closer to 7 hours) as Punakaiki is not on the fastest route up to Abel Tasman.

When choosing where to stay in Abel Tasman I highly recommend the small town of Marahau. It is basically at the entrance of the national park, which makes it easier for hiking and/or taking part of activities such as kayaking or canyoning.

Where to Stay in Marahau (Nights 19 & 20)

• All Around #1: Abel Tasman Lodge
• All Around #2: Abel Tasman Haven
• Budget: Adventure Inn

Day 20 – Abel Tasman

Abel Tasman has a ton to offer its visitors but the main attraction here is the famous Abel Tasman Coastal Track.

While the full track can take up to 5 days to complete, you can easily take part of just a section of the track during your time here.

My recommendation would be to take the water taxi out to Bark Bay and walk to Anchorage from there. Once at Anchorage, you can hop on another water taxi back to Marahau.

You can also opt for an overnight on the trail itself. That would mean getting a water taxi out to the park and then spending day 20 and the morning of day 21 hiking back to Marahau.

There is also an option to do a one day hike/kayak tour that is offered by several companies in Marahau if you do not want to just spend your time hiking.

You can learn more about all these options in the Abel Tasman Track Hiking Guide .

Day 21 – Abel Tasman / Travel

At some point on your last full day of this New Zealand road trip, it will be time to depart.

You can actually choose to leave from a number of places depending on what is easiest logistically – Christchurch (5.5 hour drive), Wellington (3 hour drive + 4 hour ferry), or Nelson (1 hour drive). Each one of those cities has an airport to fly out of, if for example you needed to get back to Auckland for your flight out.

Depending on where you are going / what time you are leaving, you could have some time to continue to explore Abel Tasman.

This could mean taking part of the 2 day hike, getting a half day kayak in, or just heading to the beach to relax. Once all done though it is time to end your New Zealand 3 week itinerary.

Getting Around

When it comes to getting around New Zealand, I have to say that renting your own car (or campervan) is the move. While there are some companies that run busses throughout the country, it really is just not going to be the same type of experience.

So many of the activities & attractions I took part of required getting to certain locations that public transport just would not cover. In addition, the ability to be on my own schedule is what made this trip possible.

There is just no way you could spend three weeks taking part of this particular itinerary by using public transport. You would just be able to see a subset of the highlights laid out.

If you haven’t already, I would highly recommend reading through the driving in New Zealand overview I put together to learn more about getting around the country.

What is the Best Time to Visit

While you can visit New Zealand year round, the most ideal time to visit will be during the warmer months of the year. This is usually between September and May.

During this time, you will have a better chance to enjoy those warmer temperatures and take part of all sorts of activities along the way.

I visited New Zealand during March (the Fall time period), which ended up being an ideal time to visit. The weather was still very comfortable, the crowds were minimal, and I got to fully enjoy the trip from beginning to end.

Is 3 Weeks Long Enough for New Zealand?

At the end of the day, New Zealand is a massive country and there is just so much to do and see throughout. If you are looking for an all encompassing trip that heads to both the North and South Islands of the country, three weeks will give you enough time to enjoy a little bit of everything.

As you can tell in this itinerary, a vast amount of the country is covered as you head from north to south. Now, it will not cover everything of course, but it is enough to really give you a great idea of what this country is all about.

If you have even longer, go for it! But if you are worried if 3 weeks is long enough, I would not sweat it. You will get to see so much during that amount of time and have a holistic overall trip.

That about does it for a New Zealand itinerary 3 weeks road trip! I hope this guide has given you a better idea of how to plan your New Zealand itinerary and has helped out with some logistics.

Obviously this itinerary can be mixed and matched a bit to change things up, but overall this can be a good starting point to get you going in the right direction.

If you have any questions or comments feel free to write them in below. Also don’t forget to check out the rest of the New Zealand itineraries and guides up on the site. Have fun out there and safe travels!

Related posts:

Sharing is caring!

Wednesday 24th of April 2024

The most amazing itinerary for New Zealand. Followed it to the T.

Will be following this one for the other cities as well

Audrey Schnyder

Friday 14th of October 2022

Thanks for the amazing itinerary! I will be following it when I visit NZ in March. Do you have idea gas/food costs for this trip as an estimate? Trying to get my budget together :) thanks!

Sunday 16th of October 2022

Hi Audrey - glad you enjoyed it! You will have a great time there (March is when I visited too). Gas prices certainly have changed so it is a bit tough to give an estimate. It also depends on your car choice, etc. Same with food - I was a solo traveler on a budget so my food choices may be very different than yours. I can say on average though my totals costs came out to somewhere around $110-$120 per day. Hope that helps a bit, but there may just be a few too many variables to give you an accurate number for yourself.

Thursday 18th of November 2021

Thank you for this itinerary. It is perfect for me. Nothing too crazy and still seeing all the main sights. Well written.

3-Week New Zealand Itinerary

By: Author Robyn Robledo

Posted on Last updated: April 18, 2024

Are you thinking of taking a trip to New Zealand? We took a one-month road trip through the awe-inspiring landscapes of New Zealand back in 2018 and found adventure around every corner. If you love exploring the outdoors, immersing yourself in nature through hiking, feeling the adrenaline-pumping thrill of backpacking, want the exhilarating rush of surfing, or just enjoy the tranquil beauty of camping beneath the stars, then this 3 week New Zealand itinerary is for you.

If you are looking for a blog with the best restaurants, hotels, and pricey excursions, you won’t find that here.  We travel on a budget and love the outdoors.  Our travel focuses on ways to be active in nature so these are the top destinations if you are looking to hike, camp, or surf. I felt that experiencing New Zealand through camping allowed us to access beautiful spots in New Zealand that we might have missed if we just did hotels or BNBs.

Related : Car Camping Pack List

From the snow-capped peaks of the Southern Alps to the sun-kissed beaches of the North Island, New Zealand offers a playground for outdoor enthusiasts unlike any other. So grab your gear, embrace the spirit of adventure, and get ready for an unforgettable journey through some of the most breathtaking terrain on Earth.

A month was way too short of time to spend in New Zealand and we knew it when we booked it. But I love the saying “Don’t let perfection be the enemy of good.”  If we only had a month, we were going to make the absolute most of it.  But in doing so, I discovered that the best parts of New Zealand can absolutely be crammed into an epic 21-day road trip.  Here’s how I would do three weeks in New Zealand if I were to go back.

When I was planning our trip I was overwhelmed with all the places to visit because it seemed like all the blogs said that every destination was a spot you had to see. After spending a month here I realized not every destination is worth the effort. I hope this helps you narrow down where you want to go so you don’t spend as much time driving as we did.

Table of Contents

Day 1 & 2: Fly into Auckland; Drive to Raglan

I’ve surfed a lot of places in the world and this one is special. In a good way and a bad way. It’s good because it really is a perfect wave.  It sets up in a perfectly peeling left that can give you a couple hundred yard ride across the bay. It’s also a very forgiving wave, making it easy to catch.

Catching a wave is the bad part. Because it breaks so predictable, the competition at the point in the lineup is fierce and mainly from the groms who don’t like to share.

Related : Surfing The World’s Best Left Hand Breaks

Beware that getting in and out requires navigating a fierce field of lava rocks. Booties are certainly helpful but will also stamp KOOK on your forehead and make fighting for the peak even more of a challenge. With or without the wave,  I loved this town and found as much joy, if not more, just walking through town, eating delicious gelato and homemade fig sourdough bread.

Related: 7 Things To Do In Raglan, New Zealand

Day 3 & 4: Drive to Rotorua; Mountain bike Whakarewarewa Forest

Mountain biking in the Whakarewarewa forest was one of the top highlights for me in New Zealand. Check out the YouTube video below to see how much fun it was for our entire family. 

We rented our bikes at the trailhead from Mountain Bike Rotorua .  I can’t emphasize enough how incredible their customer service is.  They were so helpful in getting everyone sized up (there are a lot of us) and made sure our experience was top-notch.

The trails in the redwood forest here are so great for kids and adults alike. My two youngest, who aren’t always excited to go hiking, begged us to do this again and again. I was amazed at how good my 7 year old got at bike handling in just an hour and the trails were so fun and flowy that even my older kids had a blast on them.

If mountain biking isn’t your thing, you can opt to hike in the Whakarewarewa forest or head over to Blue and Green Lake .  There is a nice trail that goes around Blue Lake and at the far end of Blue Lake there is a nice view of both lakes.

Day 5: Hot springs and mud pools; Drive toward Tongariro

Getting to Kerosene Creek hot springs from Rotorua is about 45 45-minute drive.  You’ll turn down a bumpy dirt road and take it for 6 kilometers until you get to a large parking area (this is also the start for some great mountain biking if you have bikes).  From here it’s a short 5-minute stroll to the hot spring. Though there are no signs here with warnings, at some other hot springs we saw signs about dangerous bacteria so stay on the safe side and don’t put your head in the water! 

Related : Check out our favorite bikinis

Our next stop was the mud pools. They are cool to see, but certainly not a destination in themselves. Plan on only needing a half hour here. This is right next to Wai-O-Tapu , which we skipped since it cost money and we had just gone to Yellowstone last summer but is home to the Lady Knox Geyser and other geothermal features.

One more quick free sight to see right next to the mud pools is Under the Bridge.  I wouldn’t recommend swimming in it since there are warning signs but it is very pretty to see.

After exploring the geothermal wonders of New Zealand, try to camp or get an Airbnb close to the Tongariro trailhead to save some time for tomorrows long hike since you’ll need most of the day to do it.

Day 6: Hike Tongariro; Drive toward Wellington

Hiking Tongariro is one of those #GOAT hikes so I encourage you to go for it. It’s a challenging hike but doable for most people. The trail is very well maintained. My 9 year old did it, but it was a lot for him.

In the high season, you aren’t allowed to park at trailheads for more than four hours and this hike will take you at least six so you’ll want to make sure you get a shuttle to the trailhead unless of course, you have someone in your group who isn’t hiking and can shuttle you.  

While you can hike in either direction, I recommend starting at Mangatepopo so that Mt Doom is in your view for the first half of the hike. Going in this direction makes the downhill a little more gradual, but I’m warning you, it’s a really long descent.  

Remember to pack layers of clothing because it can get very cold at the top, but the hike up is strenuous and you will want to be able to take layers off for it.  

FREE Fit To Hike Training Program

Grab our free workout plan that will help you get in shape for hiking and keep you injury-free. This complete program includes prehab, stretching, myofascial release, strength training, and cardio from trainers with over 25 years of experience in the fitness industry.

Plus get these bonuses:

👉  Our TOP 3 Favorite (& affordable) Hiking Supplements

👉  Our Favorite Hiking Gear that is durable & lasts

👉  Our popular TRAIL COOKIE RECIPE. Forget expensive bars, these are what we hike with instead.

We promise to never sell your info or send you spam. You can unsubscribe anytime. For more details, review our Privacy Policy .

Your free workout is on the way! We’re excited to help you reach new peaks and feel better on the trail. Don’t hesitate to reach out to us if you need more help reaching your health and fitness goals.

~Victor + Robyn

P.S. Be sure to check your spam folder because sometimes the bots think our email is spam.

Day 7: Cross on the early afternoon ferry

We used both Inter Island and Blue Bridge and while we found both good, we preferred Blue Bridge mainly because it is smaller and felt more kid friendly. Note that it’s usually cheaper to book the ferry ahead of time.  

Blue Bridge even gives the kids a bag with an activity book to do while sailing! I also liked that there were bench seats which allowed us to lie down and sleep for part of the journey.

Keep in mind that the entire process of checking in, waiting to board, and sailing is a long endeavor (especially for kids). I recommend having healthy snacks or even bringing a meal on board since the food onboard isn’t good or healthy.

If you can take the afternoon or early evening ferry then you can go explore Wellington for half the day.   I’m not a city girl so half a day here was enough for me, although I enjoyed eating amazing craft food at the farmers market and grabbing some fresh produce and cheese. We saw a cool street performer while walking through the downtown area.  Wellington is the windiest city I’ve ever been to.  I saw parked motorcycles blow over!

When you get to Picton, get an Airbnb here, or if it’s still daylight, drive along the sound towards Abel Tasman.  If you are camping, there are some great campgrounds and free camping areas along the highway to get there, but I don’t recommend driving this at night as it is very windy and you’d miss out on the gorgeous views.

Day 8-10: Arrive in Abel Tasman; Take the water taxi for a two-night backpacking adventure 

This was my second favorite experience in all of New Zealand , which means you totally should do it.  

Hiking from Marahau to Anchorage doesn’t do this park justice. You need to experience the areas from Anchorage to Bark Bay and preferably to Awaroa to get the most value out of this park. 

Related:   3 Day Backpacking Itinerary For Abel Tasman

Day 10: Drive towards the West Coast; Camp at Lyell Campground/Old Ghost Road Trailhead (Optional: add a day mountain biking)

This was one of the coolest places we camped at mostly because of the amount of stars we could see at night.

This is also the trailhead for the famous 85km-long Old Ghost Road trail that is on our priority list to go back and bike although we may need to up our game since this is a grade 4/5 trail and we don’t want to recreate our experience in Jackson Hole WY ( click here to read about our epic fail).  You can also walk this as a five-day backpacking trip.

Remember:  Driving on the South Island takes a lot longer than most places so don’t cram too much into today. 

There are plenty of gorgeous lookouts on the way to Westport to stop and stretch your legs.

Take a quick detour to stop in Westport to stock up on groceries. Westport is the last town with grocery stores until Greymouth, 100 kilometers away. If you feel like surfing or a surf lesson, go surf Tauranga Bay in Westport before heading to your secluded beach house. Supposedly it can become a really long left but it takes quite a bit of swell and no wind. This, however, is a great place to learn to surf.

Related:   7 Stops You Must See on the West Coast of New Zealand  

Day 11: Relax and take in the views

After driving so many miles and hiking/backpacking, it was really nice to spend one full day doing absolutely nothing, especially in such a beautiful location. This Airbnb we stayed at has its own private beach!  

Day 12: Drive towards Franz Josef

I don’t think the town of Franz Josef is worth staying in. It is very overpriced but it’s the only actual town, if you can call it that, for a long time and so it can demand the high ticket price.  

The drive from Fox River to Franz Josef Glacier is, guess what, LONG.  Stopping in the cute town of Hokitika is a good place to stretch the legs, grab some food, stock up on groceries, and fill the gas tank because there won’t be much until you get to Wanaka and this stretch from Franz Josef to Wanaka is a great area to spend more days than I put in this itinerary if you can.  

There are also good surf breaks in nearby Greymouth.  We spent a few nights in the area and camped at MacDonald Campground, which was very pretty and had good facilities, and stayed in this Airbnb which I also recommend if you need more R&R or didn’t get a chance to stay at the previous Airbnb.  There isn’t much around here though so I recommend it as more of a rest day than as a home base.

Road Trip Day 13: Hike Franz Josef & Fox Glacier

You brought rain gear right?!  It’s a very easy, but often wet, hike to see the Franz Josef glacier.  Parking can be tough so get there early.  I wanted to hike to Robert’s Point but we didn’t get a chance to because the fog was so dense the day we were there.

Another popular option is to Heli-Hike Franz Josef meaning you take a helicopter up onto the glacier and then hike around and explore ice caves.  Click here to find a tour.

The road to Fox Glacier was closed due to damage from Cyclone Gita, but if the road is open, this should be your next stop.

Bonus: If you can squeeze in another day or two, stop to hike part or all of the Copland Track.   Click here to learn more

If you are pushing onward, I recommend camping in Mount Aspiring National Park because it too is gorgeous and you’ll want a full day to explore.

I recommend Pleasant Flat Campsite, which is a low-cost campground with toilets, water, and a nice flat grassy area for your tent, but mainly I’d camp here for the view of the mountains.  There is not much accommodation here besides camping so if you are looking for a house/hotel/etc, you’re going to want to stay in a town right before Mt Aspiring such as Haast.  Click here to find accommodation.

Day 14: Mount Aspiring National Park

Take your time driving through Mount Aspiring National Park.  There are so many points of interest between Pleasant Flat and Lake Wanaka including Thunder Creek Falls, Fan Tail Falls (someday I want to go back to hike from here to the Brewster Hut), and Blue Pools.  

If you are camping, stop before you get to Wanaka and camp at Kidds Bush Reserve, one of my all-time favorite places I’ve ever camped.  If you are not camping, get accommodation in Wanaka .

Note: There won’t be grocery stores after Hokitika until you get into Wanaka, other than the overpriced mini market in Franz Glacier, so if you are stopping at all these rad campgrounds, make sure you stocked up yesterday.

Day 15: Wanaka + Isthmus Peak

Wanaka is a cute town with plenty of hipster food options, but before you drive into town, stop and hike to the top of Isthmus Peak.  Yep, it’s another one of our favorites!  We skipped Roy’s Peak and heard it was a good call since Isthmus was better for the crowd factor.

Get beta on hiking Isthmus Peak here.

If you have time, spend an extra day here to explore the area.  We had reserved tickets for the Routeburn Track so we had to press on.  There’s a free campground about halfway between Wanaka and Queenstown called Bendigo.  If not camping, try to get accommodation between Queenstown and Wanaka or in Queenstown.

Related blog: 5 Reasons to Visit Wanaka, New Zealand

Day 16: Queenstown + Glenorchy

While I didn’t love this town, if I had more money to spend, it may have been a different story.  This is the adventure capital of New Zealand, but here, adventure costs a lot of money.  There are plenty of inexpensive adventures involving hiking up steep mountains, we just didn’t have time to explore them.

Do you have a favorite hike in Queenstown? Let us know in the comments below!

Related: Things to Consider Before Booking a Trip to New Zealand

We picked up our tickets at the DOC office to hike the Routeburn Track and headed towards Glenorchy to camp near the trailhead. 

Glenorchy is very cute but a bit limited in supplies so stock up of food and cash in Queenstown.  There are really nice views on the drive to Glenorchy and even if you aren’t thru-hiking the Routeburn Track, it’s still totally worth hiking half of it from the Glenorchy side.

Camp at Sylvan Campsite, which is about 30 minutes past Glenorchy and only a few minutes drive from the start of the Routeburn.  It’s absolutely gorgeous and lies in a valley with dramatic mountains surrounding you.  If you’re not camping, c lick here to see other accommodations in the quaint town of Glenorchy.

Day 17-18: Routeburn Track (or Kepler Track)

This was a highlight of our trip. It was our first backpacking experience and I can’t recommend it enough.

Related : Backpacking Pack List

If you backpack it, you have to reserve your tickets WAY ahead of time and if you can’t get them I recommend just day hiking all the way to Harris Saddle and back. The views at Harris Saddle are incredible whether you backpack or hike it! See our related blog for more info on getting backpacking permits.  P.S. we made our March reservations in November.

If you are day hiking, use the remainder of Day 17 to drive toward Milford Sound after the hike.  It’s going to be a very long drive, but there are many campgrounds on the way and plenty of places to stretch your legs on smaller hikes.  Day 18 is then a bonus day and I’d recommend spending it at Arthur’s Pass at the end of your trip (see bottom of this post).

If you do the Routeburn Track like we did and only camp one night at Lake Mackenzie, you should be done hiking by 1 p.m. on day 18. This way, you can use the rest of the day to get a shuttle back to Glenorchy to get your vehicle.

Related blog: How to Backpack the Routeburn Track

When you finish hiking the Routeburn, head down the road for another 45 minutes to see Milford Sound. You may want to book a cruise into the sound as there isn’t much to see from the harbor, but keep in mind the drive back to Queenstown is about 4 hours.

Consider camping near Queenstown; while Lumsden Parking Area is free and on the way, it lacks scenery.

Personally, I’d skip Milford Sound unless you can afford a cruise or a kayak excursion.  That being said, a cruise and kayak excursion looks AWESOME!   Click here to check out the top deals on kayak/cruise excursions on Milford Sound.

Day 19: Mount Cook

It’s a long drive again from Queenstown to Christchurch. I would break it up by spending a night at Mount Cook Village. Mount Cook is the closest you’ll get to the Alps without actually being in the Alps.

The glaciers here are mind-blowing, especially the one that you can see from White Horse Hill Campground.  If you aren’t going to camp here (which is almost a crime) get accommodation in Mount Cook Village so you’re within walking distance of the hikes.

Since the hikes can get a bit touristy, I recommend trying to camp here overnight so you can experience the magnificence of the area in peace. Seriously, I think I was the first person awake in the campground and it was a magical feeling sitting under the glacier in silence in the morning.

Related: Tips for Camping in New Zealand

Day 20: Mount Cook 

If you didn’t do the Hooker Valley Track yesterday, make sure you do it today.  Hiking it early in the morning is better before all the tour buses show up.

If you are looking for a less active form of adventure, try out H2 Explore on Lake Pukaki.  If you’ve never been on a hovercraft before (I hadn’t), it feels like a submarine ride above the water.  On a clear day, it provides epic views of Mount Cook.

It’s another 4 hour drive to get to Christchurch from Mount Cook.  If you need to break it up, we stayed in this Airbnb in Geraldine , which is about halfway.  

Day 21: Fly Out of Christchurch

Try to get a late night flight out so you have the day to walk around Christchurch before saying good-bye to this beautiful country.

Optional bonus day: Arthur’s Pass

Do you love mountains?  We love them!  If you have an extra day or two (such as if you day hike the Routeburn Track), I recommend spending one day hiking in Arthur’s Pass.  

The drive up is so gorgeous and you pass Castle Crags, which is a great rock climbing destination but we didn’t bring our gear for this trip.

• Tips for Camping in New Zealand
• Deals on kayak/cruise excursions on Milford Sound
• How to Backpack the Routeburn Track  
• Things to Consider Before Booking a Trip to New Zealand
• Backpacking the Copland Track  
• 7 Stops You Must See on the West Coast of New Zealand  
• Biking or hiking the 85km-long Old Ghost Road trail
• 3 Day Backpacking Itinerary For Abel Tasman
• 7 Things to Do in Raglan
• 5 Reasons to Visit Wanaka
• Franz Josef Heli-hiking tours/deals
• Tips for camping in New Zealand

Save This For Later! Pin it:

Hey! We're glad you found us! You may want to also join us on Instagram and follow our travels. .

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

Notify me of new posts by email.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

mountainjillian

Thursday 6th of August 2020

Hi! Love this itinerary and have been dreaming of travel so much lately. How old were your kids when you did this trip? It's a lot of hiking and I am just curious. We only have a 3 year old right now so anything like this is WAAAYYYYY down the road but we live in Colorado and are raising a very active little one. Just wondering how many years I probably have to wait to do something like this (I know it's many years out!)

Hey! On that trip my husband stayed back in the car often with our youngest who was 7 at the time but my 10 year old did most of the hikes. Tongarriro was his favorite. The whole fam did Abel Tasman and I think if you carried all the gear, you could get an adventurous 5 year old to do it in small chunks of 4-6 miles a day. There were a lot of campgrounds.

Paul Atwell

Wednesday 6th of March 2019

Hi! Just found your 3 Week New Zealand Itinerary. What month of the year did you take your trip? I'm planning a 3 week trip in May and struggling with finding out what will still be doable that time of the year.

We took this trip in late February and early March. I think a lot of this itinerary will still be doable in the New Zealand's fall it will just be a little bit rainier than summer, though New Zealand is rainy no matter what time of year you visit. It will really only be the high elevation places where you'll have to be concerned about weather. You could definitely still visit Mount Cook but there's a chance snow could prevent you from hiking. You will be able to partake in all activities in areas like Abel Tasman, the West Coast, Raglan, and Rotorua. If you go at that time I'd definitely just be prepared to skip out on a few high elevation hikes if the weather is too bad and if there's be sure to pack lots of rain gear.

14 Tips For Planning Your First Road Trip • Nomads With A Purpose

Sunday 27th of May 2018

[…] Related Blog: 3 Week Road trip through New Zealand […]

Stay in the Loop

Subscribe for exclusive content, giveaways, new products and more!

• Backpacking
• Backcountry Cooking
• Wilderness Medicine
• Destinations
• TRIP REPORTS

New Zealand , Road Trips

The ultimate 3 week south island new zealand itinerary.

Hello and welcome to the Ultimate 3 Week South Island, New Zealand Itinerary ! I’m so excited you’re considering a three week (or longer) journey to the bottom of the world. The South Island was my home for five months in 2018, and where I think I’ll eventually end up living.

I love this island and know you will too. The itinerary is fast paced and we will circle the entire island, but feel free to slow things down and cut out a destination or two. If you’ve already checked out my Ultimate 2 Week South Island, New Zealand Itinerary , you’ll see a lot of repeat information.

You’ll also see, however, recommendations for some very off-the-beaten-path destinations . These are destinations that don’t get nearly as many visitors as Milford Sound or Wanaka, but still have charm and beauty. Off-the-beaten-path destinations like the Catlins and Dunedin and the Otago Peninsula are some of my favourite places.

So without further ado, let’s get moving!

This post may contain affiliate links. If you make a purchase through one of these links, I may receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. Your support is much appreciated! You can learn more by reading my full disclosure .

How to Get Around & Where to Stay

Getting here.

In this guide, we’re going to make a big loop around the island by starting and ending in Christchurch, the largest city in the South Island. Christchurch has frequent flights to and from Auckland, and there are even some direct flights to Australia.

Getting Around

Although it is possible to get by hitchhiking and using public transport, I wouldn’t recommend doing this. By renting a car or camper van you’ll have significantly more freedom to explore destinations off the main highways.

Accommodation

There are a quite a few options for accommodation in the South Island, depending on your budget and desired comfort level.

• Camper Van : Portable and (potentially) very cozy, more expensive than renting a car and also a bit more expensive for gas. The easiest way to find one that meets your needs and budget is to use Camper Van Finder .
• Car Camping : There are a lot of campsite around New Zealand that you can access with a car, all you need is a tent!
• Hostels : Both cities and smaller towns have hostels, which are comfortable and range in price (typically between $25 and $40 NZD for a dorm bed). However, this isn’t the case in some of the really small destinations. I typically used Hostel World to find and compare options.
• Airbnb : This was my favourite option, because my boyfriend and I loved meeting Kiwis and getting their recommendations. Plus it’s cheaper than a hostel if you have two people (rooms were as low as $35 NZD for a night, but we typically paid around $50 for the two of us).
• Hotels : There are plenty of options for hotels, but we typically didn’t stay in them because they were the most expensive option and we liked to have our own kitchen. In the few cases we did stay in hotel, I found Booking.com the most helpful.

3 Week South Island New Zealand Itinerary

In this itinerary, you will swim with dolphins and kayak with seals, go on day hikes and maybe even try out an overnight hike or two. You’ll visit all the main destinations and towns like Christchurch, Dunedin, Queenstown and Wanaka, but also relax in Akaroa and watch the sunrises on the east coast, take surf lessons and boat cruises.

If three weeks feels a bit too long, I also have a 2 Week South Island Itinerary and my friend Caroline at CK Travels has written a good one-week itinerary for Christchurch to Queenstown .

Day 1-2: Whale Watching & Swimming with Dolphins in Kaikoura

You’ll land in Christchurch, pick up your rental car or camper van and get on the road to Kaikoura. Kaikoura is a three hour drive north from Christchurch and situated on the east coast.

Compared to Milford Sound or Wanaka, very few people go to Kaikoura. I’d argue that the opportunity to swim with dolphins in the wild, out in the open ocean, makes Kaikoura worth the effort.

That being said, if you choose to include this in your itinerary, it’ll still be a relatively quick stop. There’s just so much to do in the South Island.

Things to do in Kaikoura

If you arrive in the afternoon : Stiff from the flight and driving? Stretch your legs with a little hike at Mount Fyffe . There are four options: a 45 min, 1 hour 45 min, 8 hour and 2-3 day routes.

Alternatively, you could go whale watching (the most popular activity in Kaikoura though I’d recommend snorkeling with dolphins over whale watching).

You can either take a whale watching cruise or go whale flight-seeing (plus get an incredibly view of the mountains). I did the flight-seeing over the cruise.

In the early evening: Walk along the Kaikoura Peninsula for some beautiful mountain and ocean views. (Here you can find my complete list of recommendations for Kaikoura ). You will probably see some seals lounging on the boardwalk.

In the morning: Go snorkelling with dolphins – this is an absolute must-do; it is easily one of the best experiences of my life. The best part is that you’re out in the ocean with WILD dolphins, not dolphins held in captivity. You’ll want to book with Dolphin Encounter in advance. The groups are small and they book up quickly.

In the afternoon : Unfortunately we don’t have much time in Kaikoura and already have to get back on the road – it’s a four hour drive to our next destination (the entire trip won’t be like this, I’m just front-loading most of the long drives for you).

Speaking of your next destination, you’ll be going to Abel Tasman National Park! This is another destination often left off South Island, New Zealand itineraries because it’s far away from Milford Sound and Wanaka.

It isn’t far away from Kaikoura though, so we’re making a stop! You won’t actually be staying in the National Park, but there are plenty of options for accommodation in the towns outside the park.

We stayed at this Airbnb and it is in the top two best Airbnbs of my life (mostly because the place is beautiful and the host is incredibly interesting and friendly).

Night 1: Kaikoura

Night 2: Motueka (the main town outside of Abel Tasman)

Day 3-4: Kayaking in Abel Tasman National Park

Abel Tasman National Park is best viewed from the water. I’d highly recommend doing a combined boat-kayak tour to get the most out of the park. If the conditions are right, you may be able to kayak into a secret harbor of baby sea lions.

Things to do in Abel Tasman National Park

In the evening: Check into your hotel or Airbnb, grab some dinner and relax a little. Today will be a full day!

On the first day : Take a full day kayak and boat cruise . Kayaking is the best way to enjoy the park. The reason I like the combined kayak and boat cruise is that the cruise takes you further away from the town and into the heart of the park, and then you can kayak into the areas the cruise boat can’t access.

I’d highly recommend the tour that includes Shag Harbour, where the baby seals play. At the strong recommendation of my Airbnb host, I went with Kaiteriteri Kayaks and had an amazing time.

On the second day : Today let’s do some hiking. Abel Tasman National Park has many options for hiking, but I recommend choosing one of the Totaranui walks as these bring you up close with Abel Tasman’s sprawling golden sand and prehistoric jungle.

If you want to get up early, you could do to 5.5 hour trek from Gibbs Hill to Whariwharangi. Otherwise you could choice from a variety of shorter 1-2 hour hikes.

If you want to slow things down : You could either hike in the morning and leave Abel Tasman in the afternoon / evening for your next destination, or you could relax in the park and Moteuka and get moving in the morning. Either works in this itinerary!

2 Nights in Motueka or 1 Night in Motueka & 1 Night on the West Coast

Day 5-7: Drive the West Coast & Visit Glaciers

After Abel Tasman, you’ll make your way to the west coast. The first part of the drive is through the mountains to the coast. There aren’t a lot of stops here, but the views are excellent the entire way. Once you’re on the coast, you can refuel / pick up food and supplies in Westport.

Things to do on the West Coast

As you drive south along the west coast, there are a few places worth stopping. The first is Paparoa National Park where you can check out Punakaiki , known as the pancake rocks (30 minutes) and do an easy 1.5 hour walk at the Poporari River.

Continuing south, you can make a stop at Hokitaki Gorge Walk for a quick walk to a beautiful gorge (the track is 650 m each way).

Things to do at Fox and Franz Josef Glaciers

The main attractions on the west coast are Fox and Franz Josef Glaciers . The area has some good hiking and the opportunity to go on a heli-hike. Some people find they only need one day at the glaciers, while other people never want to leave.

In the afternoon / early evening : Do the 1.5 hour hike to Lake Matheson , where you’ll see gorgeous mountain reflected in a crystal clear lake. It’s especially beautiful when the sun is going down.

Full day activity : If you are an experienced hiker, you can hike the Alex Knob Track . It takes about 4 hours to reach the summit for a round-trip time of a little under 8 hours (or, almost 9 km each direction). Check out the DOC website for important information regarding safety on the track.

Half day activity : Join a guide heli-hike for the opportunity to see the glacier from the air and then walk on it. It’s pricey ($500) so I didn’t do it, however it’s the top item on my bucket list for the next time I go to the island.

Half day activity : Skydiving  is another activity I haven’t tried myself (it’s also expensive), but if you can afford it, I’ve heard it’s absolutely incredible. I know you can also go skydiving from Queenstown, but I’ve heard it is better at Fox Glacier.

Three Nights: Fox or Franz Josef Glacier area

Day 8-10: Explore Wanaka and Queenstown

Wanaka is a three hour drive from the glaciers and the road takes you through Mount Aspiring National Park. Some things to potentially stop for on the drive:

Things to do around Wanaka

I’ve written an entire post about things to do in Wanaka – here are some of the highlights. On the drive into Wanaka:

• Blue Pools hike is an easy walk (one hour return trip), but leads to a beautiful swimming spot.
• Blue Valley Track – I haven’t done this walk, although I’ve heard it’s a nice one. It starts at the car park for the Blue Pools, but continues into the valley. It’s 2-3 hours each way, so do a little research on it before attempting.

Once you’ve arrived in Wanaka, there are a few things I’d recommend doing:

• Hike Roy’s Peak – this is that iconic hike you see a thousand photos of on Instagram, but it really is a spectacular view. The majority of people only go up as high as the view point (they take that iconic picture and go back down) – don’t do this! Go to the actual top and you get a much better view! And I highly (HIGHLY) recommend hiking Roys Peak for sunrise (or sunset).
• Visit the Wanaka Tree – no trip to New Zealand would be complete with out a visit to that Wanaka Tree.
• Paddle on Lake Wanaka – in the late spring-autumn, you can rent a kayak or stand up paddle board from the shore.

So I generally recommended Wanaka over Queenstown – I just didn’t like Queenstown that much. That said, everyone else raves about it so definitely worth checking out if you have extra time. (I actually spent so little time in Queenstown, I wouldn’t feel good giving you recommendations. Check out my friend Aimee’s post on 24 Hours in Queenstown if you want a complete download on what there is to do!)

Three Nights: Wanaka and/or Queenstown

Day 11-13: Kayaking and hiking in Fiordland National Park

Fiordland (home to Milford Sound) is probably the most popular destination in the South Island. From Queenstown, it’s a two hour drive to Te Anau.

Once you reach Te Anau, it’s another two hour drive to Milford Sound, however there are plenty of places to stop along the way (for views, not for services – fill up on gas ahead of time!). You also have the option to take a shuttle bus from Te Anau to Milford Sound because in the summer the drive can get quite congested.

I’d recommend spending a night at Gunn’s Camp, rather than at a campsite, located along the drive from Te Anau and Milford Sound. It’s pricier (we paid $70 for a cabin), but I think it’s very worth it. You’re cozy, right on the river and the couple who runs the place are so friendly and interesting. For your second night, stay in the Milford Sound lodge (a dorm bed is $40 NZD – just make sure you book early). This way, you’re close to Milford Sound to catch the sunrise and/or sunset.

Things to do in Fiordland National Park

Many of the hikes in my Best Hikes in South Island New Zealand are in Fiordland. This area is just so incredible for hiking!

Half day activity : Hike to Lake Marian (3 hours). This is best done on a clear day, otherwise you won’t see any of the view at the top (which happened to me). Here’s a really good guide for what to expect on the Lake Marian hike .

Half day activity : Hike to Key Summit (3 hours) – this trek is also best done on a clear day.

Half day activity : Join a Boat Cruise through the Milford Sound. This is the best way to explore the entire fiord.

• Go kayaking in the fiord  – this was one of the highlights of Milford Sound for me.
• If you have more time, you can go to Doubtful Sound for an overnight kayak trip or overnight boat cruise . I haven’t done either of these, but my friends who have highly recommended them.

Three Nights: Milford Sound

Day 14-15: Waterfalls and more in The Catlins

Here is where the two itineraries deviate. In the 2 Week South Island, New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary , you drive directly to Mount Cook after Fiordland. However since you have more time we’re going to make stops in Southland and Otago.

After leaving Milford Sound and Te Anau, drive south to The Catlins (I have a guide to visiting the Catlins for more info). The drive from Milford South to the Catlins is 4 hours, so I’d recommend leaving Milford in the morning, driving to the Catlins, do some exploring and then spend the night in the area.

The next day you can do a little more exploring in the Catlins before moving on. There are dozens of places to explore in the Catlins, and I’ve spent my fair share of time in this area. This map  outlines all of the possible destinations you could visit, but here are the ones I’d most recommend.

• Cathedral Caves – When the tide is in, these caves are underwater. But when the tide goes out, you can walk in and around the caves. Be sure the check the website for tide times in advance though – you don’t want to show up and learn the caves are underwater! There is a small park fee (something like $5 NZD).
• Waterfalls –  There are a number of nice waterfalls in the Catlins region (Purakaunui and McLean Falls are my favourite).
• Nugget Point – This place is especially beautiful at sunrise, but worth a stop any time of day (see below). The lighthouse is a 25 minute walk from the car park on a very easy and well maintains trail.

I’d recommend either camping at Purakaunui Bay or in the town of Owaka.

Night: The Catlins

Day 16: Beaches in Dunedin

A little north of The Catlins is the town of Dunedin, my home for five months in 2018. While many people glass over the town, I think there are many great things to do in Dunedin .

Things to do in Dunedin

In the early morning :  Tunnel Beach is my favorite place in Dunedin to catch a sunrise. From the car park, it’s a twenty minute walk down to the view point (which is really pretty) and you can walk over this land bridge and stare out into the ocean. What gives tunnel beach its name however is that you can go through an actual tunnel to get from the cliff shores to a secret little beach.

In the morning : Dunedin has some of the best surfing in New Zealand, and St Clair Beach is a great place to take some surf lessons. If you’re more into lounging on your own secluded beach, Aramoana is personal favourite of mine.

In the afternoon : Drive out to the Otago Peninsula. It has a few great walks, like Lover’s Leap. I’d also recommend going to Sandfly Bay if you want to try spotting some sea lions (remember to stay at least 10 meters away from them).

If you have extra time : As this itinerary is already full of so many things to do, I’ve only left one day in Dunedin but I think two full days would be perfect. Here you can find a complete list of my recommendations for things to do in Dunedin .

One Night: Dunedin

East Coast Sunrises

And since you’re spending time on the East Coast again, I’d highly recommend getting up early each day to catch the sunrise (even if it means going back to bed afterwards). Here are some of my favourite destinations for sunrises (plus Nugget Point as mentioned above).

Day 17-19: Hike in Aoraki/Mount Cook National Park

After some time in Dunedin and the Otago Peninsula, drive from Dunedin to Mount Cook. I would highly recommend driving the route that takes you through the town of Alexandra.

I’ve done the Dunedin-Mount Cook drive many, many times and this is by far the most scenic route. It takes a little longer than shooting up the east coast to Timaru, but it is such a nicer drive.

Things to do at Aoraki / Mount Cook National Park

• Take a driving break at Lake Pukaki – there are beautiful views here.
• Check out the Tasman Glacier  – To be honest, everyone says to do this walk (it’s only an hour return) but I didn’t find the view that nice. It’s not much of a time investment, so I guess it’s worth checking out, I just didn’t love it myself.
• Hike the Hooker Valley Track  – This is a three hour walk, but a very easy one with little elevation change. It gives you beautiful views of Aoraki/Mount Cook, Mueller Glacier and Hooker Lake.
• If you have time for an overnight hike, go to Meuller Hut (only feasible in the late spring-early fall). It’s a challenging hike, so important to be prepared (I recommend reading this detailed post by We12Travel for how to prepare).

You can camp in the park or there are hotels/inns near the park. Three Nights: Aoraki/Mount Cook National Park area

Day 20-21: Wander Lake Tekapo, Christchurch and Akaroa

From Mount Cook National Park it’s a four to five hour drive to Christchurch. Make sure you stop by Lake Tekapo on the way.

• Lake Tekapo – Wonderful lake to make a stop at and take some pictures. If you’re visiting about November, you’ll have the chance to see the beautiful purple lupins. You can also stop by the photogenic Church of the Good Shepard.

Christchurch has some nearby hikes and so many great restaurants or check out the International Antarctic Center which was so cool. A very underrated destination is, in my opinion, Akaroa. Akaroa, meaning “long harbour”, is a little town outside of Christchurch on the Pacific Coast. 

I will admit that after the dramatic scenery of Milford Sound and Mount Cook (and even Dunedin and the Catlins), Akaroa will feel pretty anti-climatic. There aren’t mountains or stunning beaches or anything.

What I like about Akaroa is that it’s a great place to really slow things down and relax a little. Have you ever ended a vacation that was so much go-go-go that you need a vacation afterwards? I have, so I like to spend two days at the end of a trip just chilling before I have to travel again.

And Akaroa is great for this. There are cute shops and some good places to eat and nice cafes. You can take a boat cruise along the entire length of the harbour and see seals and sea lions and albatross.

Although, if you do want a little bit of adventure, the Banks Track is a nice three day hiking trip from Onuku to Akaroa.

Two Nights: Akaroa or Christchurch

Bonus: Stewart Island

I unfortunately didn’t make it to Stewart Island during my time in New Zealand, in a guide claiming to be the ‘ Ultimate South Island, New Zealand Itinerary’ I’d be doing you a disservice to not at least mention it at.

Stewart Island is New Zealand’s third largest island (New Zealand has three islands? Yeah, I didn’t know either). Stewart Island is considerably smaller and almost entirely protected as a National Park/nature reserve. I can’t speak to what you should do or how long you should visit, since I haven’t been there myself, but keep it in mind when you’re planning your trip.

Additional Resources

What to pack to survive a new zealand winter (it’s colder than you think), south island, new zealand: the ultimate 2 week road trip itinerary.

Mikaela | Voyageur Tripper

Mikaela has been canoeing, hiking and camping for over ten years. She previously worked as a canoeing guide in Canada, and spent a season guiding hiking and kayaking tours in the high Arctic. Mikaela is a Wilderness First Responder and Whitewater Rescue Technician.

MY FAVOURITE GEAR

Fleece Sweater

Down Jacket

Hiking Boots

Hiking Shirt

Hiking Pants

2 thoughts on “ The Ultimate 3 Week South Island New Zealand Itinerary ”

Stay in touch.

Join our community of outdoor adventurers - you'll find trip inspiration, gear discussions, route recommendations, new friends and more!

this is amazing post thanks for sharing information with us

you’re very welcome!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Facebook Group

Call Us: NZ + 64 21 62 94 98

Home New Zealand Nature + Lifestyle 18 Day New Zealand Itinerary

The Auckland Whale & Dolphin Safari

• Information

Leave the hustle and bustle of the city and discover the beautiful Hauraki Gulf Marine Park – visited by a staggering one third of all the types of marine mammals found on earth. Departing directly from the Viaduct Harbor, be welcomed aboard the 20 metre, purpose-built vessel ‘Dolphin Explorer’ for an unforgettable marine mammal Eco-safari out on the sparkling waters of the Hauraki Gulf. Be surrounded by some of the most abundant marine life in New Zealand, and discover what the beautiful Auckland area has to offer.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: NZ Maritime Museum, 175 Quay St, Viaduct Harbour, Auckland. Ph: 0508 365 744 Check-in: 15 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 4.5 hours. How to get there: Viaduct Harbour is located at the western end (left as you are looking at the water) of Quay Street in down-town Auckland. Upon arrival by foot you will need to look for the New Zealand Maritime Museum entrance on your right immediately after the large ‘KZ1’ yacht. What to bring: Warm clothes, shower-proof jacket, sun hat & sunscreen, camera, binoculars, personal medication (if required), sea-sickness medication (should be taken prior to trip). What is provided: Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment, First Aid Kit. Notes: Sea sickness: If you are inclined to sea sickness please check the weather and medicate yourself several hours before boarding. Sea sickness medication is available from most pharmacies and supermarkets. We do not carry any remedies or medical relief on-board.

Explore America's Cup Sailing Auckland

Feel the thrill of sailing an authentic America’s Cup yacht. Take the helm to help steer on course or work hard on the grinders to hoist the mainsail during this hands on sailing adventure on Auckland’s Waitemata Harbour.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Auckland's Viaduct Harbour at the end of Quay St (kiosk). Phone: 0800 397 567. Check-in: 15 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 2 hours. How to get there: the kiosk is located in the Viaduct boat Harbour area (next to the restaurants). What to bring: Camera, rain jacket, required medication, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, flat shoes. What is provided: Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment, First Aid Kit, Lifejackets. Notes: Participation is not compulsory if you prefer to sit back and watch the action. This is an adventure activity and not recommended for pregnant women and people with medical conditions, please discuss any medical issues with us at time of booking. There is a wind limit in place for the safety and comfort of passengers. The final decision of whether to sail is at the skipper's discretion.

The Coromandel

The Coromandel Peninsula is situated on North Island, some 50km east of Auckland across the Hauraki Gulf. It is a sparsely populated region with only five towns, together having a population of just 1000 residents. However, the steep and hilly area with its temperate rain forests experiences a dramatic influx of visitors during the holidays, as many Aucklanders have holiday homes here. The Coromandel is popular for yachting and scuba diving, due to the 900m high peninsula creating a natural barrier from the Hauraki Gulf. Aside from the plethora of water-related activities, there are also hiking trails of every grade to be found here.

Cathedral Cove Kayak Tours

Cathedral Cove Kayak Tours offers trips to explore the spectacular volcanic coastline. The tours are designed for all levels and abilities. Cathedral Cove Kayak Tours uses modern kayaking equipment and qualified guides to offer visitors full instruction and assistance.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: At Hahei Beach (beachside car park). Watch out for kayaks and guide. Office address details: 88 Hahei Beach Road, Hahei, Phone: 07-866 3877 or 0800 529258. Reconfirm: Please call operator the day before re weather and scheduled departure time. Length of tour: takes 3.5 hours. Check-in: 20 minutes prior departure. Video: https://youtu.be/_bSbpJU5K2g How to get there: Directions from Auckland: Take the State Highway 1 (heading south, after crossing the Bombay Hills, turn left at the foot of the hill onto State Highway 2. Turn left onto State Highway 25, following road signs to Thames. After crossing Kopu Bridge keep following road signs to Tairua. About 5km after Tairua, turn right onto Hot Water Beach Road. Follow the signs to Hahei Beach. In Hahei, stay on the main road which will bring you to the beach. The office/ base for Cathedral Kayaks is at the village entrance on your left (opp. “The Church” Restaurant). What to bring: Camera, insect repellent. rain jacket, required medication, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, swim suit, towel, sandals, warm top, water bottle. What is provided: Dry bag for camera, Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment. Note: No kayaking experience is necessary.

Kiwi Dundee Adventures 1 Day Coromandel Circuit

This popular tour covers all the scenic highlights of the Coromandel Peninsula as well as visiting some special locations only known to locals. The Nature and Coast Tour is a delightful sample of the Coromandel Peninsula's natural heritage and scenic beauty. Start the day with a drive out of Auckland across some of the world’s richest dairy farms. We’ll then cross unique New Zealand sub-tropical rainforest to arrive off the beaten track on the east side of the Coromandel Peninsula.

Enjoy an easy walk through nature on the forgotten paths of an old town. Visit an old historic gold cave, now home to sparkling glow worms. Enjoy the fascinating history of this area and learn about the flora and fauna within the magnificent forests of this region. Visit stunning coastal scenery with white sand beaches, huge beach caves, magnificent cliffs, old Maori Pa (village) sites and offshore islands. A visit to famous Hot Water beach and Cathedral Cove is included (tide permitting). See your guide’s "treasures" from nature, including very rich gold specimens, crystals, petrified wood, and resin. Be prepared for fun and entertainment!

Tour length: 9am - 7pm (approx.)

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Hotel pick-up at 9.00am. Phone: 07 865 8809 (Kiwi Dundee). Check-in: 15 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 8 hours (11 Hours from Auckland). How to get there: Pick-up and drop-off from your accommodation is arranged. What to bring: Backpack or bag, camera, rain jacket, required medication, insect repellent, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, warm top, hiking shoes, water bottle. What is provided: Transfers ex hotel, Qualified Guide, First Aid Kit, Lunch. Notes: moderate walking/ hiking abilities are required.

Hahei Explorer

The Hahei Explorer is an hour long, travels up to 14kms, and takes the visitor into coastal islands of the marine reserve, reefs, massive sea caves and bays, including the world famous Cathedral Cove. The magnificence of this natural volcanic scenery is legendary and the approach by sea, combined with an insightful yet relaxed commentary further enhances the experience.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: South end of Hahei Beach, off Wigmore Cresent. Phone number: 07 866 3910 - Please call operator 1 hour prior departure to check-in. Length of tour: takes 1 hour. Check-in: 15 minutes prior departure. How to get there: Departs from the south end of Hahei Beach, off Wigmore Cresent. Please note that there is no toilet at the departure point. What to bring: Camera, rain jacket (subject to weather), sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat. What is provided: Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment. Note: maximal 10 people in one boat.

Ruakuri Cave Tour

According to Maori legend, Ruakuri Cave was first discovered 400 to 500 years ago by a young Maori hunting for birds. He was attacked by wild dogs just outside the original cave entrance. Re-opened in 2005, the cave is an amazing example of engineering and natural cave structure. Ruakuri Cave offers a captivating blend of Waitomo's compelling subterranean experiences. Journey down through the spectacular spiral entrance, and marvel at the softly folding shawl like limestone formations and crystal tapestries. Hear the distant thunder of the subterranean waterfalls and get up close to the glowworms. Ruakuri Cave is New Zealand's longest guided underground walking tour. With clever and innovative design, Ruakuri Cave has full wheelchair and pushchair access.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: 39 Waitomo Caves Rd, Waitomo. Phone: 0800 456 922​ or 07 878 8228. Notes:  please pick up Ruakuri tickets at the Waitomo Glow Worm Cave (39 Waitomo Village Road). Then you will have to drive to the Ruakuri Cave from the Glow Worm Cave. Check-in: 20 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: takes 2 hours How to get there: Waitomo Caves is 2.5 hours south of Auckland, 1 hour south of Hamilton, and 2 hours west of Rotorua. The Waitomo Glowworm Caves are situated 8km along Waitomo Caves Road, off State Highway 3. What to bring: Trainers + socks, warm top. Group size: max. 15 people. What is provided: Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Transfer from meeting point.

Waitomo Black Labyrinth

Waitomo Black Labyrinth is the original Waitomo subterranean adventure that will have guests climbing, black water tubing and leaping through Ruakuri Cave. In over three hours guests will take leaps of faith over cascading waterfalls and float serenely down an underground river with a glowworm show on the vaulted limestone galleries above. The journey concludes when the tour emerges into the sunlight of the Waitomo forest.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Waitomo Homestead - 584 State Highway 3, Waitomo. Phone: 0800 228 464. Check-in: 20 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 3 hours. Video: https://youtu.be/ZCIdQ-nD6DI How to get there: Waitomo Caves is located about 2.5 hours drive from Auckland or 2 hours from Rotorua. The office is 1.2 kms before you enter Waitomo Village on the left side . Watch out for car park on the left with signage and a cafe. Park your car. Valuables can be locked away securely. What to bring: Swim suit (to wear under wetsuit), towel (for a warm shower afterwards). Waiver Form to complete prior to arrival:  https://waiver.smartwaiver.com/auto/?auto_waiverid=5fbd6c9d37c99&auto_tag=3053491_4120310 What is provided: Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment, First Aid Kit, Afternoon Tea, Wet suit. Notes: Participants are required to be at least 12 years of age with a minimum weight of 45 kg. Sorry, no cameras and GoPro's can't be taken on this tour. Max. 12 person each tour party.

Visit the Otorohanga Kiwi House & Native Bird Park

Volcanic air.

Based on the shores of Lake Rotorua, Volcanic Air offers the most comprehensive range of scenic flights and air tours in this region. Established in 1992 and carried over 100,000 satisfied customers to experience the local volcanoes, lakes district and geothermal reserves from both the air and the ground. Volcanic Air operate a mixed fleet of both helicopters and Rotorua’s only floatplanes and the versatility of these aircraft allow visits remote destinations hard to reach by other means.

The key destinations include New Zealand’s only permanently active volcano 'White Island' where it holds one of the few concessions to explore this marvel of nature. Closer to home Mount Tarawera is the site of the largest eruption in New Zealand’s living memory. Standing on Mount Tarawera offers a privileged view of spectacular craters and domes formed by the eruption. Further south at the hidden valley of Orakei Korako to experience stunning scenery and geothermal activity on the very edge of its longest river the mighty Waikato. Other key highlights included in a number of our air tours are aerial views of the areas lakes district and vibrant geothermal reserves including Waimangu and Wai-O-Tapu. This region is unique and the diversity of its landscape is quite remarkable. It combines spectacular scenery with informative and interesting commentaries about a region that is the cultural heart of New Zealand. In fact this area is the birth place of tourism in New Zealand having hosted visitors since the early 1800’s to view what were considered to be the eighth wonder of the world, the Pink and White Terraces destroyed by the Mount Tarawera eruption.

The aircraft are maintained to the highest standard and are flown by experienced pilots all whom have an intimate knowledge of the local area.Qualmark endorsed visitor activity by achieving the Qualmark Enviro Silver Award. Volcanic Air is approved by the New Zealand Civil Aviation authority and independently accessed via a stringent Quality Assurance Program.

Rotorua Canopy Tours

Rotorua Canopy Tours is a zipline adventure activity with the experience of a lifetime. It’s a magnificent environment you’ll be taken to – a long forgotten ancient forest just like the whole of New Zealand once was. But with a very fun way of moving through it – a low impact mode of transport to get you high in the ancient canopy!

Important Tour Details - Original: Departs/ Finishes: 147 Fairy Springs Road, Rotorua. Phone: 0800 226 679 or 07 343 1001. Check-in: 15 minutes prior departure at base or hotel pick-up by prior arrangement. Length of tour: allow 3 hours. How to get there: Please arrive 15 minutes before your tour; allowing for sufficient time to check in and fill out your waiver. Please note: They run the tours like an airline and if you not arrive on time you will miss the tour! What to bring: Check out the weather forecast and make sure you're dressed for the conditions. You'll be outside for 3 hours and the forest is a little cooler than in town. We can provide full wet weather gear, beanies and gloves if require. Bring any medication you may require and a camera, or GoPro with helmet strap or smartphone that can be secured in a zip pocket. You won't need: (you may leave any items you do not take on the tour securely at the base): Valuables, keys, wallets, handbags, backpacks, scarves, sunglasses, food & drink. You must wear closed-toe shoes, no exception. What is provided: Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment, First Aid Kit. Notes: To participate in the tour guests must weigh no more than 120kg (264lb). Please let us know in advance if there are children booked on the tour who weigh less than 35kg. The minimum age is 10years. We operate in all weather conditions except high winds and electrical storms. The forest is at its most beautiful during rain.

Waimangu Volcanic Valley

Waimangu Volcanic Valley is Rotorua's premier tourist attraction and a ‘must do’ eco-experience when you visit Rotorua. The exciting thermal attraction and sightseeing tours include unique ecology, rare botany and fascinating geothermal features such as steaming volcanic crater lakes. A protected scenic reserve and wildlife refuge, Waimangu Volcanic Valley geothermal park encompasses beautiful Lake Rotomahana and is set in pristine New Zealand bush. Waimangu Volcanic Valley is just 20 minutes south of Rotorua and 40 minutes north of Taupo. Self-guided eco-tours and walks through this geothermal park are offered, from a 45 minute walk to an extended 4 hours of discovery through this amazing Valley.

Important Tour Details: Tour Name: Full Waimangu Experience Departs/ Finishes: 587 Waimangu Road, Rotorua. Phone: +64 7 366 6137 Check-in: 10 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: takes 3+ hours What to bring: Camera, rain jacket, required medication, warm top, walking shoes. What is provided: Entrance for self-guided walk, 45 min boat cruise around Lake Rotomahana.

Wai-O-Tapu Thermal Wonderland

Thousands of years in the making and nestled within a natural bush setting, walks through this unique volcanic area take between 30 and 75 minutes. The Lady Knox Geyser erupts daily to heights of up to 20 metres. Features include the world famous Champagne Pool and Primrose Terrace as well as hot springs, steaming ground, expansive vistas and huge volcanic craters. The constant bubbling and erupting of the Mud Pool add to your experience at New Zealand’s most colourful volcanic attraction.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Hotel Pick-up and Drop-off. Phone: 0800 000 432 (HeadFirst Travel) Reconfirm: Please call above freephone number day prior. Check-in: 10 minutes prior departure. Wait at hotel reception. Length of tour: takes 3.5 hours What to bring: Camera, rain jacket, required medication, warm top, walking shoes. What is provided: Transfer, Entrance fee, Qualified Driver-Guide.

Polynesian Spa

Polynesian Spa is New Zealand’s leading international day spa, providing a unique thermal spa experience on the shore of Lake Rotorua. In a picturesque, tranquil setting overlooking Lake Rotorua, visitors can enjoy a wonderful fusion of relaxing hot spring pool bathing, sumptuous spa and massage therapies and picturesque lake views. Polynesian Spa is a modern spa complex offering hot mineral bathing in 26 bathing pools including both public and private pools, a family spa, a luxury spa and spa therapies.

Hobbiton Movie Set & Farm Tours

On a picturesque private farmland, guests can visit the Hobbiton Movie Set from The Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit film trilogies in a fascinating two hour guided tour. The set has been completely rebuilt for The Hobbit and will remain as it was seen in the films and The Lord of the Rings film trilogy. During the tour, guests will see Hobbit Holes, The Green Dragon Inn, The Mill, double arched bridge, gardens built for the films and other structures. Masterfully recreated, guests can relax at the Inn of the Hobbits as part of the tour. All guests receive one complimentary refreshment from the exclusively crafted Southfarthing range. The inn also offers traditional fare, including the popular beef and ale pie. The Shire's Rest cafe is conveniently located at the Entrance to the Hobbiton Movie Set. Guests can relax and soak up the unique atmosphere with a cup of coffee or a light meal in The Shire's Rest Cafe. Both venues are also available for functions, conferences or other occasions.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: 501 Buckland Rd, Hinuera, Matamata. Phone: 07 888 9913. Check-in: 15 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 2.5 hours. How to get there: The tour starting point is just outside Matamata Village at 501 Buckland Road, Matamata. Transfer from Matamata Information Centre and Rotorua are also available. Please call if transfers are required. What to bring: Backpack or bag, camera, rain jacket, required medication, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, trainers with socks, warm top, water bottle. What is provided: Transfer on request from Rotorua, Qualified Guide, Afternoon Tea. Group size: max. 41 people. Notes: You will be outside most of the time, so dress according to weather conditions.

Earth & Sky Observatory

At 1,029m high, Mt John offers unrivalled 360-degree views across the largest accredited International Dark Sky Reserve in the world. The expert astronomy guides bring the night sky to life, sharing the science and the stories of our Southern skies. Stargaze using the naked eye guided by lasers and then proceed to explore deeper through up to 16" optical telescopes, including in our private observatory dome. Take in the incredible Milky Way, far off planets, star clusters, solar systems, and even distant galaxies; every night sky beholds something different.

Our exclusive Summit Experience runs for 1 hour 45 minutes, includes transport to and from Mt John, use of our ECW (extreme cold weather jackets) to keep you warm at the summit  (Please note: ECW Jackets are unable to be provided during Covid-19 Framework Red and Orange levels) , and the full use of our telescopes.

The nature of the terrain on Mount John requires a certain level of fitness, you need to be confident walking 100 meters on a gravel incline and be able to climb a couple of steps in the dark. Guests looking for a more accessible tour should check out our Crater Experience at Cowan’s Private Observatory, which is an ideal accessible alternative.

Our Summit Experience is a weather dependent activity. If it is not possible to observe due to weather, then an alternative indoor experience may be offered in our purpose built technological and interactive venue, with guests entitled to a partial refund.

Important Tour Details: Check-in time: Summit Experience Tour at Mt John Observatory Check-in time: 20 minutes prior departure time. Departs/ Finishes:  At Rehua base at 1 Motuariki Lane, next to the new YHA in Lake Tekapo. Phone: 03 680 6960. Reconfirmation: call the operator in the morning of the tour re times and weather conditions. Length of tour: 1 hour and 45 minutes. What to bring: Compulsory clothing will be enforced prior to entering to a tour. Failure to comply with compulsory clothing may result in being refused entry to the tour . Minimum required clothing and footwear is - sturdy, warm and covered footwear, a wind proof & warm jacket. Hat and gloves are recommendable. No children wearing glowing, flashing or light up shoes/ clothing are permitted on tours. What is provided: Transfers from Tekapo village, guide. Notes: In the event of snow and/or ice, rain or extreme wind speeds, tours may be cancelled, due to safety. A part refund will be issued. A full charge will be incurred if either a booking or the number of pax is reduced with less than 24 hours' notice. Client(s) do not report to their pick up location or check in at the office at the specified time for their tour are regarded no-show (with no refund available).

Tekapo Springs

Tekapo Springs offers three tiered Hot Pools, landscaped in local greywacke rock and surrounded by the region’s native alpine plants, to create a natural setting. Pool temperatures range from forty degrees Celsius to thirty six degrees Celsius. The pools have benched seating so guest can sit back, relax and soak. Situated under Mt. John, Tekapo Springs Glacial Spa is the ideal location to relax and revive, while overlooking the picturesque setting. The spa’s sauna and steam rooms are set at optimum temperatures and can cater for up to ten people at one time. The spa also offers a traditional plunge pool, which is set at lake temperature. Tekapo Springs also operates a scenic skating rink. The outdoor Olympic hockey sized rink is open from April to September.

Air Safaris Tekapo

Experience breathtaking alpine scenery on an exciting scenic flight with Air Safaris from the base at Lake Tekapo on the main highway between Christchurch and Queenstown, an exhillerating South Island attraction. The Grand Traverse flight from Lake Tekapo is a popular air tour and covers a diverse range of alpine scenery including New Zealand's highest mountains (Aoraki Mt Cook and Mt Tasman) as well as our longest glaciers including the Tasman, Murchison, Franz Josef and Fox Glaciers.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: either Tekapo or Glentanner Airfield. Phone:  0800 806 880 or +64 3 680 6880 Check-in: 15 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 1 hour for the tour. Confirmation: Depending on loading the trip either starts from Tekapo or Glentanner. Also, the weather plays a major part in this region. This may mean a tour is cancelled for safety and passenger comfort reasons. Passengers travelling to join on the day of their tour are strongly advised to telephone the day prior  to the schedule tour date and reconfirm. What to bring: Camera, required medication, sun glasses, trainers, warm top. What is provided: Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment, First Aid Kit.

Glacier Explorers Aoraki Mt Cook

An amazing encounter with Tasman Glacier and its terminal lake. Depart from The Hermitage Hotel. The bus will take you to the Tasman Valley, followed by a 30 minute alpine walk through the moraine and National Park. Board your custom built MAC boat, and enjoy the ever changing scenery, view the Tasman Glacier ice face from a safe distance and icebergs of all shapes and sizes with the opportunity to touch and taste the 300-500 year old ice crystals.

Important Tour Details:​ Departs/ Finishes: The Hermitage Hotel Activities Desk, Mt. Cook Village. Phone: 0800 68 68 00. Check-in: 30 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 2.5 hours (with up to 1 hour on the lake. Rest is transfers and walking) How to get there: The Hermitage Hotel is located right in Mt. Cook Village (in the National Park). What to bring: Small backpack, Walking shoes, closed in footwear shoes, sun glasses, sun hat, sun block (UV levels are high in the mountains), wind/waterproof jacket, extra warm layer of clothing for cool weather, camera, required medication. What is provided: Return Transport ex Hermitage Hotel, Experienced guides, Life jackets. Notes: Cancellations with 48 hours prior to the trip departure will forfeit 50% of the total price. Cancellations with 24 hours prior to the trip departure will forfeit 100% of the total price.

Alpine Guides Mt. Cook

The Tasman Glacier Heli Hike takes place on the Tasman Glacier, the longest glacier in NZ. Guests spend up to 2 hours on the ice exploring with a professional qualified guide. The terrain is different from the Fox and Franz Josef Glaciers. The Tasman is gently angled, not steep. The hiking area is wide-open and panoramic, with no risk of falling debris. Most healthy people with ‘street’ level fitness will enjoy the Helihike. Health problems and lack of physical fitness may limit a person’s ability to safely take part on, or complete a Helihike. You land at 1,200 metres above sea level and spend up to 2 hours on this guided interpretative ice trek. The gently undulating terrain is an amazing landscape of fluted ice, runnels, moulins, and sinuous winding streamlets. The helicopter will return you safely to Mt Cook Airport, flying close by the massive 1,000 metre (3,200 feet) Hochstetter Icefall, below Aoraki Mount Cook to finish this amazing adventure.

Important Tour Details:​ Departs/ Finishes: Mt. Cook Airport, Mt. Cook National Park. Phone: 03 435 1834 (or 0800 68 26 65). Check-in: 45 minutes prior departure.  Please reconfirm (and call Alpine Guides) 2-3 hours prior tour departure to check for weather updates. Length of tour: allow 3.5 hours. Video:  https://youtu.be/wovxnqHp-ds How to get there: Mt. Cook Airport is located 5 kms before Mt. Cook Village. Turn off the main road to the right. All sign posted. What to bring: Small backpack (at least 1 between 2 people), hiking boots (supplied if required), sun glasses, wind/waterproof jacket (supplied if required), sun block and lip cream (UV levels are high in the mountains), gloves for hand protection (supplied if required), a warm hat for cool weather, sun hat/ baseball cap for warm weather, camera, required medication, a drink and snacks are useful. What is provided: 2 x scenic helicopter flights, safety briefing, professional mountain guide services, safety equipment (including crampons), boots, wind/waterproof jackets and rain pants (if required). Notes: This is a 3.5-hour trip requiring a reasonable level of fitness. 3 - 4 layers of warm upper body clothing (jeans are not recommended on wet days, as they become very cold, uncomfortable to wear). Heli-hiking is a weather dependent activity. We reserve the right to cancel the hike if weather is not safe/suitable for the helicopter or walking. If we cannot operate (due to weather or minimum numbers) a refund of 100% is due for any pre-paid clients who are unable to re-book for a later date or time slot. A minimum of 4 guests at each time slot, and on each helicopter load to operate.

The Helicopter Line Mount Cook

The Helicopter Line's Mount Cook base operates from Glentanner Park, situated only 15 minutes drive from the Aoraki/Mount Cook Village and 20 minutes along State Highway 80 after turning off State Highway 8 between Christchurch and Queenstown. Glentanner Park is situated within a genuine, working high-country sheep station located in an idyllic setting at the base of New Zealand's highest mountain, Aoraki/Mount Cook. The surrounding scenery varies from the glacier fed Lake Pukaki and the surrounding rugged high-country landscape to the soaring peaks and mighty glaciers of the Southern Alps. The Helicopter Line provides a range of scenic flights that venture into this alpine wonderland and offer you the privileged view that are otherwise reserved for the most adventurous mountain climber.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: The Helicopter Line office, Glentanner Park Centre, Mt Cook. Phone: 0800 650 651. Reconfirm: call for weather in the morning on departure date on above phone number. Check-in: 30 minutes prior departure. Trip Name: Alpine Explorer - flight time 35 minutes including a snow landing. How to get there: located at Glentanner Park, 24kms from Mt. Cook Village off the main road. What to bring: Camera, sun glasses, warm top. Bags are not permitted in the helicopter. Also, no iPad. What is provided: Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment, First Aid Kit. Notes: The temperature on the snow will likely be a few degrees colder than in town, however, it’s warm in the helicopter so no need to dress for an Antarctic Expedition.

Mount Cook National Park

Also known as Aoraki National Park, this 700 square kilometre reserve is home to 19 mountains that tower over 3000m, including Australasia’s highest peak – the 3754m high Mt. Aoraki. The incredible landscape forms part of the Southwest New Zealand World Heritage Area and can be explored by mountain climbing, hiking, skiing and even scenic flight tours. Not to be missed is the Tasman glacier; at 27km long and 3km wide, this is the country’s largest glacier – though in recent years it has unfortunately been melting fast.

Larnach Castle

Situated on the picturesque Otago Peninsula, Larnach Castle is one of New Zealand’s premier visitor attractions. Lovingly restored, the castle and surrounding grounds are at the heart of the Dunedin visitor experience. Larnach Castle offers the castle experience, spectacular gardens, luxury accommodation, event management and unique dining experiences.

Elm Wildlife Peninsula Encounters Tour

This departs daily from Dunedin city in the afternoon to visit the beautiful Otago Peninsula and its wildlife 'hotspots'. The tour caters for small groups providing a glimpse into the world of tourism and conservation working in a symbiotic relationship for the benefit of the wildlife providing absolutely unrivalled viewing of estuarine and marine wildlife.

Knowledgeable guides deliver commentary of activity being viewed and visit isolated places inaccessible to others providing the best possible viewing of unique peninsula wildlife. The private conservation area ensures exclusivity with brilliant opportunities to photograph Hooker's Sea lions, Yellow-eyed Penguins, Blue Penguins, a breeding colony of New Zealand Fur Seals and other sea bird colonies. At Taiaroa head from a cliff face we watch and observe Royal Albatross flying about the headland and to and from the ocean. A further 25-30 other estuarine and marine bird species are seen during the experience around the bays and lagoons.

Most days Albatross are seen flying at Taiaroa headland, with a greater opportunity from our conservation area strategic observation point to see many other pelagic sea bird species flying close, including numerous petrel and shearwater species, and up to five other Albatross species are regularly seen and identified.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Hotel Pick-up and Drop-off. Phone: 0800 356 563 or +64 3 477 4276. Check-in: 10 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 6 hours. Video: https://youtu.be/mPXS7j16rIU How to get there: Participants will be collected from, and returned to any Dunedin city or Otago Peninsula accommodation or the Dunedin Visitor centre or pre-arranged points on route. What to bring: Backpack or bag, camera, rain jacket, required medication, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, warm top, water bottle, snack, walking shoes. What is provided: Transfers ex Dunedin, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment, First Aid Kit, Access to private farm land (where the penguins are nesting). Group size: generally cap at 14 people in a 22-seater coach. Notes: The geographical and exposed nature of the area you are visiting requires a reasonable level of fitness, warm clothing and walking footwear. We recommend a substantial lunch as you’ll arrive back late (no dinner).

Olveston Historic Home

Opened as a historic house museum in 1967, Olveston is a time capsule as little has changed inside the house since it was occupied as a family home between 1906 to 1966. Olveston is an authentic and original historic home depicting the life of a wealthy merchant family in the early part of the twentieth century. Olveston was constructed between 1904-1906. Built with every modern convenience, Olveston was fitted with central heating, a gas generator for electricity, a shower in each bathroom and heated towel rails, an internal telephone system and service lift. The house features 35 rooms including a vestibule, hall, drawing room, bedrooms, billiard room, card room, kitchen, scullery, butler’s pantry, library and dining room. A galleried atrium through the ground and upper floors forms the Great Hall, which served as a ballroom. The exterior walls of Olveston are constructed of brick and plaster with a Moeraki gravel finish and faced with Oamaru stone, finished with Marseilles roof tiles.

Otago Museum

The Otago Museum shares the natural, cultural and scientific stories of Otago, Aotearoa New Zealand and the world. The museum will be 150 years old in 2018, although many of the items in the collection are far older. The collection includes over 1,5 million objects, from around the globe. The objects are used to tell visitors more about the world, from Dunedin to deep space, from millions of years ago to envelope pushing research, through galleries, exhibitions, displays, tours and talks.

Speight's Brewery

No visitor to Dunedin should leave without taking the Speight’s Brewery tour. Since 1876 the brewery has been proudly producing Speight’s legendary ales from the same site in Rattray St and continues to produce kegs of the good stuff to this day. The Speight’s Brewery Tour is an award winning interactive and informative guided tour through the historic working brewery. On the tour you’ll see, smell, touch and taste the ingredients that go into making Speight’s beers - and of course get to sample some for yourself.

Milford Track Guided Walk

Soak up the grandeur of the world renowned Milford Track with a guided walk to Giant's Gate Falls. The New Zealand Great Walk is suitable for all abilities and there is much to see. From the ancient canopy trees towering above to the emerald green ferns below and the birdsong that echoes through the trees, it is a unique World Heritage Area best explored on foot. A local family business Trips & Tramps runs this wonderful trip.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Pick-up from accommodation in Te Anau or Te Anau Community Centre (see notes above). Reconfirm: call day before (Trips & Tramps) on 0800 305 807 or 03 249 7081 for weather & tour updates. Check-in: please be ready for departure at stated time. Video:  https://youtu.be/wyVSllrdwv0 Time Table: 6.30 am - transfer from Te Anau to Milford Sound 8.45 am - Depart Fresh Water Basin by Water taxi to Sandfly Point 11.15 am - Wilderness tea break at Giant Gate Waterfall 1.00 pm - Water taxi departs Sandfly Point 1.15 pm - Deep Water Basin and transfer to Milford Wharf with Scenic Cruise 4.00 pm - transfer from Milford back to Te Anau Walking: Distance 11 km, mainly flat track with 50 metre gain in height. Easy walk, basic fitness required, suitable for family groups. Length of tour: allow 11 hours (with Milford Sound Cruise and all transfers). What to bring: Backpack, camera, waterproof jacket, required medication, insect repellent, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, warm top, comfortable walking shoes, water bottle and snack food. What is provided: Professional guide, all transport from Te Anau, Watertaxi Milford Sound, safety gear, lunch box and hot drinks. Notes: Please note Fiordland is an alpine area and subject to extreme weather. On the rare occasion adverse weather, road or track conditions may require us to make alternations to or cancel trips. Trips & Tramps manages the hazards of our guided walks and Milford Sound excursions. We also recommend you have a change of clothes and dry shoes on conclusion of the walk in case it is a wet day.

Real Journeys Milford Sound Scenic Cruise

Guests can enjoy Milford Sound’s awe inspiring scenery from the comfort of modern, spacious vessels. The Scenic Cruise vessels have observation lounges and large decks, affording fantastic viewing opportunities. See the geological drama of sheer cliffs, massive waterfalls, glaciers and rain forest. Keep a lookout for wildlife, like seals basking on the rocks or dolphins.

During the cruise, the crew provide commentaries in several languages and point out the sights, such as Mitre Peak and the Pembroke Glacier. As Milford Sound drifts by outside the window, guests can treat themselves to one of the delicious lunch options, from an Indian thali to a buffet, freshly prepared on board by chefs.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Real Journeys Office, Milford Sound Wharf. Phone: 0800 656 501 Check-in: 20 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 2.5 hours. Video:  https://youtu.be/XpBFQJu5gfE What to bring: Camera, Insect repellent, rain jacket, sun glasses, sun protection, trainers + socks, warm top. What is provided: Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment. How to get there: Travel with your vehicle from Te Anau to Milford Sound. The distance is about 125 kms. You need to calculate about 2.5 hours one-way (with stops). If you plan to stop at the many scenic sights along the way, do short walks and a boat cruise in Milford Sound, you need to set aside a whole day. If you have limited time a non-stop direct drive from Te Anau to Milford Sound takes at least two hours depending on weather conditions. How to avoid congestion? Many visitors plan their arrival in Milford Sound to coincide with boat cruises’ departure times. This can result in congestion at some scenic stops along the road, especially in summer. Most buses depart from Te Anau between 9am and 10am, and stop along the way at Mirror Lakes around 10.30am, Knobs Flat at around 11am, and the Chasm at 12.30pm. Plan your journey around these times to avoid the heavy bus traf c and high numbers of visitors, and your Milford Road experience can be more relaxed. Before setting out: Make sure you have a full tank of fuel before leaving Te Anau as there are no fuel stations until Milford Sound. You can get petrol only at Gunns Camp in Hollyford Valley which is a detour from Milford Road. Otherwise you can get petrol and diesel in Milford Sound, although the service is limited to certain credit cards. Toilets: While there are portable toilets along the Milford Road you can and proper flush toilet stops only at Knobs Flat, The Divide and Milford Sound. Telephones: Telephone services are available at Knobs Flat (card phone), Homer Tunnel (satellite phone for emergency use only) and Milford Sound (card phone). There is no cell phone coverage between Te Anau and Milford Sound.

Lake Wanaka Cruise & Island Nature Walk

The boat cruise to the remote Mou Waho Island nature reserve, which is predator free and home to the rare flightless Buff Weka which has been extinct on the mainland since 1920. A one hour return guided bush walk is included, which takes guests up to reveal a lake right on top of the island. Or relax and enjoy the bird life at the beach and shelter at the island base with morning or afternoon tea. High Tea is taken on top of the island overlooking both lakes, where guests can drink in the vibrant birdsong and the panorama of the Southern Alps.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Lakeside Road, Wanaka Marina. Phone: 0800 926 326. Reconfirm:  call day before on NZ Freephone 0800 926 326 or 03 443 2869 to re-confirm & weather check. Check-in: 15 minutes prior departure. Video: https://youtu.be/tN2R7HBJjn8 Length of tour: allow 3.5 hours. How to get there: Either meet your guide at the Wanaka harbour boat ramp or a courtesy Wanaka accommodation pick up and drop off can be arranged. What to bring: Backpack or bag, camera, rain jacket, required medication, insect repellent, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, walking shoes, warm top. What is provided: Boat transfer, Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, First Aid Kit, Afternoon Tea. Important Notes: Please advise any special dietary requirements or any pre-existing medical conditions, e.g., Diabetes, or allergies, e.g., Bee stings. Bring any medications they may require on the tour e.g., EpiPen for allergies. At Wanaka Marina are toilets and 4-hour free parking on the tar sealed area on designated car parks.

Wanaka River Journeys

The most exciting half day wilderness jet boating adventure in the spectacular World Heritage Mount Aspiring National Park. Travel past towering mountains and hanging glaciers, waterfalls and Lord of The Rings locations on the pristine waters of the Matukituki River. Deep in the mountains leave the jet boat for a 50-minute walk into real New Zealand wilderness. A trip highlight, walk through ancient beach forests to see waterfalls with local guides who will share with you the culture of their people and stories of their land with humour and inspiration.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: 99 Ardmore Street (I-site), Wanaka. Phone: 0800 544 555. Check-in: 15 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 4 hours (jet-boating) or 7 hours (pack-rafting). How to get there: please meet the operator outside of the i-SITE Information Centre (99 Ardmore Street). Long term car parking can be found on the edge of the lake outside of the CBD opposite the skate park. (Make sure there are no shops opposite where car is parked).  Pick-up from all Wanaka accommodation is available on request. Please check 24 hours prior. What to bring: Camera, rain jacket, required medication, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, warm top, walking shoes, snack, water bottle. What is provided: Transfers in Wanaka, Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment, First Aid Kit. Group size: max. 14 people in one jet-boat. Notes: The trip includes a 40 min wilderness walk through native forest to a waterfall.

Eco Wanaka Rob Roy Glacier Guided Walk

Just 1 hour from Wanaka is the beautiful Mt Aspiring National Park. Within the park is the Rob Roy Glacier. It is a massive glacier beginning high above on Rob Roy Peak – 2,606 meters, clinging to the ever-steepening mountainside as it descends into the Rob Roy Valley. In other parts of the world, it may take several days or weeks to trek to places as beautiful as the Rob Roy Glacier, but Eco Wanaka Adventures are able to offer this experience in one day in a World Heritage area. Eco Wanaka Adventure guides are some of the most experienced guides in this valley and know those secret places for that perfect photo. The day begins with a scenic drive around Lake Wanaka, and into the Matukituki valley driving through several fords, stopping for photos along the way. From there, the guided walk begins through farmland with sheep and cattle, and then across a swing bridge into the alpine rainforest to emerge above the treeline into the alpine herb fields opposite four glacier faces – a perfect lunch spot and a base for further exploration of this magical valley, the jewel of Mt Aspiring National Park. Swing bridge, waterfalls, rainforest, crystal clear mountain streams and glaciers – the Rob Roy Glacier guided Walk has it all.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Accommodation Pick-up, Wanaka. Phone: 0800 926 326. Check-in: please be ready 5 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 9 hours. Video:  https://youtu.be/AW3zB7DX7RA What to bring: Camera, rain jacket, required medication, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, warm top, good strong walking shoes, day pack, water bottle. What is provided: Transfers, Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, First Aid Kit, Lunch & refreshments. Notes: Moderate fitness is required. Actual walking distance is 10 kms return. Actual walking time is 4 hours return. Lowest altitude is 377 metres; highest is 780 metres. Season is all year, but weather dependent.

Wanaka Highlights Safari

The 2,5 hour adventure features Wanaka’s finest lakeside scenery plus an exciting and fun 4 WD journey through a real alpine, mountain farm. There are up close encounters with red deer, Angus cattle, sheep and horses. Experience the exclusive alpine cafe for refreshments high above Lake Wanaka. The safari offers a unique insight into Wanaka’s rich history, heritage, incredible scenery and modern day farming life.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Pick-up from accommodation in Wanaka. Phone: 0800 234 000. Check-in: Please be ready for departure 5 minutes prior to pick-up time. Length of tour: allow 2.5 hours. What to bring: Camera, rain jacket, required medication, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, warm top, walking shoes, water bottle. What is provided: Transfers ex Wanaka, Qualified Driver-Guide, Access to private land, Morning/ Afternoon tea. Notes: All trips subject to weather and farming practices. We always choose the safest route on the day which may differ from the advertised product. Please check with us should you have weather concerns.

Flying Fox Helihike

The fly-in, fly-out Helihike combines the excitement of walking on the Fox Glacier with the thrill of helicopter flights. Suitable for children from 9 years old. By flying in you are able to access and explore a part of the glacier where its forces work hardest and often create spectacular ice caves and arches. Equipped with leather boots and other equipment, you board the helicopter for your first flight over the pinnacles of the lower icefall. Here, the ice is in constant motion. Take in views of the dramatic upper icefall and Victoria Falls, which is the melt river of the hidden Victoria glacier, before landing. Your landing site on the ice is a remote and exceptionally beautiful part of the glacier. At this stage, your guide outfits you with crampons, specially designed for these ice conditions and you follow the ice steps cut by your guide as you explore the amazing formations and ice caves which are only seen there. Each departure is a true voyage of exploration. There are so many changing features that the guides always find something new.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Fox Guides Building, 44 Main Road, Fox Village. Phone: 0800 111 600. Check-in: 20 minutes prior departure. Video:  https://youtu.be/9dtQvQB41mI Length of tour: allow 4 hours. How to get there: Fox Glacier Guides are not hard to find in Fox Glacier – head for the large building on the main street and look for the Fox Glacier Guiding sign on the roof! You can’t miss. What to bring: Camera, rain jacket, required medication, sun glasses, sun screen, warm hat and gloves, warm top, daypack, a drink and snacks are useful. What is provided: 2 x helicopter flights, safety briefing, qualified guide, First Aid Kit, ground transport, quality leather boots, socks, crampons. Notes: This is a 4-hour trip requiring a reasonable level of fitness. 3 - 4 layers of warm upper body clothing (jeans are not recommended on wet days, as they become very cold, uncomfortable to wear).

The Helicopter Line Fox Glacier

The Helicopter Line is New Zealand’s leading helicopter operating company. Formed in 1986 when 3 separate helicopter companies combined, The Helicopter Line has grown to become the largest Kiwi owned Helicopter Company in New Zealand and the largest provider of scenic flights in the country. The rugged West Coast of the South Island is an untamed beauty where the mountains meet the Tasman Sea and where rainforests give way to Glaciers. Nowhere else in the world can glaciers be found in such a dramatic setting, in such close proximity to the Sea, making Franz Josef and Fox Glaciers truly unique. The Helicopter Line operates from both Franz Josef Glacier and Fox Glacier townships with multiple flight options available from each location.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: The Helicopter Line office, Main Road, Fox Glacier Village. Phone: 0800 807 767. Reconfirm: please reconfirm your flight day prior flight via phone or at their office base. Check-in:  30 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 1 hours with transfer to heli pad (flight time is 30 minutes). How to get there: located right in Fox Village. What to bring: Camera, sun glasses, warm top. Bags are not permitted in the helicopter. Also, no iPad. What is provided: Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment, First Aid Kit. Notes: The temperature on the snow will likely be a few degrees colder than in town, however, it’s warm in the helicopter so no need to dress for an Antarctic Expedition. All helicopter flights are weather dependent and subject to cancellation. If cancelled due to weather your flight is fully refunded. Otherwise will try to reschedule your flight.

Lake Matheson

Lake Matheson is nestled in ancient forest and is famous for mirror views of Aoraki/Mount Cook and Mount Tasman. Its excellent reflecting properties are due to the dark brown colour of the water – the result of organic matter leached from the humus of the forest floor. Dawn and dusk are the best times to enjoy the reflections in the lake. Shorter option: Car park to Jetty Viewpoint. Time : 40 min return car park to jetty. Distance : 1 km return car park to jetty.

White Heron Sanctuary Tour

Experience the untouched beauty of the prehistoric White Pine (Kahikatea) rainforest and absorb the natural Flora and Fauna as you visit one of the most special places in New Zealand. The tour departs from the White Heron Sanctuary Tours office in Whataroa and consists of a short minibus ride to connect with a jet-boat for a gentle 20 minute scenic cruise into the Waitangiroto Nature Reserve (the only way to access this area is by boat). In the reserve you'll disembark from the boat for a short walk through ancient Kahikatea rainforest to a purpose built viewing hide to observe the magnificent White Heron (Kotuku) in their natural nesting environment. The Royal Spoonbill and the Little Shag also share this special area and all can easily be seen from the hide. From March through to September over the winter months, White Heron Sanctuary Tours offer a very informative Rainforest Nature Tour into the reserve with the duration of the tour being approximately 2 1/2 hours.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: White Heron Office, Main Road, Whataroa. Phone: 0800 523 456. Check-in: 15 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 2.5 hours. How to get there: Whataroa is located 30 minutes north of the Franz Josef village on State Highway 6. What to bring: Backpack or bag, camera, rain jacket, required medication, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, warm top, walking shoes. What is provided: Transfers ex Whataroa Office, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment, First Aid Kit, Access to laggon reserve (where the birds are nesting). Group size: max. 11 people. Notes: The nesting season is between October until February each year.

Abel Tasman Charters Taranui

The modern and powerful Taranui is fitted with a galley, barbecue and shower. Taranui is the Maori name for the Caspian tern, guests might spot some of the seabirds on the cruise. Taranui is an 11 meter, semi displacement, power catamaran. Passengers board at Stephens Bay and are treated to a leisurely cruise around the headland to Split Apple Rock, from where shags may be seen drying their wings on warm rocks after their fishing expeditions. Taranui's cruise itinerary is flexible and passengers will be taken to view specific marine activity such as dolphins riding the bow wave or New Zealand fur seals fishing. If there's a particular bay or park passengers would like to see, they should inform the skipper who will do his best to accommodate requests. After viewing the seals, a light lunch is served in a sheltered bay. A delicious platter style lunch with fresh local ingredients is provided and local beer and wine are included. Advance notice of any special dietary requirements would be appreciated. After lunch, passengers may swim, sea kayak, go ashore for a bush walk, or just relax on Taranui. Lunch, sunscreen, sea kayaks, snorkelling and lifejackets are provided. Passengers need to bring their own camera, hat, sunglasses, warm jacket (just in case) and swimming gear. For those intending to hike the Abel Tasman Coastal Track, sturdy footwear is recommended.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Stephens Bay, Kaiteriteri (Abel Tasman NP). Phone: 0800 223 522. Check-in: 15 minutes prior departure. Length of tour: allow 6 hours. How to get there: The boat named 'Taranui', is a stable, spacious power cat. It's moored at Stephens Bay, a scenic 15 minute drive from Motueka, before you reach Kaiteriteri. Follow the main road out of Motueka and through Riwaka. Then follow the signs to Kaiteriteri. Stephens Bay is signposted on the right. Follow Stephens Bay Road to the end where there's plenty of room to park. What to bring: Backpack or bag, camera, rain jacket, required medication, insect repellent, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, swim suit, towel, sandals, warm top. What is provided: Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment, First Aid Kit, Afternoon Tea, Lunch. Group size: 11 passengers for the shared trip (not for private bookings). Notes: It is important to let you know that the Abel Tasman National Park has no jetty’s and they will need to remove their shoes to get on and off beaches. The boats are accessible to most people. One step from the beach onto the tender and then again from the tender onto the boarding platform of the boat. Please let us know if you have mobility issues so that we can discuss which trips are suitable for you.

R&R Kayaks are sea kayaking specialists for the Abel Tasman National Park offering a range of half day through to multi-day guided kayak adventures and sea kayak rentals. We offer free Wifi, parking and hot showers at our purpose built kayak base. It's a small family owned sea kayak company with many years of industry experience and extensive local knowledge (they are born and bred locals). The Abel Tasman National Park is a very special place to their family (whānau) and they are excited to share its history, stories and natural beauty with you.

Creme de la Creme - Full Day Kayaking + Walking: The title of this outstanding kayaking trip says it all! Putting it simply – the best of the best! Experience the beauty of your surroundings on a water taxi to Onetahuti. From here you will kayak the azure waters to Tonga Island – home of the inquisitive NZ Fur Seal (kekeno) and the shy Little Blue Penguin (kororā). Disembark from your paddle at beautiful Bark Bay where you can enjoy lunch and cool off with a swim in the crystal clear sea. Your unguided afternoon walk south will lead you through the most renowned walking section of the National Park. This stretch of the track is bursting with picture perfect scenery and features that are sure to take your breath away.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: At Marahau Beach base. 279 Sandy Bay - Marahau Road, Marahau. Office phone details: 03 527 8197 or NZ freephone 0508 223 224. Reconfirm: Please call operator the day before re weather and scheduled departure time. Length of tour: takes 8-9 hours. Check-in: 10 minutes prior departure. How to get there: Directions from Nelson travel via Motueka to the Abel Tasman National Park. Best is to turn from main road (SH60) after the village of Riwaka the SECOND road RIGHT (into Riwaka - Sandy Bay Road) and follow until you reach Marahau Village. MAKE SURE NOT HEADING UPWARDS TO TAKAKA HILL! From the turn-off travel travel about 9 kms on a windy road until you reach the tiny village of Marahau Beach. The base is located after a left bends, after 200 metres, on your left AFTER another operator 'Abel Tasman Aqua Taxi'.  NOTE: Some GPS/NAVI do not work well for directions in this area. Instead use Google Map. What to bring: Water bottle, camera, sunscreen, hat, insect repellent, swim suit or fast drying clothing (avoid pants or jeans), warm jacket (avoid cotton – wool or fleece is best), change of clothes, towel, walking shoes or walking sandals, any personal medication you may require. What is provided: Lunch, 2 x water taxi rides, dry bag for cameras, safety gear & briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment. Walking Part: This is approx. 3 hours (12kms) up-and-down along the coast between Bark Bay to Anchorage Bay. Bring good, comfortable walking shoes or trainers. Note: Max. 8 person in the party. No kayaking experience is necessary.

Abel Tasman Golden Future Tour

Get up close and personal with this amazing coastline including outlying islands and Tonga Island Marine Reserve. Observe mammals, birds, fish and invertebrates, learn about coastal ecology, marvel at the amazing granite rock formations and explore the inlets if tide allows. Lunch on a world class beach; followed by an optional but thoroughly recommended walk around Pitt Head. This regenerating forest headland is being transformed by Abel Tasman Birdsong Trust into a mainland ecological island. There you will witness forest ecology, botany, predator traps and incredible views. Alternatively you can spend the time lazing on the beach. Visit Adele Island that has been predator free since 2007 and experience the beauty of an increasing population of native forest birds, and weather permitting; fossick in the rock pools on the seaward side.

Important Tour Details: Departs/ Finishes: Marahau DoC Bus Shelter/ Car Park, Phone: 03 391 0010 or 027 223 6594. Length of tour: Start at 9am back between 3-3.30pm. Check-in: 15 minutes prior departure. Video:  https://youtu.be/EZy-algIHo8 How to get there: Travel via Motueka and Riwaka to Marahau Beach by taking the MARAHAU EXIT - TURN 2. RIGHT - from SH60 (not via Kaiteriteri, which is the 1. right). MAKE SURE NOT HEADING UPWARDS TO TAKAKA HILL! When you arrive in this very small village follow the main road (Harvey Road) until you get to the Main Abel Tasman Track Carpark bus shelter (on your right).  Meet at 8.45am for 9.00am departure . Note: public toilets are here too. NOTE: GPS/NAVI does not work well for directions in this area. Instead use a Google Map. What to bring: Camera, insect repellent. rain jacket, required medication, sun glasses, sun screen, sun hat, swim suit, towel, sandals, warm top, water bottle. What is provided: Safety briefing, Qualified Guide, Specialised tour equipment, morning tea, lunch (either filled croissant or filled baguette). Note: Low level of fitness required. Short self guided walks can be arranged.

Wheelie Fantastic Cycle Tours

Wheelie Fantastic Cycle Tours offer a wide range of high quality cycling experiences in the Nelson Tasman region of the top of the South Island, New Zealand. Specialising in bespoke and luxury tours which can be self-guided, guided and premium guided. The guided option has one guide, premium guided gives complete flexibility, with a bike guide and a guide with a vehicle in attendance for the duration of the tour. Using local knowledge, we create unique itineraries to help our customers discover the hidden gems of the area. We also have put together day and multi-day itineraries that are ready to enjoy and which caters for a wide range of abilities. We use high quality bikes which are designed for comfort and performance on roads and trails.

Important Tour Details - Moutere Wine And Artisans Day Tour: Departs/ Finishes: Pick-up from accommodation. Contact Details: Wheelie Fantastic Phone: 0800 229 253 or +64 3 543 2245 Pick-up time:  as stated above. Length of tour: full day tour. Cycling distance will be 25-30 kms. Fitness Level:  Moderate (more than basic level of fitness or hire an e-bike) What to bring:  layers of warm clothing, wind proof jacket, cycle shorts or comfortable shorts, trainer shoes, sun screen (SPF 30+ is best), sun glasses and your camera! What is provided: Bike hire, helmet, pannier day bag, wine tasting (tastings locations subject to availability). Purchase pick-ups. Route map and guide with discounts for wine and food. Notes: Please advise re any dietary requirements or allergies.

QT Auckland

Offering a wonderfully prime location in the heart of the Viaduct Harbour, QT Auckland situates guests within easy reach of all that Auckland has to offer. Attractions nearby include the Sky Tower, the harbour and SkyCity Aukland Convention Centre.

The hotel's excellent range of contemporary rooms all offer stylish decor and the modern amenities needed to ensure a comfortable and memorable stay. When it comes to drinking and dining, guests can enjoy delicious ait-down meals at the Esther Restaurant or admire the magical views with a drink and a snack at the Rooftop area. Leisure facilities include a fitness centre.

Hahei Bed & Breakfast

Hahei Bed and Breakfast offers superb Coromandel accommodation in one of the area’s popular holiday locations. The peaceful, fresh styled property features comfortable, spacious rooms complemented by subtropical gardens and a swimming pool. The well equipped guest rooms, feature facilities that range from en suite bathrooms and kitchenettes to lounges, as well as private decks with stunning natural views. Start each day with a hearty breakfast served alfresco beside the pool.

Regent of Rotorua

Escape to The Regent of Rotorua, Rotorua’s designer boutique hotel offering stylish luxury accommodation, restaurant, wine and cocktail bar, all with a touch of glamour. An oasis of understated contemporary elegance amidst the exciting attractions and experiences Rotorua has to offer. Step out of the hotel’s gorgeous guest room or suite and stroll down to the vibrant restaurant zone or lakefront area or simply stay in, relax and savor the luxury facilities. Each of the rooms and suites in the central city luxury boutique hotel is exquisitely designed featuring contemporary decor with a touch of glamour and all modern conveniences including free unlimited WI-FI throughout the hotel. An outdoor heated swimming pool, thermal mineral pool, mini gym and spa treatments make the Regent of Rotorua the ideal Rotorua escape.

Mt Cook Lakeside Retreat

Mt Cook Lakeside Retreat is set in a forest wilderness, overlooking the turquoise blue waters of Lake Pukaki. It is right on the doorstep of Aoraki Mt Cook National Park, located in the beautiful and unique Te Wāhipounamu World Heritage Area. From the accommodations, guests can enjoy superb views up Lake Pukaki to the Southern Alps and Aoraki Mt Cook, New Zealand's highest mountain. Located within the gold level Aoraki Mackenzie International Dark Sky Reserve, the night sky is spectacular in the area.

Important to know:

• Ashley Mackenzie Villa has lake and mountain views and a separate private sauna, hot tub massage room and workout room.
• Moraine Villas (Villa Tautoru and Villa Matariki) have mountain views, a private hot tub and the option for in-room massage.

The following information will help to prepare for your stay:

• Our Luxury Villas are large and are reserved exclusively for one party of guests.
• Your stay at the Villa includes a 3-course meal prepared by our chef each day and a complimentary bottle of NZ sparkling wine on arrival. We offer dining in the privacy of their Villa or they may wish to dine with other guests at Moraine Lodge.
• Their villa is serviced daily and breakfast provisions and a fresh fruit bowl are placed in the Villa each morning. (Chef service is available for breakfast by pre-arrangement).
• We have a large vegetable garden and specialise in garden to plate cuisine. Our menu is based on local beef, glacial grown salmon, lamb and venison with fresh seasonal vegetables. Vegetarian and other special dietary requests are catered for by chef.
• Please let us know if your clients have any special dietary or beverage requirements.
• Check in time is 3.00PM and check out is 11AM. An earlier check in or a later check out is possible by prior arrangement. Please contact us if this is required and we will do our best to make this happen.

ONSITE FACILITIES:

Make a Memorable Stay celebrates the power of optimism, wellness and an active, engaged approach to travel. Our approach was inspired by own travels and by our guests who told us they liked our authentic kiwi hospitality and opportunities to experience local Aotearoa New Zealand landscapes and culture. We encourage your client's to engage with the range of experiences we have here at the Retreat which is a working Estate set on 66ha of ancient glacial moraine. The Retreat is a working Estate with a range of livestock including boer goats, deer, pekin ducks and of course our two dogs.  There are approximately 5km of walking trails around the Estate and a tennis court, petanque and curling sheet (in winter). Some activities are fee paying.

• STARGAZING - Pukaki Observatory and Wine Cellar is located onsite and, weather permitting, we offer a dark sky tour each night. Mt Cook Lakeside Retreat is at the hub of the Mackenzie Basin and is nestled under the southern hemisphere's only Dark Sky Reserve (Aoraki Mt Cook International Dark Sky Reserve). 
• WELLNESS - Therapies are based on availability and we advise pre-booking these treatments (at extra charge).
• CUISINE EXPERIENCES - Including cooking demonstrations with chef.

HOW TO GET HERE:

We are not based at Mt Cook Village. Please advise your clients of these directions to avoid unnecessary travel.  Please note that a number of satellite navigation devices do not correctly identify our location. Our GPS coordinates are: -44.182591 , 170.11721. We are located 860 metres from the State Highway 8 and State Highway 80 intersection on the Mt Cook Road. If they have travelled more than 1 kilometre up State Highway 80 (Mt Cook Road) from the intersection, they have gone too far and missed our entrance way. If the gates are closed the code is 8110#

CANCELLATION AND INSURANCE:

If cancelled up to 30 days before arrival, 100% of the first night will be charged. If cancelled after or in the case of a no-show, the total price of your reservation will be charged. We recommend a travel insurance for cover potential cancellation charges.

Camp Estate at Larnach Castle

Camp Estate is a luxurious country house, situated on the Otago Peninsula. The house is built from local blue stone and is only minutes away from Larnach Castle, offering privacy and comfort. It features a spectacular marble staircase, five luxuriously designed rooms and a welcoming sitting room with a bar and open fire. Important note for dinner at Larnach Castle: Please provide your menu selections by 5pm on the day you are dining. Either call Camp Estate or advise at arrival (if prior to 5pm).

High Leys Lodge

Note from Sarah, your host at High Leys Lodge: please confirm your time of arrival 48 hours before  check in date. This helps us plan our diaries as we now have a variety of commitments due to lack of staff. Please phone or text me on 027 222 6634 (preferred) or email  [email protected]  that would be much appreciated.

Copper Beech Wanaka - Luxury Bed & Breakfast

Copper Beech Lodge offer a premium bed and breakfast experience for visitors to spectacular Wānaka. During your stay at Copper Beech Lodge Wānaka, we will share our insights for exploring this incredible place, while supporting the local community and helping to preserve our natural environment.

Copper Beech Lodge Wānaka offers two rooms, each sleeping two adults in ultra-comfortable super-king or twin beds.

The bed and breakfast rooms are spacious with cosy seating, ensuites, wardrobe space, and a safe for passports and other valuables. A full list of room inclusions is below.

Each room opens out to a terrace with outdoor seating and access to the grounds or to take shade under the Copper Beech tree. A shared guest lounge provides an additional space to relax and enjoy a complimentary tea and coffee, or a glass of local wine.

Breakfast is served in the guest lounge. The continental offering will always include fresh bread, cereals, yoghurt, fruit and juice (at a minimum).

Products are local and sustainable. Wherever possible, breakfast will include fruit, walnuts and vegetables from our garden.

Distinction Fox Glacier Te Weheka Hotel

Distinction Hotel Fox Glacier is the ideal hotel accommodation in Fox Glacier village, a charming township in the beautiful alpine west coast region of New Zealand's South Island. The hotel’s location provides a sense of privacy and peaceful seclusion while being only a short stroll away from the main street of the Fox Glacier village. The complex offers guests free unlimited WI-FI access. The Distinction Hotel offers luxurious Fox Glacier hotel accommodations in a ruggedly beautiful environment, nestled beneath the towering Southern Alps on the stunning west coast of New Zealand. All the Distinction Fox Glacier Hotel rooms are beautifully appointed and feature a balcony, lounge area and spacious bedroom.

Breakers Boutique Accommodation

Breakers Boutique Accommodation offers a beachfront haven, a retreat from the world, where guests can relax, revive and indulge in sheer tranquillity. Stunningly located on the Punakaiki coastline, overlooking the Tasman Sea, Breakers is a boutique bed and breakfast facility, offering New Zealand hospitality with a beachfront location and amazing panoramic sea views.

Check-in time is: 3.30pm-6pm. Please call you hosts - 03 762 7743 if you intend to arrive earlier or later.

You are best to arrive by 6pm (if possible) as this ensures you see the stunning sea views. Also, you have the opportunity to go for a beach walk right outside your doorstep! 

Check-out is 10.00am.  You are welcome to walk on the beach, use the internet or relax in the lounge or on the deck before/after this but guest room must be vacated by this time.

Important Directions:

Breakers Boutique Accommodation is 14kms north of Greymouth on the Great Coast Road, State Highway 6 (named one of the top ten coastal drives in the world by Lonely Planet) and 30kms south of Punakaiki. 

From Greymouth heading towards Westport and Punakaiki, there are two small towns to pass through, Runanga and then Rapahoe.  Rapahoe is when you first see the Coastline.  At the top of the hill is the Strongman Mine Memorial lookout.  At the bottom of the hill you cross over a small bridge called 9-mile creek – SLOW DOWN, Breakers is directly on the left after the bridge.

If coming from the north, we are 30kms south of Punakaiki – 14kms BEFORE Greymouth.  After Barrytown, keep an eye out for other creeks – 14-mile, 13-mile and then 10-mile creek (one-lane bridge).  We are just before 9-mile creek on the right-hand side – BEFORE the bridge and immediately after the sign for Strongman Mine Memorial.

Dinner/internet:

Local NZ beer/wine list available together with West Coast Company Pies with green salad or homemade pizza, served until 7.00pm. Guests to email or phone to pre-order, served at around 7pm in comfort of room or in guest lounge. Only available October to March unless by prior arrangement.

Restaurants – 10minute drive to Greymouth for cafes/restaurants. Local Pub – 3kms south, great Kiwi country pub experience. Free wifi – but with intermittent connection, i.e. it's sometimes no good. The location has NO cell phone coverage!

Te Koi the Lodge at Bronte

Te Koi the Lodge offers the ultimate escape for the seasoned traveler - a luxury lodge filled with charm and basking in natural beauty. Set amidst luscious gardens on a secluded point overlooking the stunning waters of the Waimea Estuary, Te Koi plays to all the senses. Seasoned Chef, Ali and Sommelier, Ian Metcalfe are at your service for specially prepared dinners featuring local delicacies, matched with delicious wines from the region. Specially chartered helicopter and boat trips can be arranged to explore the local surrounds in style.

18 Day New Zealand Itinerary

Recommended Travel Months - Green = good travel month

Travel at a relaxing pace on this 3-week New Zealand itinerary. Enjoy key highlights in both the North and South Island.  Discover the real New Zealand heartland. Walk New Zealand's beautiful hiking trails - choose half or full day walks. Stay in private cottages and understated luxury boutique lodges - surrounded by breathtaking views. If you're ready for 'real travel' you'll love this New Zealand three week itinerary!  

What is included in this 3 week North & South Island vacation package:

• Guided sea-kayaking tour - half or full day - at the Coromandel Peninsula.
• Black Water Rafting through glowworm caves limestone caves in Waitomo.
• Scenic flight of the thermal and volcano areas around Rotorua/ North Island.
• Guided nature walk into the Yellow-Eyed Penguin colony near Dunedin.
• Guided day hike on the famous Milford Track in the Fiordland National Park.
• Scenic cruise into Milford Sound -  one of the most magic places in NZ.
• Nature walk and boat transfer with a local guide on Wanaka's remote island.
• Jet-boating into the West Matukituki Valley, Mt Aspiring National Park.
• Helicopter flight up Fox or Franz Josef glacier on South Island's West Coast.
• Explore the Abel Tasman National Park by cruise, a guided kayak or hiking tour.  

The next planning steps for this best New Zealand itinerary in 3 weeks:

• Step 1: Review the Itinerary below, and confirm your preferences
• Step 2: Choose a Price Option and Get a Free Quote or just contact us
• Step 3: Pack your bags , and get excited to see New Zealand natural wonders!

New Zealand Itinerary in 3 Weeks

Day 1 Auckland

Meet your private driver at the arrival gates of Auckland Airport for transfer to your hotel. After check-in, stroll through the America's Cup village. Visit the Sky Tower and take in the views of the city and harbour. Take a boat trip to beautiful Waiheke Island or head across to Devonport. Visit the shops and cafes of Parnell Village.

Check in to QT Auckland

Optional - The Auckland Whale & Dolphin Safari

Optional - Explore America's Cup Sailing Auckland

Day 2 Hahei

Collect your rental car and drive to the eastern coast on the Coromandel Peninsula (2.5 hours). The Coromandel is famous for its golden beaches, great swimming and bush walks. Take a relaxing soak in a natural thermal spring at Hahei beach - make sure you go at low tide! See the marine wildlife at the Hahei Marine Reserve. Choose your adventure - scenic boat trips, sea kayaking and scuba diving. There are great surfing options.

Check in to Hahei Bed & Breakfast

Information - The Coromandel

Day 3 Hahei

Join the Kiwi Dundee guided nature tour and explore the local rainforest and beaches. This is the ideal introduction to New Zealand's nature and beauty spots! Alternatively, join a guided kayaking tour from Hahei Beach or take a scenic boat tour along the stunning Coromandel coast.

Included - Cathedral Cove Kayak Tours

Optional - Kiwi Dundee Adventures 1 Day Coromandel Circuit

Optional - Hahei Explorer

Day 4 Rotorua

Drive to the famous Waitomo caves (3 hours) and discover the beauty of stalactites. We have included the 'Ruakuri Cave' tour, a dry-cave walk- through. This trip takes about 2 hours. Go ‘Black Water Rafting’ or do the 'Black Labyrinth' tour where you float through the caves on a rubber tube. Alternatively, abseil through the darkness! (takes about 3 hours). Afterwards, drive through rural farm country to Rotorua (2.5 hours).

Check in to Regent of Rotorua

Included - Ruakuri Cave Tour

Optional - Waitomo Black Labyrinth

Recommended - Visit the Otorohanga Kiwi House & Native Bird Park

Day 5 Rotorua

The North Island of New Zealand is the tectonic centre of thermal activity. In the morning, take a helicopter flight over Rotorua's an active volcano areas. Here you can experience the immerse power of mother nature in a remote place. In the afternoon, be pampered in a luxurious spa. For the evening, take a spiritual journey into Maori culture with village and performance experiences.

Included - Volcanic Air

Optional - Rotorua Canopy Tours

Recommended - Waimangu Volcanic Valley

Recommended - Wai-O-Tapu Thermal Wonderland

Recommended - Polynesian Spa

Optional - Hobbiton Movie Set & Farm Tours

Day 6 Lake Pukaki

Return your rental car to Rotorua airport and take a domestic flight to Christchurch. Collect another rental car from Christchurch airport and travel to Lake Tekapo. Take the the Inland route along the Rakaia Gorge through South Canterbury to Geraldine. Continue on to Lake Tekapo (4 hours drive). See for yourself, the famous turquoise colour of Lake Tekapo. Visit the Church of the Good Shepherd and the Mt John Observatory.

Day 7 Lake Pukaki

Take a day trip from Lake Tekapo to the Mount Cook National Park. This area has wonderful mountain walks, 4WD safaris, boating on the glacier lakes and scenic flights with snow landings. Don't miss the chance to do some stargazing at Mt. John - this is a highly recommended night tour. Remember to pre-book for all these tours .

Check in to Mt Cook Lakeside Retreat

Optional - Earth & Sky Observatory

Optional - Tekapo Springs

Optional - Air Safaris Tekapo

Optional - Glacier Explorers Aoraki Mt Cook

Optional - Alpine Guides Mt. Cook

Optional - The Helicopter Line Mount Cook

Information - Mount Cook National Park

Day 8 Otago Peninsula

Drive on through the MacKenzie Country, down the Waitaki Valley and onto the eastern coast. Dunedin City is surrounded by dramatic hills and a natural harbour. It was originally settled by whalers, gold miners and migrants from Scotland and China. Dunedin has some of the best preserved Victorian and Edwardian architecture in the Southern Hemisphere.

Check in to Camp Estate at Larnach Castle

Optional - Larnach Castle

Day 9 Otago Peninsula

This morning, go out exploring more of Dunedin and the Otago Peninsula. Join a wildlife tour in the afternoon - visit the Royal Albatross sanctuary where you might catch sight of the extremely rare Yellow-Eyed Penguin. This is one of the main nature attractions in New Zealand nature enthusiasts love. You won't be returning to your accommodation until the evening, so do have a substantial lunch.

Included - Elm Wildlife Peninsula Encounters Tour

Optional - Olveston Historic Home

Recommended - Otago Museum

Optional - Speight's Brewery

Day 10 Te Anau

Drive through the Southland region to the Fiordland area. Take the 'Southern Scenic Route' between Invercargill, Riverton and Tuatapere to Te Anau. If you don't mind driving longer, take a detour via the Catlins - on this route, you'll see Nugget Point Lighthouse and the Cathedral Caves. Do check the tides before visiting the caves.

Day 11 Te Anau

Milford Sound is a spectacular scenic wonderland-  perfect for nature lovers and hikers. Do the Milford Guided Walk in the morning and the Milford Scenic fjord cruise in the afternoon. Shorter walks can be arranged with a local operator. Choose a series of short walks with your nature guide or a 2.5 hour walk on the Routeburn Track to Key Summit. Return back to Te Anau around 5.30pm.

Check in to High Leys Lodge

Included - Milford Track Guided Walk

Included - Real Journeys Milford Sound Scenic Cruise

Day 12 Wanaka

Depart the green rainforests and drive to the tussock grasslands of Central Otago. As it is only a 2-hour drive from Te Anau to Queenstown, you may want to check out Queenstown or head to a nearby winery for lunch. Continue in the afternoon to the charming Wanaka village. You'll be staying in the surrounding countryside of Wanaka for a couple of nights.

Day 13 Wanaka

Wanaka is an lovely scenic spot and much smaller than Queenstown - a much more relaxed village vibe. In the morning, join a cruise on Lake Wanaka and head out to the beautiful Mou Waho Island for a guided walk. In the afternoon, take a jet boat tour up the Matukituki Valley. Learn more about the regions history, natural wonders and activities.

Check in to Copper Beech Wanaka - Luxury Bed & Breakfast

Included - Lake Wanaka Cruise & Island Nature Walk

Included - Wanaka River Journeys

Optional - Eco Wanaka Rob Roy Glacier Guided Walk

Optional - Wanaka Highlights Safari

Day 14 Fox Glacier

Travel through Haast Pass to Fox Glacier (4 hours). You'll have many opportunities to visit waterfalls and take short forest walks. In the afternoon,  take an inspirational helicopter flight and land on the snow at Franz Josef or Fox Glacier. As an alternative, you can join a heli-hiking tour, which involves two short heli flights and a 2 hour guided walk on the ice.

Check in to Distinction Fox Glacier Te Weheka Hotel

Optional - Flying Fox Helihike

Included - The Helicopter Line Fox Glacier

Day 15 Greymouth

There are hardly any towns on the 600 kms of coastal road between Karamea and Jackson Bay. However, you'll enjoy the unbridled beauty of native forests, beaches and lagoons. Start your day with an early morning walk around Lake Matheson. Explore the goldfield walkway at Ross and stop by the shores of Lake Ianthe. We highly recommend a visit to the White Heron colony near Whataroa.  Drive on to the town of Hokitika, which is famous for New Zealand Pounamu (Jade) and gold.

Check in to Breakers Boutique Accommodation

Recommended - Lake Matheson

Optional - White Heron Sanctuary Tour

Day 16 Bronte

Travel along 'The Great Coast Road', one of the Top 10 Coastal Drives in the world. The Paparoa National Park is home to the world's smallest penguins. Stop at Charleston and go underground rafting. See the famous Pancake Rocks and Blowholes at Punakaiki. Visit the seal colony at Cape Foulwind, then stop at Westport for refreshments. Continue via the Buller Gorge to the Abel Tasman region.

Day 17 Bronte

The sea views and lush native bush of the Abel Tasman Coastal Track is unsurpassed! This great New Zealand walk passes through golden beaches and coastal forests. Do a day trip with Abel Tasman Charters - a very personalised tour. Alternatively, use a water taxi to the coastal walk or take a guided sea kayaking tour for a half or full day. If you are keen on nature and wildlife, join an Eco tour in a small party group.

Check in to Te Koi the Lodge at Bronte

Included - Abel Tasman Charters Taranui

Optional - R&R Kayaks

Optional - Abel Tasman Golden Future Tour

Optional - Wheelie Fantastic Cycle Tours

Day 18 Northern Cape

Drop off your rental car at Nelson airport and take a domestic flight to Auckland. Connect with your international flight in the afternoon or evening

Included Highlights

Information links.

Michael Nees

Travel Expert

Bryan & Abby Hess – Lifestyle Travellers

My wife and I highly recommend Michael Nees. We previously used Michael’s services for a trip to New Zealand in 2012, and recently he helped us plan a trip to Australia and New Zealand. We shared cities/regions we wanted to see along with a few activities, and Michael skillfully recommended quality lodging, fun activities, and travel logistics. Travelling to that part of the world from the United States can seem a bit overwhelming planning wise. Michael helps take the stress out of the process however and on both trips we have been very happy with our lodging accommodations and his other suggestions. He also sets up vehicle rentals and can plan domestic flights.

Working with Michael brings you the knowledge of a local. We knew we wanted to visit Far North Queensland for example, but he suggested a small town for us to stay in that ended up far nicer than the town we would have stayed in if we booked on our own, and it was a better jumping off point for visiting the barrier reef and rain forest. Work with Michael and you'll end up with a more enjoyable trip to Australia and/or New Zealand!

Mindy Ross – Lifestyle Travellers

I hired Michael to design a trip to Australia and New Zealand. It was important to me to use someone local and with deep knowledge of the areas to be traveled. Michael was spot on with respect to the resulting itinerary, duration, accommodations, and activities. The flow of the trip was just the right combination of relaxation and adventure. Each and every accomodation was off the hook fabulous. The amount of time in each place was perfect and the daily activities were memorable and perfectly suited to our wish list. I highly recommend Michael as a travel designer for the best down under vacation imaginable!!

Sandra Stancic – Lifestyle Traveller

I found Guest NZ online and sent them an email along with several other agencies, as I was looking to book my vacation to Australia and New Zealand. Michael Nees responded right away. I proceeded to book my vacation through his agency. He asked what I liked and worked with me in order to fulfill all of my wants and needs. He was very responsive and professional. And when I say responsive, I mean he would respond the same day even with the time difference. It was one of the best vacations I have taken, and I do travel a lot. When I arrived in NZ a bag with GPS, maps, cell phone and electrical plug adaptor were waiting for me along with an easy return envelope and some post cards. This was so helpful; I was able to stay in touch with my family and my boyfriend, plus I knew I could always call him or emergency # if I needed it. During my trip to Australia I forgot all my cash inside a safe at one of the places where I stayed. Michael arranged for the $ to be sent and deposited to my credit card. I cannot say enough of how happy I was with Michael Nees’s services. I would wholeheartedly recommend Michael and Guest NZ to anyone who is looking to go to New Zealand and/or Australia and I would like to take this opportunity to thank him for a wonderful and most memorable vacation ever!

Guy & Pat – Lifestyle travellers

Michael, I do not see how you could do better. Your assessment of our interests, likes, and dislike were right on. The patience in dealing with with our tech communication ineptness was greatly appreciated. The fact that you always "had our back" was comforting and relaxing as was your immediate availability to handle any mishaps, worries, etc. We have already recommended you to several people. On the above question, if the form would allow, I would say "all the above".

Farah & Bader – Honeymooners

I was lucky enough to stumble upon Guest New Zealand as I was researching for my New Zealand trip. I contacted Michael and scheduled a phone call. From the start, Michael listened to what my husband and I wanted out of the trip and advised accordingly. He suggested lodges that I would have never found on my own, which all were excellent! The trip itself was perfectly planned! We never felt rushed, yet our schedule always had exciting things to do. We didn't need to worry about pick ups or details of the car rental! Everything was organized that we just enjoyed ourself! Even when we needed to change something during our trip, Michael was always just a phone call away. The best advice i can give someone going to New Zealand is to get in touch with Michael as he will put together the perfect trip!

Planning Step 2 – Personalise Your Holiday

18 Days - Standard

per person,

( Not including intern. flights )

3 Star Lodging Twin Share

Partly breakfast included

Compact Rental Car

Domestic flight

Tours with 10-25 Person

Coach Airport Transfer

18 Days - Superior

4 Star Lodging Twin Share

All Breakfast Included

Intermediate Rental Car

Tours with 6-10 Person

Taxi Airport Transfer

18 Days - Premium

5 Star Lodging Twin Share

Meal plan included

SUV / 4WD Rental Car

Private Tours 2-4 Person

Exclusive Airport Transfer

View Similar Travel Itineraries

12 days north + south island itinerary, new zealand nature vacation in 16 days, new zealand lotr locations.

Now Offering Virtual Tourism Packages

In the future, Tourism will be a combination of traditional holidays and virtual travel experiences. With Virtual Journeys, you will be able to travel without leaving home. These immersive experiences will ignite your senses and make you feel as though you are physically there at location. Our Virtual Travel section will introduce you to immersive VR/360 Immersive recordings, Online Experience tours and 360 Livestream engagements.

Option 1: VR/360 Immersive Tours

Travel from the Comfort of Your Home. Go Anytime.

Option 2: Live Online Experiences

Save Money & Visit More Destinations around the World.

Option 3: 360 Live Tours & 3D Scans

Travel Anywhere Sustainably & Leave No Carbon Footprint.

Travel Stories & Inspiration

New Zealand Travel Tips

Best Time travelling Coromandel Peninsula

Milford track day walk from te anau, top day trips in abel tasman national park, new zealand.

Wanderful Stories.

3 weeks on the South Island of New Zealand: the ultimate road trip itinerary

• April 10, 2020
• Itinerary , New Zealand , South Island

There’s nothing I love more than hopping in a car and just driving around a country. Seeing nature flash by through the car window, driving from one amazing sight to the next… it’s the best! One place that is particularly great for this kind of adventure, is the South Island of New Zealand. So, if you’ve always wanted to travel to this beautiful place and love a good road trip, you’re in luck! Today I’m sharing my ultimate 3-week South Island road trip itinerary.

In this itinerary, you’ll find both the greatest highlights and the hidden gems of New Zealand, that are often missed by tourists. I’ve traveled around the South Island 3 times now and made sure every single one of my favorite places is included in this itinerary. So, you don’t have to miss out on anything!

Overview: 3 week South Island road trip itinerary

• About the itinerary : how to get around | time customization | budget tips
• Week 1 : Kaikoura | Blenheim & Picton | Abel Tasman | Golden Bay | Punakaiki | Arthur’s Pass
• Week 2 : Franz Josef & Fox glaciers | Wanaka | Queenstown | Milford Sound
• Week 3 : The Catlins | Lake Pukaki | Mt. Cook | Lake Tekapo | Christchurch
• Tips for your road trip : where to stay | where to eat | where to shop | weather

About the itinerary

Before jumping in, let’s have a look at ways you can customize the itinerary to fit your stay and budget.

How to get around on the South Island

This itinerary is a road trip itinerary – I’ve created it for you to have your own amazing road trip adventure. I’ve always traveled around New Zealand with my own car and I can’t recommend it enough. It gives you so much freedom! Besides, driving in the gorgeous New Zealand nature is an incredible experience on its own.

You can get a rental car or van, but you can also buy your own backpacker car if you’re in the country for a long time. Getting and driving a car is super easy in New Zealand, lots of tourists do it. Just make sure to stick to the left side of the road, though. 😉

Not a fan of driving yourself? Find the type of transport that’s right for you and simply adjust the itinerary a bit!

Customize the itinerary

Got more or less time no problem.

I created this South Island road trip itinerary for 3 weeks, simply because I think it’s the perfect amount of time to see the island’s major highlights without having to rush. However, it’s very easy to adjust this itinerary, depending on how much time you’ve got:

• 1 week – limit your road trip to a certain part of the island, e.g. the upper or lower half. See what you love most and come back another time for the rest.
• 2 weeks – try and see if you can skip a few highlights or combine them, by spending less time on each. Think about what kind of adventures you love most (e.g., nature, cities, hiking) and focus on those.
• 4 or more weeks – I’ve added extra dark blue markers on the map below. These are other things I love on the South Island, so you can easily add them to your itinerary!

How to make the road trip happen with a small budget

Unfortunately, New Zealand isn’t a cheap country to travel in. But don’t worry! Even if you’re budget is a little smaller than you’d like, you can still have an amazing trip. Luckily, there are lots of ways to fully customize your South Island trip to your budget. First of all, lots of the best highlights you’ll find in this itinerary are totally free to visit. And even better, there are lots of ways to save money during your travels.

Check out these resources I wrote if you want to know more about keeping the costs of your trip low :

• 15 x the best free things to do on the South Island
• 25 easy ways to travel New Zealand on a budget

3 weeks on the South Island: the ultimate road trip itinerary

This itinerary starts in Christchurch, the biggest city in the east of the island. It’s the place where most travelers begin their trip, after flying to the big international airport.

Arriving on the South Island by ferry? You’ll arrive in Picton, in the northeast of the island. You can just as easily start off in Picton (day 2) and catch up on the rest in the end.

Now, let’s jump straight into this 3 week South Island road trip itinerary!

Day 1: Christchurch – Kaikoura – Blenheim

Driving time: 2h 25m in the morning + 1h 40m in the afternoon Total distance: 310 km (192 miles)

The first day starts off with a trip past the beautiful southeast coast.

First, make your way to the little seaside town of Kaikoura . This town is famous for its incredible sea life population and wildlife spotting. It is the perfect place to see lots of dolphins , swimming and jumping just off the coast. While you drive near or in the town, keep an eye out for any dolphins near the coast. There are lots of places you can stop your car and admire the dolphins in their natural habitat. If you’re lucky and visiting at the right time of year, you may even be able to spot whales!

After your wildlife spotting adventures, find a lunch spot in Kaikoura. It’s the perfect place if you love seafood, but the town also offers many other options. Then drive further to the Marlborough region.

Stop and stay for the night in the city of Blenheim . It’s a relatively big city that’s at the heart of the Marlborough wine region and gives you a perfect starting point for tomorrow’s adventures.

Day 2: Blenheim & Picton

Driving time: 2 x 25 mins Total distance: 55 km (34 miles) Added time + distance depending on your activities

Today, it’s time to explore the region of Marlborough. This area is well known for two things: world-famous wine and the gorgeous Marlborough Sounds.

Morning: explore the Marlborough Sounds

First off, head over to Picton, the harbor town in the midst of the Marlborough Sounds. The Sounds are sunken river valleys that form the most beautiful South Island coastline. Picton is a perfect starting point to explore them. I’d recommend just taking your car and start driving. The winding roads will take you deeper and deeper into the stunning and deserted landscape. This local secret is something that tourists don’t often do, but it honestly is one of the most gorgeous experiences of New Zealand.

During this road adventure, you can park your car near any viewpoint and explore the area. Find hidden gems, short hikes and small beaches along the coast (but be careful, because a lot of it is privately owned by families).

Afternoon & evening: wine tasting

In the afternoon, it’s time to enjoy the best wine New Zealand has to offer. From Picton, make your way back to Blenheim. The vineyards surrounding the city offer wine tastings that are often cheap or even totally free. I’d highly recommend visiting Cloudy Bay . It’s a gorgeous estate with incredible wines – lots of their wines are hand-picked ( helped by me, haha! ). Cloudy Bay offers tastings ranging from $10 to $25 per person.

Not a wine lover? Neither am I! It’s still worth visiting a vineyard, though, because it’s such a big part of New Zealand culture and export. If you really want to avoid everything wine-related, simply spend more time in the gorgeous Sounds & Picton!

Day 3: Blenheim – Nelson – Abel Tasman

Driving time: 1h 30m in the morning + 2h 30m in the afternoon Total distance: 250 km (155 miles)

After a day full of exploration (and wine), it’s time to get back on the road. Start driving along the north coast, heading for Nelson .

Make a stop in Nelson for a little break. Stretch your legs or grab lunch in a local cafe. Some of Nelson’s highlights include a quick walk to the geographical Centre of New Zealand (with some amazing views) or a visit to Jens Hansen, the ring maker of the One Ring in the Lord of the Rings.

The final stop of the day is the Abel Tasman region . Here, you can do lots of incredible activities, from hiking part of the incredible Coast Track (recommended!) to renting a kayak. But that’s for tomorrow! Today, I’d recommend visiting a local i-site to find out which activity you’d love to do the most in this incredible park. They are happy to give you a map of the region or map out a hike for you. Spend the night in a place close to the starting point of your Abel Tasman adventures, so you can enjoy a full day in the incredible National Park tomorrow.

Day 4: Abel Tasman National Park

No driving required (depending on activities)

Today is a full day to explore and enjoy the incredible Abel Tasman National Park. This park is known for a gorgeous tropical setting. You can find beaches everywhere in the park. Some are immense while others are tiny hidden gems.

How you want to spend your day in the park is totally up to you! Personally, I can really recommend hiking part of the Abel Tasman Coast Track. You don’t have to be super fit, but it’s good to take into account that it is quite uphill. Other incredible Abel Tasman activities include renting a kayak, going on a boat trip or exploring the park by bike. You can also go snorkeling or skydiving even!

If you liked your accommodation of the night before, simply head back there for tonight. There’s no driving involved today!

Day 5: Abel Tasman – Golden Bay – Richmond

Driving time: about 1h 50m in the morning + 2h 25m in the afternoon Total distance: about 225 km (140 miles) Time + distance depend on your Abel Tasman accommodation

On the morning of day 5, make your way out of Abel Tasman by heading up north to Golden Bay . Golden Bay is the northernmost area of the South Island and home to incredible nature and far-stretched beaches.

Though there are many gorgeous places to visit in the Golden Bay area, I’d recommend heading towards Wharariki Beach . This beach is one of my all-time favorite places in all of New Zealand! Oh, and if you visit in summer, you may even be able to spot lots of baby seals playing around in the puddles of ocean water. If you want to know when & where to go, you can read all about that here.

Depending on how long you want to spend on Wharariki Beach, you can further explore Golden Bay before heading back down south. Drive for about 2,5 hours back, past Abel Tasman National Park to Richmond . This city is a great spot to get groceries or other items you may need and spend the night before heading south in the morning.

Day 6: Richmond – Punakaiki

Driving time: 3h 30m Total distance: 250 km (155 miles)

In the morning, make your way down south through forests and mountains, until you finally meet the sea. The winding roads along the west coast of the island make for incredible sightseeing. Honestly, simply driving and enjoying the still nature is one of my all-time favorite things to do in New Zealand.

After about 3,5 hours you’ll reach Punakaiki , a little coastal town. Here, you’ll find the famous Pancake Rocks and the blowholes in between them. The rock formations are named after their layered appearance, created by thousands of years of rain, wind and ocean water. The Pancake Rocks are located right on the side of the road. Opposite it, you can browse a gift store or visit a cafe. You won’t find a whole lot of buildings, but the area is great for outdoor activities.

Besides the Rocks, I also loved visiting Punakaiki Beach . I stumbled upon it during an evening run from our campsite and was in awe by the far-reaching, totally deserted beach. It was incredible and I still remember the beach fondly. Punakaiki offers a few accommodation options, so spend the rest of the day enjoying the outdoors and incredible nature before heading off to bed.

Day 7: Punakaiki – Arthur’s Pass

Driving time: 1h 55m Total distance: 140 km (87 miles)

Although you’ve only just reached the west coast, today is all about making a little detour back inland before heading back out again. From Punakaiki, drive to Arthur’s Pass National Park . Arthur’s Pass is a gorgeous park that – in my opinion – is really underrated by most visitors.

If you love hiking, you’re gonna love Arthurs Pass. There are lots of hikes you can do , totally depending on your level of fitness and the time you want to spend being active. Upon arrival in the park, I’d recommend visiting the local i-site. Arthur’s Pass is not big, so it won’t be hard to find.

Despite its small size, Arthur’s Pass does have some accommodation options for you to stay the night.

Day 8: Arthur’s Pass – Franz Josef

Driving time: 3h 5m Total driving distance: 235 km (146 miles)

It’s time to start the second week of the South Island road trip itinerary, which includes some of the island’s top highlights. Hop in the car in the morning and leave Arthur’s Pass National Park. Upon arrival in Franz Josef , you can choose to explore the area, hike for a little bit or just take some time to relax.

The ‘free’ afternoon also provides a great opportunity to book any special activities you want to do in the area. The glaciers offer incredible opportunities to splurge a little if your budget allows it. I took a helicopter flight over both glaciers when my mom was visiting, which was such a cool thing to share with her. Read all about that awesome experience here!

Good to know: the glacier areas are pretty popular with tourists, so if you’re planning on doing anything special, you may want to plan it a little ahead of time. (The same goes for accommodation if you’re traveling in peak season.)

Day 9: Franz Josef & Fox Glaciers

No driving required

Today is all about visiting the incredible glaciers of New Zealand.

I’ve been fortunate enough to travel around in Europe quite a bit in my younger years, so I’ve seen more than a few glaciers in my life. However, none of them were like these! What makes the Franz Josef and Fox Glacier so special is that they’re located in a tropical setting. For example, along the Franz Josef Glacier Walk will have you stroll through a rainforest one minute and spot the glacier the next. Seriously, I still can’t get over how diverse this country is!

There are lots of things to do in the area. For example, if you love to walk, pick a trail near Franz Josef Glacier or Fox Glacier . While you’re there, see if you can spot the Kea – the unique New Zealand alpine parrot that’s mainly found in the southern part of the South Island. If you want to splurge a bit, go for a helicopter ride or get a guided hiking adventure on the glacier. Absolutely amazing for the daredevils!

After your day full of activities, spend one more night in the same accommodation.

Day 10: Franz Josef – Wanaka

Driving time: 3h 55m Total distance: 285 km (177 miles)

Start your day with a drive into the southern region of the South Island, toward the lovely town of Wanaka . During my trip, I stayed in Wanaka a bit longer than expected, because I had to arrange some practical stuff for my Working Holiday . And I completely fell in love with the town! It’s similar to the famous Queenstown (which you’ll visit next) but less touristic.

While you’re in Wanaka, there are several things you can do. Visit one of the well-known photography spots in the town, such as the jetty or the world-famous Wanaka Tree . Most of all, though, I’d really, really recommend doing a hike. The Wanaka region is absolutely gorgeous and there are lots of incredible hikes you can do.

My personal favorite is Roys Peak – it’s one of New Zealand’s most popular hikes and for good reason. Go late in the afternoon to watch a gorgeous sunset – check out my experience and the incredible views here ! It’s important to make sure to bring a headlamp to find your way back down to your car, to drive back to your accommodation for the night.

Day 11 & 12: Wanaka – Queenstown

Driving time: 1h 5m on day 11, no driving required on day 12 Total distance: 65 km (40 miles)

In the morning, drive from Wanaka to Queenstown. It’s a relatively short but just as beautiful drive through stunning landscapes.

Queenstown is one of the most incredible and beautiful towns on the entire island , so I’d recommend spending two whole days here. You’re gonna love the vibe this little town has! There are a lot of different things to do, so there’s something for everyone!

Things I love to do when in Christchurch:

• Stroll through the local market
• Take the gondola up to the Skyline Queenstown complex for incredible views over the town
• Grab a coffee or ice cream at one of the lovely cafes
• Drive up to Glenorchy (best place for an incredible sunset!)
• Chill at the waterfront
• Grab a (veggie) burger at the famous Fergburger
• Go hiking. I loved the challenging but incredible Ben Lomond hike .

Daredevil? If you want to include a bit more adventure into your South Island road trip itinerary, Queenstown is the place to be! You can do any extreme sport you can possibly imagine, from skydiving and bungee jumping to all kinds of water activities – and much more! I’d recommend booking your activities a little bit ahead, to make sure you can enjoy them on the dates that suit you.

Queenstown is a popular town, so you’ll find lots of stores, shops and big supermarkets. There’s also plenty of accommodation. I’d book ahead of time, especially during peak season.

Day 13: Queenstown – Fiordland National Park

Driving time: 3h 45m Total driving distance: 285 km (177 miles)

Today, you have some more time to enjoy the wonderful vibes of Queenstown . Perhaps you’ve booked an adventure, or maybe you want to stroll past the shops and drink coffee in one of the many waterfront cafes. It’s up to you! When you’re all good to go, start driving towards the west coast, passing Te Anau to enter Fiordland National Park .

Plan your trip to Milford Sound

Tomorrow’s all about exploring Milford Sound, the most famous fjord of the National Park. For this, I recommend booking a cruise (I always go with JUCY , they have fun tours that are budget-friendly). I prefer to take an early morning one (starting at 9 am), so you can avoid the crowds and enjoy the quiet nature. Spend the night as close to Milford Sound as possible, to avoid long drives in the morning.

Important to know: the area between Te Anau and Milford Sound becomes increasingly remote. There are no supermarkets and no gas stations, so make sure to stock up on things you need in Te Anau . Likewise, there is barely any cell reception. Make sure your accommodation and the Milford Sound cruise is booked ahead of time!

Day 14: Milford Sound – The Catlins

Driving time: 4h 35m Total driving distance: 355 km (220 miles)

In the morning, drive from your accommodation to the Milford Sound jetty. Make sure you leave on time, especially since the tour operators expect you to be there ahead of time and the roads can get busy. Then, enjoy a beautiful cruise along some of the most beautiful fjords in the world! Depending on the time your cruise finished, explore surroundings a bit more by going for a walk through the area.

Customize your fjord experience: if you absolutely love nature and aren’t as much of a town person, I’d recommend spending one less day in Queenstown. Simply start driving towards Fiordland National Park on day 12 and enjoy an additional day in this beautiful world heritage area.

In the early afternoon, drive towards the southeast coast of the island. Upon passing Te Anau, you may want to stock up on food or anything else you need, or grab a coffee or lunch. Then, drive towards The Catlins, a natural area known for its incredible opportunities for wildlife spotting . In the area, you’ll find anything from sea birds and penguins to dolphins and seals.

Penguin spotting

For the evening, find accommodation near the southern border of the Catlins. After checking in, visit Curio Bay . This is the perfect place to spot the endangered yellow-eyed penguin in its natural habitat. I visited a lot of places in The Catlins, but this was the place where penguins were more visible and punctual, haha. Read my experience & tips for spotting yellow-eyed penguins here.

Day 15: The Catlins

Estimated driving time: about 2h, depending on your activities Estimated total distance: about 115 km (71 miles) Time + distance depend on the route of your Catlins activities

At the beginning of the third week of this South Island road trip itinerary, you get to explore some more of the beautiful Catlins!

There are lots of i-sites you can visit for information, but you can also ask your accommodation for a map. If you want to plan ahead of time, check out this online map . It shows the best places to spot different kinds of wildlife, so you can map out exactly where you want to go.

There is one spot I particularly recommend you to visit: Nugget Point. It’s located near the northern border of The Catlins, so it’s the perfect spot to end your Catlins adventure. Stroll from the parking lot to the lighthouse and be in awe by the incredible view. Depending on your time of visit, you can watch an incredible sunset! I’m not sure why, but of all the places I’ve visited in New Zealand, this spot is one of the things that made the greatest impression on me.

In the evening, head back up north to spend the night near Kaka Point.

Day 16: The Catlins – Lake Pukaki

Driving time: 4h 10m – 4h 30m (depending on your route) Total distance: 350-375 km (217-233 miles)

Day 16 of the itinerary is all about making your way up north. You’re driving a significant distance, but luckily there are lots of incredible things to see on the way. Drive from The Catlins, past Cromwell and Omarama, to Twizel until you finally reach Lake Pukaki. I absolutely love Twizel . If you want, stop for coffee or lunch in this lovely little town just south of the lake. However, my favorite part has to be the gorgeous Lindis Pass you’ll encounter on the way – this place is unreal and almost unearthly!

Customize your trip: you can also choose to drive a little more past the southeast coast. Visit Dunedin and see the world’s steepest street. For this, take the following route: Dunedin – Papakaio – Otematata – Omarama – Twizel – Lake Pukaki (4h 30m, 375 km (233 miles).

Tip: stop for groceries somewhere along the way. The shopping opportunities are limited in Twizel and beyond. Upon arrival, you can find accommodation near the town. Or if you prefer in one of the towns along the way, simply drive a little more the next day.

Day 17: Lake Pukaki – Mt. Cook

Driving time: 30m Total distance: 40 km (25 miles)

On day 17, you get to explore the beautiful Lake Pukaki. Along with Lake Tekapo (day 19), it’s my favorite lake on the island. The blue color of the lake is absolutely amazing, unlike anything you’ve ever seen. Seriously, it’s unreal! And the best thing? You can do a lot of fun things in the area!

Some must-do activities along the lake are:

• Go for a hike or walk on one of the great paths in the area
• Grab some food and have a picnic with the most scenic backdrop ever
• Visit a lavender farm (open from December to March)

In the late afternoon, head over to Mt. Cook . Drive all the way along Lake Pukaki on what I think is one of the most scenic roads in the entire world. Be in awe by the amazing views as you slowly get closer to Mt. Cook. Watch an incredible sunset and enjoy the rest of the night in accommodation near the mountain.

Day 18: Mt. Cook

Today you get to explore beautiful Aoraki/Mount Cook National Park. Visiting the mountain is a great way to explore the famous Southern Alps. There are lots of fun things to do in the area. For example, I recommend going for a hike. Yes, again – hiking is just such a fun way to explore the beautiful country! On top of that, New Zealand has lots of well-developed hiking trails, making it accessible for lots of different people.

If you’re looking for a trail that is very accessible, doesn’t require much fitness yet still takes you from one great view to another, the Hooker Valley track may be right for you. It’s absolutely beautiful and brings you quite close to Mt. Cook. Curious? Here, you can read about my experiences and see my pictures . Because it’s quite popular, I’d recommend going early in the morning. If you’re looking for something more challenging or less busy, check out the DOC website for many more trails in the area.

One thing you absolutely cannot miss while you’re in the area, is going out at night for some incredible stargazing. The Lake Pukaki/Mt. Cook area has some of the darkest skies in the world, so it’s perfect for not only seeing starts, but also the Milky Way. It absolutely had me in awe! Other good places for star & Milky Way gazing are Wanaka, Queenstown & Glenorchy and Lake Tekapo.

Day 19: Mt. Cook – Lake Tekapo

Driving time: 1h 15m Total distance: 105 km (65 miles)

In the morning, hop in the car and head from Mt. Cook, past Lake Pukaki, to the next gorgeous lake: Lake Tekapo .

Just as at Lake Pukaki, I’d highly recommend hiking along the lake to take in the beautiful views. If you want, bring some food and drinks: Lake Tekapo is yet another place for a beautiful picnic. If you need to, you can get some groceries in the town.

Another fun thing to do near Lake Tekapo is to head up to the Mt. John observatory . You can drive your car up to the observatory, walk around or have a drink in the cafe. Stop for a minute to take in the amazing views over the area. Oh, and if you’re looking for a really unique experience and want to splurge a bit, look into a summit stargazing experience ! Spend a final night in the New Zealand nature somewhere close to the lake.

Day 20: Lake Tekapo – Christchurch

Driving time: 2h 50m Total distance: 225 km (140 miles)

In the morning, spend a little more time enjoying the incredible views of Lake Tekapo. Then, get back into the car for one last road trip. In about 2,5 hours, head to both the final stop and the beginning point of your South Island trip: Christchurch .

Now, you’re able to explore the city. Christchurch has quite a complicated history, with the 2011 earthquakes destroying a large part of the city and the 2019 terrorist attack shaking up the country. The country has spent a lot of time and energy rebuilding it. Though it was a bit of a ghost town when I visited back in 2015, I really have come to love this city this time around.

If you want to do something fun in the afternoon, you can hop on the Christchurch Gondola for a great view of the city and its surroundings. In the evening, head over to Little High , a local food court. It’s great to mingle with the locals on shared tables, taste every kind of different food you can imagine. Have a few drinks, unwind and look back on your big adventure.

Day 21: Christchurch

The final day of the itinerary has come! Today, you have a little more time to explore Christchurch.

In the morning, I recommend visiting Christchurch’s Botanical Garden . I come here every time I visit the city, it’s wonderful! If you want, pay a visit to the National Earthquake Memorial . It’s quite impactful to see and part of what has come to define the country. In the city center, you can still visit the old cathedral that was largely destroyed by the earthquake. Stroll through the city and take in the vibes as tourists mix with locals.

Finally, head back to your accommodation, start packing up your stuff and get ready for your next adventure or trip back home.

Tips for your South Island road trip itinerary

For the complete overview of all my best tips and recommendations, check out my complete first-timer’s travel guide to New Zealand!

Where to stay

As you see, I haven’t mentioned much about accommodation in this road trip itinerary for the South Island. That’s because there are a lot of different options. I personally love camping (great views and super budget-friendly!), but I know it’s not for everyone. So many travelers have so many different experiences in New Zealand. Because of that, you can do exactly what you like best!

Some popular South Island accommodation options & more information on them:

• Hotels – I always book mine on Booking.com
• Hostels – Hostelworld is all you need for this great budget option
• Camping – everything you want to know about NZ camping

For campsites, you usually don’t need to book ahead. Some free ones or those with limited spaces may be full, though there are usually lots of other options nearby. I would recommend booking hostels & hotels in advance, especially during peak season.

Where to eat

Where and what to eat is another matter of personal preferences & budget! As always, New Zealand offers many options, so you can totally customize your trip the way you want to. If you’re on a tight budget, try cooking as much of your food yourself and work with seasonal products to save lots of money ( check out 20+ more budget tips here! ). If your budget allows it, enjoy visiting local cafes and restaurants and try the local specialties.

Where to shop

As you may have noticed, in some areas in this South Island road trip itinerary, you need to plan ahead a little bit in terms of shopping – especially when you’re going to Milford Sound! Luckily, pretty much all towns in New Zealand will have at least one shop. More often, you’ll even find several big supermarkets. Well-known large supermarkets are PAK’nSAVE (my go-to), Countdown and New World. In smaller towns, you’ll often find local shops and Four Squares.

For camping gear and other non-food products, check out Kmart and the warehouse. They offer good quality stuff for really good prices and have anything you could possibly need.

Prop tip: always check the weather

It really is worth checking the weather in various places before starting on your road trip. Case in point: when my mom was visiting us back in 2019, we did a quick 2-week trip around the island. We had amazing weather every single day. In the end, we met people who traveled exactly the same route as us, but the other way around. They had had rain every day of their trip. That’s awful! With good weather, most sights are just more spectacular and more activities can be done. So, it really is worth checking the weather and adjusting your trip a bit if needed.

Let’s go!

This 3 week South Island road trip itinerary should have you all set to go out and explore the beautiful island. Want to know everything else there is to know about the South Island? Continue reading below, check out all my South Island blog posts or follow me on Instagram for inspiration. I hope you have the best time in the country – let me know which part of the island you love the most!

Some links in this post may be affiliate links, meaning I earn a small percentage of any purchase made. They’re at no extra cost to you, but allow me to keep creating new content for you guys. Of course, you’re free to use any other link!

Liked this post? Save it for later!

Tips for your South Island road trip

First time in New Zealand: the complete travel guide for planning your trip

New Zealand on a budget: 25 easy ways to save money on your trip

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Hey, I'm Anne Elise

Broke backpacker turned accidental six figure online entrepreneur. while traveling..

I’m living proof that your wildest dreams can come true, and here to help you do the same. If you want to know what it’s really like to live a digital nomad life and how you can travel while making (more than enough) money , you’re in the right place. I’m spilling the juice and giving you all the deets. ‘Cause YOU can have this lifestyle, too (really, trust me on this one). 

Crash course get to know me: I love photography (but honestly, am only sometimes in the mood to be in them) and writing words – this blog is the result of both. You can find me in the ocean, trying out any and every coffee place I come across or hiking in the mountains. Or on  Instagram , if that’s your thing. ;)

Join the adventure

Subscribe to the newsletter for the latest blogs, best travel tips and more, don't worry, we'll never send you spam, only the good stuff, anneelise.s.

Hi there, welcome! I'm Anne Elise, a Dutch long-term traveler, photographer and online storyteller. I'm all about living your own adventure - designing a life that's fully yours, with lots of travel in it. I think everyone should be able to love their life and explore the beauty of the world. So, have a look around, get inspired and let's go on awesome adventures together!

Destinations, travel guides, photography, join the club, © wanderful stories. all rights reserved. legal..

• Search Please fill out this field.
• Manage Your Subscription
• Give a Gift Subscription
• Newsletters
• Sweepstakes
• New Zealand Travel Guide Overview: New Zealand Travel Guide
• This Country Is Made Up of 2 Stunning Islands Full of Pristine Beaches and Otherworldly Landscapes
• This New Zealand Town Is an All-season Destination With Epic Skiing, Hiking, and Wineries
• 10 Mistakes to Avoid on Your Trip to New Zealand, According to a Local
• Destinations
• Australia & South Pacific
• New Zealand
• New Zealand Travel Guide This Country Is Made Up of 2 Stunning Islands Full of Pristine Beaches and Otherworldly Landscapes This New Zealand Town Is an All-season Destination With Epic Skiing, Hiking, and Wineries 10 Mistakes to Avoid on Your Trip to New Zealand, According to a Local CLOSE Part of New Zealand Travel Guide

How to Plan the Perfect Trip to New Zealand

See the best places to stay, dine, and experience the beauty of New Zealand, according to a local.

Amy Louise Bailey is a freelance content creator and media specialist. Her work has been published in Vogue , Harper’s Bazaar , Elle , Condé Nast Traveler, Bloomberg Pursuits , and Robb Report .

Bay of Islands

Christchurch, best times to visit new zealand, how to get there, transportation.

Tessa Desjardins/Travel + Leisure

When people learn I’m from New Zealand , I often hear that it’s at the top of their bucket list — or, if they’ve been, that it’s their favorite country in the world.  I may be biased, but I am not surprised. The stunning natural beauty, thriving culinary scene, and unique outdoor activities would charm even the most seasoned traveler.

Everywhere you look, there’s a picture-perfect backdrop filled with greenery and crystal-clear waters. And although it has a lot of untouched land, it boasts the same highlights you would find in any major global city, with art galleries, shopping districts, nightlife, and luxury hotels. Plus, it’s politically stable and very safe, which are increasingly appealing traits.

Geographically, the country is divided into two islands with distinct characteristics: the North Island is full of beaches and is home to the main cities, and the South Island is an alpine wonderland defined by majestic mountain landscapes, rugged coasts, and world-class ski slopes. There has been a lot of development over the past few years, and travelers have more places to eat, stay, and play than ever before.  Below, see Travel + Leisure ’s essential guide to making the most of this magical South Pacific destination, according to a local.

Angelina Pilarinos/Travel + Leisure

North Island

The North Island is lined with beautiful beaches and islands surrounding the narrow coasts. It’s also where the capital, Wellington, is located, along with the country’s largest and most cosmopolitan city, Auckland , which is an essential destination on any New Zealand itinerary (and the gateway for most international flights). As Annie Dundas, the Director Destination at Tātaki Auckland Unlimited, notes, Auckland is “an urban oasis — the perfect fusion of a busy, modern city that looks out to mesmerizing landscapes and islands — all within easy reach and laden with wineries and leisurely places for long lunches.” It is worth spending at least four days in Auckland, but the North Island has many unique areas to explore, and below, we’ve charted the key destinations to prioritize.

Things to Do

Waiheke Island

Waiheke Island is a popular day trip for locals and is accessible by boat, ferry, or helicopter from downtown Auckland. It’s filled with boutique wineries, restaurants, and beautiful beaches and is especially popular in the summer months when music festivals and jazz concerts are hosted in sprawling vineyards. There’s also a contemporary art sculpture trail, Sculpture on the Gulf , hosted each summer, enticing many Aucklanders across the harbor for a cultured day out. Pop over for the day, tour the wineries, get a scoop of ice cream at Island Gelato Company , and wander around the artisan boutiques. If you’d like to spend the night, there are high-end rentals available on Waiheke Unlimited and Vrbo , or for a hotel, go for Delamore Lodge .

Visit the Auckland Museum and the Auckland Art Gallery

For a close-up view of New Zealand’s culture and history, visit the stately Auckland Museum , where you’ll find a collection of national artifacts along with a rotation of exhibitions. It’s set at the top of the city’s main park and is within walking distance of Auckland CBD, where the Auckland Art Gallery is located. Here, you’ll find some of the country’s most valuable artworks, along with various international collections. Both are worthwhile attractions that can be ticked off in half a day.

Explore Commercial Bay and Britomart

Downtown Auckland has been transformed over the past decade and has become the city’s most vibrant shopping and dining hub. It’s bustling from day to night and is especially packed on Friday nights for after-work drinks and dinner. You can find some of the city’s best restaurants and cocktail bars within a small vicinity, and it’s a fashion mecca with storefronts from major brands and local fashion designers (be sure to check out Karen Walker , Kate Sylvester , and Zambesi ).

Courtesy of Park Hyatt Auckland

Park Hyatt Auckland

Since opening in 2020, the Park Hyatt has become the crème de la crème of the Auckland hotel scene. It has a prime location, excellent views, amenities, restaurants, and spacious rooms with freestanding bathtubs and terraces overlooking the Viaduct Harbor — ideal for room service with some atmosphere. It’s within walking distance of the best bars, restaurants, and shops, but it feels like a serene enclave where you can manage to get a good night’s sleep, despite being right by the action.

The Hotel Britomart

As the name suggests, this chic hotel is located right in the heart of Britomart, surrounded by some of Auckland’s best shopping and dining. Rooms are sleek and modern yet very small, so they are suitable for solo travelers and couples. If you’re seeking something more spacious, the suites are some of the finest in the city (with price tags to match). And the restaurant, Kingi, is also excellent. 

Sofitel Auckland Viaduct Harbor

Located between the Viaduct and Wynyard Quarter, the Sofitel has long been a go-to for celebrities and diplomats visiting New Zealand. It boasts the high standards that you would expect from the French hotel brand, with a fine-dining restaurant, elegant interiors, and an impressive spa and wellness center. 

Restaurants

For a fun atmosphere and Italian-inspired fare, head to Bivacco in the Viaduct. The menu has sharable classics like pizza, antipasto, pasta, and oysters, and on any given day, you’ll find yourself surrounded by well-heeled locals socializing over bottles of rosé and cocktails. 

Soul is a restaurant that has stood the test of time, and for over 20 years, it has been a go-to venue for some of the city’s most stylish soirees. Like Bivacco, it’s also a lively spot in the heart of the Viaduct, where people go for the food as well as the scene. After dinner, there’s a dance floor that attracts a mature crowd, and on the menus, you’ll find fresh seafood and bistro classics alongside an extensive wine and Champagne list.

While it’s not the newest or the sceniest place, Prego has been a solid option along Ponsonby Road for years and is just as popular with families as it is for birthday celebrations and dinners preceding big nights out at the bars along the strip. Go for the pizza or the chicken saltimbocca — everything on the menu is great as are the cocktails. And, it's always a reliable destination for a good atmosphere and delicious food.

Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa

Known locally as Te Papa , the country’s largest museum is essential on any Wellington itinerary. It contains over 800,000 artworks and objects, and it has a rotation of exhibitions, including dinosaur skeletons and ancient artifacts that you would expect to find at the American Museum of Natural History. It’s an interesting experience for children and adults alike.

Ride the Wellington Cable Car

For panoramic views of the city, jump on the historic Wellington Cable Car , which boards in the heart of the Lambton Quay shopping district and travels up the hillside of Kelburn. Here you will find a scenic lookout, botanic gardens, and the Cable Car Museum . 

Wander Hannahs Laneway 

Also known as Leeds Street, Hannah’s Laneway is a foodie’s paradise, lined with street food vendors, contemporary art, and cool cafes. You can pick up a variety of distinctly "Kiwi" specialties, from black forest toast to pies and creamy hot chocolates. Just be sure to skip breakfast so you have room to sample everything.

QT Wellington

This centrally located hotel could be equated to the likes of The Standard and Edition Hotels, with quirky, ultramodern design and a lively food and beverage scene.  It’s right across from the Te Papa Museum in the center of town and is popular with both business and leisure travelers. There are 65 hotel rooms with either city or harbor views, and it also has 98 apartments. 

Wharekauhau Country Estate

Although it’s a 90-minute drive from Wellington, this luxury lodge is a popular stop on any Wellington itinerary. It’s set on a 5,000-acre estate overlooking the coast and has welcomed royals and many international diplomats visiting the capital. Everything is designed so that you don’t need to leave: food is included and sourced from the farm, it has a spa and fitness center, and a variety of outdoor activities from ATV quad biking to tennis. 

You will need to book a month in advance to secure a table at this intimate prix-fixe restaurant. The menu is seasonal, and it changes every day, so there’s always something new. A typical night might feature lamb manti, panfried snapper, and crisp meringue — delicious renditions of local New Zealand cuisine.

Located on the nightlife-centric Cuba Street, Loretta is a place to enjoy crowd-pleasing classics in a fun environment.  It’s renowned for its sourdough pizzas and vanilla cheesecakes and is a great place to go with friends before a night out or for brunch on a Sunday. 

Ortega Fish Shack

This nautical-themed restaurant serves some of the best seafood around, from Yellowtail Kingfish ceviche to smoked Moki rillettes and green-lipped mussels. It’s a charming and eclectic place that perfectly represents Wellington's hip, creative vibe. 

Sculptureum

Sculptureum is a lovely and cultured place to spend an afternoon, with six art galleries, three sculpture gardens, a vineyard, and a restaurant appropriately named Rothko. Whether you’re staying in the area or doing a day trip up from Auckland, it’s an essential for contemporary art lovers and is especially great to visit in the summer months.

Matakana Village Farmers Market

Every weekend, Matakana Village comes alive with rustic markets featuring a variety of artisan food stands and fresh local produce. You’ll find delicious local cheese, honey, baked goods, chocolate, and award-winning flat whites.  It’s set up right next to the boutiques in the charming village, where you’ll find everything from quaint homeware stores to shoe shops, and there’s also a cinema and a restaurant within the main village complex.

Omaha Beach

The Rodney District has some of the most stunning beaches on the North Island, and one of the most popular among them is Omaha — a white sand beach that attracts swimmers, surfers, and families setting up for the day. It’s only a 10-minute drive from Matakana Village, and it has ample parking, a café, a boutique with swim essentials, and a playground. For bigger waves, surfers head to Tawharanui Beach , which is also located within the Matakana region. 

Takatu Lodge

This gorgeous boutique lodge is located on a serene hilltop overlooking the Hauraki Gulf. It has only four suites with luxurious furnishings, underfloor heating, and views overlooking the gardens and the vineyards. Meals are provided in the dining spaces and tailored to guests’ preferences. Also, picnics are on offer for those wanting to set up at the nearby beaches for the day. 

Courtesy of Brick Bay

Brick Bay is a similar concept to Sculptureum, with a restaurant, wine tastings, and a contemporary sculpture trail positioned around a pond and throughout a native bush. It’s been around for a long time and is very popular with both locals and Aucklanders, so it’s worth booking in advance, even if it’s just to sample their wine varietals over a cheese platter after the lunchtime rush. 

Cruise the Islands

The Bay of Islands has 144 subtropical islands, and there are many ways to explore them, be it by chartering a yacht, going on a scheduled group boat tour, hiring a kayak, or embarking on a snorkeling expedition. You can see an abundance of enchanting sea life, too, including dolphins, penguins, and whales. 

Visit the Waitangi Treaty grounds

The Waitangi Treaty Grounds is New Zealand’s most important historic site. It is where the country’s founding document was signed in 1840. Today, it contains two museums with interactive displays, guided tours to learn about the country’s history, and traditional Maori cultural performances that are staged in the meeting house. 

Kauri Cliffs

Kauri Cliffs was recently added to the Rosewood portfolio, which is a testament to its high standards. It’s one of New Zealand’s most iconic luxury lodges, with a golf course that is ranked 37th on Golf Digest ’s Top 100 Greatest Golf Courses in the World, an excellent restaurant, and a fabulous spa nestled into a tranquil forest full of native birdlife. 

Eagle’s Nest

Positioned on a private 75-acre peninsula overlooking the Bay of Islands, Eagle’s Nest is one of New Zealand’s most luxurious boutique retreats. It is an intimate enclave, with only five villas that are beautifully designed. One thing to note is that there is no restaurant, however breakfast provisions are provided and there are on-call chefs available for private dining. 

Duke of Marlborough

The Duke of Marlborough is New Zealand’s first pub, and since opening in 1827 (before the Treaty of Waitangi was signed nearby), it has undergone various reincarnations. Visit today, and you’ll find a refined version of a classic pub with décor that feels fresh while honoring its history. Menus feature locally sourced, seasonal fare with popular items like paua risotto, clam fritters, pork belly, and of course, a solid burger.  

Taylor McIntyre/Travel + Leisure

South Island

The South Island is renowned for its spectacular natural scenery from the golden beaches of the Abel Tasman to the fiords and mountains in the Southern Alps. The vibe is generally more casual, and it’s where many of the country’s best adventure activities can be experienced. In Wanaka and Queenstown , you’ll find pristine ski slopes, dramatic mountain landscapes, and an array of sprawling wineries. It’s also home to many of New Zealand’s Great Walks and multi-day hikes. There are many beautiful places to explore, and as Sarah Handley, Tourism New Zealand's general manager for the Americas and Europe, notes, “New Zealand's connection to the U.S. has never been stronger, and Americans can now fly non-stop to Christchurch, in the South Island, with United's direct service from SFO.”

Americans can now fly non-stop to Christchurch, on New Zealand's South Island, with United Airlines' direct service from San Francisco (SFO) starting Dec. 8.

Over the Top Helicopter Tour

For a true bucket list experience, take a helicopter ride and tour through the Southern Alps and the Milford Sound.  It’s the most magical way to see everything and experience areas that are usually inaccessible, like the secluded Madagascar Beach and snow-capped, sky-high peaks. The "eurocopters" are state-of-the-art, with maximum visibility from any vantage point.  They can be booked privately or as part of scheduled group tours. 

JensenChua/Getty Images

TSS Earnslaw Cruise

Renowned as "the Lady of the Lake," the Earnslaw is a 110-year-old steamboat that tours Lake Wakatipu from Queenstown down to Glenorchy. It’s one of the best ways to observe the natural grandeur of the Remarkables and Cecil Peak and is a particularly popular activity for families. The cruise itself takes 90 minutes, but there are various experiences that can be added on arrival at Walter Peak High Country Farm, including horse treks, cycling, or barbecues. 

Arrowtown is a historic gold-mining town that looks like a village out of a fairy tale. Everything has been lovingly preserved, and it is lined with quaint artisan boutiques, galleries, cafes, and restaurants. It’s only a 20-minute drive from Queenstown, and on the way, you could stop at Millbrook Resort for a round of golf or a spa session (just outside of the main village). Be sure to stop at The Remarkable Sweet Shop for the crème brulee fudge.  

Eichardt’s Private Hotel

Eichardt’s is an iconic Queenstown establishment and one of the most beloved boutique hotels in the country. It has an exceptional cocktail bar, restaurant, and spa, along with a $20,000-per-night penthouse located above the Louis Vuitton boutique next door. The location could not be better, positioned right on the shores of Lake Wakatipu in the center of the action. Inside the rooms, the interiors are ultra-luxurious and suited to the alpine theme of the town — think crackling fireplaces, marble bathrooms with underfloor heating, and plush beds with fur throws. 

Matakauri Lodge

Matakauri Lodge is another property that was recently added to Rosewood’s portfolio (along with Kauri Cliffs and Cape Kidnappers in Hawkes Bay) and is a key destination on New Zealand’s luxury circuit, hosting the British royal family and many celebrities over the years. The intimate lakeside retreat has only 13 spacious accommodations, and it boasts stunning views of the Remarkables and Lake Wakatipu. Cocktail hour is a social affair, and the food and wine offerings are world-class.

The Carlin is new, but it’s already garnered international acclaim, winning Best New Hotel at the Boutique Hotel Awards in 2022. It’s a place that would have the "Palace" distinction if it were in France, with ultra-luxe amenities that surpass the typical five-star standard. Guests have access to private jets and Michelin-star dining, and it is home to the largest penthouse in the Southern Hemisphere.

Located just a 15-minute drive from the city center, Amisfield is the most popular winery and restaurant in the region and is an essential daytime excursion. Wine tastings are available, and there are excellent Pinot Noirs produced on site. But to make the most of it, do an al fresco lunch in the beautifully manicured courtyard and take in the views of the postcard-worthy mountains.

Botswana Butchery

This lively lakefront bistro is one to book in advance, particularly if you’re visiting on a weekend. It has a charming atmosphere and some of the best representations of hearty New Zealand cuisine sourced from the surrounding farms and waters. It also has an excellent wine list with varietals from vineyards in the area.

You will need to time your visit to Fergburger well, as the lines can often exceed an hour in the evenings, but it has the best burgers in Queenstown (and anywhere, really) and is worth factoring in. There is a long menu of options to suit everyone including vegetarian options, beef, lamb, pork, fish, chicken, and also breakfast burgers. The same operators also opened Fergbaker next door, where you can pick up a classic meat pie — both delicious options, especially on a cold and snowy day.

Blanket Bay

Glenorchy is very remote, and what to do, where to stay, and where to dine all fall under the same category if you want to do it well. The place to go? Blanket Bay, where apocalypse-weary billionaires are known to escape. It is one of the country’s finest luxury lodges and is the best way to experience all the area has to offer, with an excellent restaurant, bar, spa, wellness center, and a variety of outdoor activities, from horse riding to heliskiing and jet boating. Accommodations are split between rooms in the main house and luxuriously decorated standalone villas.

Aoraki Mackenzie International Dark Sky Reserve

Located in the Mt. Cook National Park, the Aoraki Mackenzie International Dark Sky Reserve has some of the clearest and darkest skies for star-spotting. It was the first Dark Sky Reserve to be established in New Zealand and is a magical way to experience the country’s untouched natural beauty by night. 

Explore the City’s Art Galleries

Christchurch has a thriving art scene and many galleries in the central city that are worth checking out. The main ones to prioritize are the Centre of Contemporary Art (CoCa) , Christchurch Art Gallery Te Puna o Waiwhetu , and the Christchurch Art Centre . 

The Mayfair

Since opening in 2022, The Mayfair has been a welcome addition to the city’s luxury hotel scene. It’s a boutique hotel with minimal, contemporary décor, and sophisticated dining options, from high tea to an all-day café and cocktail bar and bistro. The central location makes it popular for both leisure and business travelers. 

The Observatory Hotel

The Observatory is a chic, design-forward boutique hotel that also opened in Christchurch in 2022.  It has rich interiors give the sense of eternal night, with vivid colors and ambient lighting. Rooms are very photogenic, and there are multiple dining options from the Drawing Room to all-day eatery Bunsen, and more casual options within the broader complex, from food trucks to sushi and dumplings.

Inati is a stylish fine-dining establishment helmed by the former head chef of Gordon Ramsay’s The Warrington. If there’s one place to book in advance in Christchurch, this is it. The menu is filled with sharing plates and divided into earth, land, and sea categories. Guests can park up at elegant stools overlooking the open kitchen and observe their food being artfully crafted. 

If you want to experience the great outdoors (which is the primary drawcard), the best time to visit is over the summer, between December and the beginning of April. During this period, temperatures are balmy, and you’re more likely to encounter solid blocks of sunshine. It’s also when the cities come alive, with many music festivals and cultural events, and is the best time to explore the beaches, wineries, and stunning walking tracks. That said, New Zealand is a great place to visit year-round, and it is also a world-renowned ski destination with ski resorts throughout the North and South Island. If you’re looking to ski, the months to consider would be between June and October, when the fields are open. 

Fiona Goodall/Getty Images

The best way to get to New Zealand is to fly into Auckland Airport, which is the country’s primary gateway. Air New Zealand has multiple routes available, including a direct flight from New York City, which takes 17 hours but is surprisingly manageable, given it flies overnight (and the airline is renowned for its excellent cuisine and high standard overall). United Airlines also has a direct flight from San Francisco's SFO, and Qantas also has a route from New York to Auckland. 

Once you arrive at the airport, there are taxis and rideshare services available, including Uber, but given everything is quite spread out, it is definitely worth renting a car. That will allow you to easily explore all of the different areas (some of which don’t have regular public transport options available). Driving is also a great way to visit some of the more remote beaches and destinations off the beaten path. If you’re planning on staying in the city centers, there are buses available, trains (albeit with limited routes), and ferries. 

New Zealand Travel Guide

Related articles.

Prince William’s Taylor Swift Trip Shows He Is ‘Brilliant’ Dad, Friend Says

Plus, King Charles cancels part of his tour Down Under, and why Prince Harry and Queen Camilla’s feud is still blocking a Harry/Charles reunion.

Royalist Correspondent

Senior Editor and Writer

Kensington Palace

Dad dancing.

Prince William’s visit to the Taylor Swift concert with Prince George and Princess Charlotte was “a fantastic illustration of just what a brilliant dad William is,” according to one friend of William and Kate speaking to The Daily Beast.

The friend said: “It’s been an unbelievably difficult year for the entire family. The children have been amazing, and it was a fantastic illustration of just what a brilliant dad William is to see him there .”

The friend added that t he adorable Father’s Day photograph of William and the children jumping off a dune in Norfolk taken by Kate was another sign of William’s devotion to his children. “It’s great to see this side of him publicly,” the friend said.

The visit to the Taylor Swift concert came after the soldiers guarding Buckingham Palace played the tune of “Shake it Off” when changing the guard on Friday.

Why the Harry/Camilla feud is still the issue

The New York Times bestselling royal writer Christopher Andersen has said that he believes there is still significant tension between Prince Harry and his father King Charles over Harry’s attitude to his stepmother Camilla .

Talking to Fox News Digital , Andersen said that Harry still “resents” Camilla and that by saying “some pretty devastating things about her” he had “made it clear that he felt she was the villain in the piece.”

He added, “I think that still bothers the king, and I don’t know that it will be easy for him to [forgive]. I don’t think they’ll ever forgive Harry for that.”

In his book Spare , Harry accused Camilla of ruthlessly scheming to be queen, and selling him out to the media in order to get better press coverage herself in pursuit of that goal.

Prince Harry, Duke of Sussex, at an Invictus Games event

Chris Jackson/Getty Images

In Spare , Harry said Camilla “sacrificed me on her personal PR altar,” and described her as “dangerous.”

In remarks to Anderson Cooper on the show 60 Minutes to promote the book, which is estimated to have made Harry some $27 million , Harry said: “With a family built on hierarchy, and with her on the way to being queen consort, there was going to be people or bodies left in the street.”

The comments by Andersen mesh with The Daily Beast’s understanding of Charles’ anger at his son for publicly attacking his wife.

“Harry has made things very difficult for himself by saying such cruel and hurtful things about Camilla,” one friend of Camilla’s previously told The Daily Beast . “Charles loves his sons, but he also loves his wife. The last few months have made it very clear how important she is; she has been the one propping up the whole edifice.

“Harry has made it very clear, very publicly, that he despises her. He has forced Charles to choose, which was a very silly thing to do because Camilla and he both chose each other a long time ago.

“William had his reservations but he accepted his father’s choice and got on with it. Harry made a different decision, and one of the inevitable consequences of publicly calling your stepmother cruel names is that it becomes difficult for you to see your father.”

Another source, a friend of William and Kate’s, told The Daily Beast recently: “It is hardly surprising that Charles didn’t invite Harry round for tea and a scone. He did, after all, portray his wife as an evil, calculating, bitch in the biggest selling book since the Bible.” [ Spare actually broke records for being the fastest-selling non-fiction book.]

Andersen added: “There is really no foreseeable way in which they’ll ever be welcomed back. Even if Harry was to throw himself at the king’s feet and beg for forgiveness—which Harry is not about to do—the best he could hope for would be crumbs from the royal table, and the sort of grudging acceptance that is currently being afforded to Prince Andrew.”

Charles trip to New Zealand ‘cancelled’

Courtiers at Buckingham Palace have reportedly canceled the New Zealand leg of King Charles’ trip to the southern hemisphere later this year as the monarch continues to battle cancer.

They are, however, remaining hopeful that the king can undertake a modified tour of Australia , and attend the Commonwealth Heads of Government conference in Samoa despite his ongoing fight with the disease.

A source told the Mirror : “Naturally, it will be a bitter disappointment on both sides to not have the opportunity for the king and queen to visit New Zealand, but of course all are aware of the king’s ongoing health and the need for him to pace himself. It’s very much hoped there will be further opportunities in the future.”

King Charles and Queen Camilla before the presentation for the 16:25 Gold Cup at Ascot, June 20, 2024.

Action Images via Reuters/Andrew Boyers

The report should be taken seriously as it is typically a few months before these trips that the enormous circle of people involved in the logistics and security for such visits start to get their orders.

The Mirror also reported that the Australian tour is being reduced to six days—including a two day break—followed by the visit to Samoa, which will last three days.

Camilla has been said to have been concerned that Charles’ work rate is endangering his chances of success in his battle against cancer. “She has been trying to encourage him to slow down,” one friend of the queen previously told The Daily Beast. “Of course, he wants to keep cracking on, but she is afraid that doing too much could set him back.”

Windrush tribute

Prince William and Kate Middleton have paid tribute to the “Windrush generation” of Black Britons, whose collective name is taken from those who arrived from the Caribbean in 1948 on board HMT Empire Windrush.

“Celebrating the remarkable contributions of the Windrush Generation today, and every day. Your legacy is a cornerstone of our diverse and vibrant society. Thank you for your resilience, strength and for enriching the nation’s culture and community,” the couple posted on X.

The couple posted their message to mark Windrush Day, which has been celebrated on June 22 since 2018—the same year it emerged that the government had not properly recorded the details of that generation who had been granted permission to stay in the U.K. The Guardian newspaper revealed how brutally and unfairly many had been treated—with deportations and threats of deportation, some being denied medical care, and others having their passports confiscated—all despite living in Britain for so long.

Ascot revels

Well, simply everyone was at the Royal Ascot horse racing-palooza this week, with Prince William having fun with Zara Tindall . King Charles and Queen Camilla waved to the crowds, Charles continuing to fulfill his mission to be seen out in public as much as possible this summer. Princess Anne was there. Princess Beatrice and Princess Eugenie attended, as did royal power couple Prince Edward and Duchess Sophie . The sight of William with Kate Middleton’s mom, Carole —helping her out when her shoes got stuck in the grass—reminded royal fans how close William had become with Kate’s family over the years.

Prince William, Prince of Wales assists Carole Middleton as she gets the heel of her shoe stuck in the grass on day two of Royal Ascot 2024 at Ascot Racecourse on June 19, 2024 in Ascot, England.

Max Mumby/Indigo/Getty Images

Prince William, Prince of Wales greets Zara Tindall as they attend day two of Royal Ascot 2024 at Ascot Racecourse on June 19, 2024 in Ascot, England.

This week in royal history

On June 24, 1509, the coronation of Henry VIII took place; the coronation of Queen Victoria took place on June 28, 1838.

Unanswered questions

Prince William and Kate Middleton’s return to the public eye continues apace with her birthday picture of him and their kids, jumping at the beach, and his attending of Taylor Swift ’s London gig with Prince George and Princess Charlotte . What next? After the news that his trip Down Under has been modified, how is Charles’ health?

Got a tip? Send it to The Daily Beast  here .

READ THIS LIST

• facebook-official
• youtube-play
• pinterest-circled

New Zealand Luxury Itinerary: 3 Weeks / 21 Days 🍷 [2024]

Nz pocket guide is 10 years old. thank you for trusting us with your trip for over a decade, 21-day luxury itinerary for new zealand.

Get ready for a journey of breathtaking landscapes, unforgettable activities and lavish stays with this New Zealand luxury itinerary for three weeks. Explore both the main islands of New Zealand (and then some) following this 21-day journey incorporating luxurious accommodations and tours at each exciting destination. Additionally, discover tips on how to get around New Zealand in three weeks, as well as how to plan this itinerary the EASY way with First Light Travel – more on the latter at the bottom of this itinerary.

So, start making your road-tripping dreams a reality with this complete New Zealand luxury itinerary for 21 days.

New Zealand Luxury Itinerary for 3 Weeks (21 Days): Overview

• Day 1 – Auckland Airport to Waiheke Island
• Day 2 – Waiheke Island to Auckland
• Day 3 – Auckland to Rotorua (via Waitomo)
• Day 4 – Explore Rotorua
• Day 5 – Rotorua to Taupo
• Day 6 – Taupo to Napier
• Day 7 – Napier to Wellington
• Day 8 – Wellington to Picton
• Day 9 – Picton to Nelson and the Abel Tasman National Park
• Day 10 – Explore the Abel Tasman National Park
• Day 11 – Nelson to Kaikoura
• Day 12 – Kaikoura to Christchurch
• Day 13 – Christchurch to Greymouth
• Day 14 – Greymouth to Franz Josef Glacier
• Day 15 – Explore Franz Josef
• Day 16 – Franz Josef to Queenstown
• Day 17 – Explore Queenstown
• Day 18 – Explore More of Queenstown or Fly to Milford Sound
• Day 19 – Queenstown to Aoraki Mt Cook National Park
• Day 20 – Explore Aoraki Mt Cook National Park
• Day 21 – Aoraki Mt Cook National Park to Christchurch Airport

How to Get Around New Zealand in 3 Weeks

The below luxury itinerary is best done as a self-drive itinerary. We also include a few other transport methods such as a train and ferry journey, while you may also need to book connecting flights. Transport to consider using for this three-week luxury itinerary for New Zealand includes:

Rental Car or Campervan

Renting a car or a motorhome is the easiest way to achieve the below itinerary. Use a rental company that has depots in Auckland and Christchurch , then Greymouth and Christchurch, as you will be swapping rental vehicles between the TranzAlpine train journey. Start your research using The Guide to Renting a Car or The Guide Renting a Campervan in New Zealand .

Helicopter Transfers

These provide a quick way to get between destinations when you first arrive in Auckland. INFLITE / Heletranz offer airport transfers.

This itinerary includes a trip on the ferry between Wellington and Picton. Find out more in The Ferry Between the North Island and South Island . There is also the option to take the ferry between Auckland and Waiheke Island, which you can learn more about in our guide to Public Transport in Auckland .

This itinerary also includes a one-way train journey on the TranzAlpine between Christchurch and Greymouth. Find out more on the Train Network in New Zealand .

Domestic Flights

The below itinerary begins in Auckland and ends in Christchurch. Both cities have international airports and are well-connected with domestic flights. If you’re leaving from Auckland, you will need to consider booking a domestic flight from Christchurch to Auckland .

Escorted Tours

If driving and/or organising your own trip is something you’d rather leave to the professionals, then consider taking an escorted tour of the country. Scenic Luxury Cruises & Tours , Luxury Gold and APT offer 19 to 21-day tours of New Zealand with accommodation, some meals and some activities included. Note that they follow their own set itineraries; not the one listed below. Learn more about national tours in The Best 20+ Days Tours of New Zealand .

Finally, if you’re new to the whole road-tripping thing, make sure it runs smoothly following the 10 Ways to Relax on a Road Trip .

Day 1 – Auckland Airport to Waiheke Island

Travel time: 40 minutes drive then 40 minutes ferry or 15 minutes helicopter flight Welcome to Aotearoa New Zealand! Because these islands are far from pretty much everywhere, this itinerary begins with some time to get over the jet lag . And what better way to do that than with a wine in hand on Waiheke Island ? Either take a helicopter transfer to your Waiheke Island accommodation or a combination of taxi, ferry and accommodation transfer. Ferry tickets are available on Klook and KKday .

Relax with some of the luxury experiences on Waiheke Island, from winery-hopping tours to spa retreats within luxury lodges. Get a good night’s rest, as you’ll be heading back to the mainland tomorrow where your trip really begins!

Luxury Experiences on Waiheke Island

• Do a winery and olive grove tour with Ananda Tours (more info on Viator and Klook )
• Indulge in a spa treatment at one of the island’s luxury lodges, such as Marino Ridge or  Delamore Lodge
• Zipline over vineyards and native forest with Ecozip Adventures (on Viator and  Klook )
• Do a guided Waiheke Island art walk with Terra & Tide .

For more inspiration, take a look at the 9 Glorious Things to Do on Waiheke Island .

Luxury Accommodation on Waiheke Island

• Delamore Lodge
• The Moorings Studio Apartments
• Villas Waiheke
• Woodside Bay Chalets
• Palm Beach Lodge

Day 2 – Waiheke Island to Auckland

Travel time: 40 minutes ferry

After some rejuvenation on Waiheke Island, it’s time to take a scenic ferry trip through the Hauraki Gulf to Auckland Central .

In New Zealand’s largest city, why not dine in the revolving restaurant atop the Sky Tower or browse the Auckland Art Gallery ? Those feeling more adventurous can experience the speed of an America’s Cup Yacht at the Waitemata Harbour with Explore . Find out more about the latter on Viator  or Klook .

Luxury Experiences in Auckland

• See the city from spectacular heights in a helicopter or seaplane tour with Auckland Helicopters , Heletranz or Auckland Seaplanes
• Inspire yourself at the Auckland Art Gallery
• Hit the water for a lunch cruise or on an America’s Cup yacht ( on Viator  and Klook )
• Try your luck at the vibrant SkyCity Casino
• Discover Auckland’s historical and cultural sites on a Maori culture tour with TIME Unlimited Tours .

Find out more about each experience in our 10 Luxury Experiences in Auckland .

Luxury Accommodation in Auckland

• SO/ Auckland
• The Hotel Britomart
• voco Auckland City Centre
• Cordis, Auckland
• The Grand by SkyCity

Find out more about each accommodation in the 25 Best Luxury Hotels in Auckland .

Day 3 – Auckland to Rotorua (via Waitomo)

Travel time: 2 hrs 30 mins (via Waitomo: 4 hours)

Pick up your rental vehicle and leave the big city behind for a road trip around the North Island. While you could drive straight to Rotorua and stop by the picturesque Hamilton Gardens , we recommend taking a wee bit of a detour to Waitomo…

Waitomo is the location of New Zealand’s most famous glowworm caves; a subterranean wonderland with magnificent limestone formations teeming with glowworms. There are many ways to experience the caves, from private caving tours to boat tours. Compare your options in the 8 Best Waitomo Cave Tours and the 10 Luxury Experiences in Waitomo .

Luxury Experiences in Waitomo

• Delve on an exclusive private tour of Waitomo’s caves with Glowing Adventures
• Abseil, float and scramble through the caves with The Legendary Black Water Rafting Co. (on Viator and  Klook )
• Experience an enchanting boat ride under the glowworms at the Waitomo Glowworms Caves
• Relax with a spa treatment at Waitomo Adventures
• Tackle a multi-day cycling experience with Timber Trail Lodge .

For elaboration on each experience and more, see the 10 Luxury Experiences in Waitomo .

Your final stop today is Rotorua, where we will get into activities tomorrow. For now, check-in at one of the town’s premium accommodations.

Luxury Accommodation in Rotorua

• Solitaire Lodge
• On the Point – Lake Rotorua
• Pullman Rotorua
• Regent of Rotorua
• Ngamihi Lodge

For elaboration on our top recommendations, browse the 20 Best Luxury Accommodations in Rotorua .

Day 4 – Explore Rotorua

You have the entire day to explore Rotorua along with its geothermal wonders and immersive Maori culture. Fly onto one of the nearby volcanoes on a unique helicopter tour with Volcanic Air (more info on Viator and Klook ) or gain a greater understanding of the Maori culture of New Zealand on a private tour with Kahukiwi Experiences .

After the day’s adventure, retreat to your accommodation or book a table at Mokoia Restaurant (at the Wai Ora Lakeside Spa Resort ) or The Regent Room (at the Regent of Rotorua ) for indigenous New Zealand cuisine.

Luxury Experiences in Rotorua

• Visit Rotorua’s geothermal and volcanic highlights with Elite Adventures
• Fly and land on the Mt Tarawera volcano with Volcanic Air (on Viator  and Klook )
• Enjoy an authentic Maori tour with Kahukiwi Experiences
• Drive the 4WD challenges at Off Road NZ
• See one of the most stunning and off-the-beaten-track forests with Foris Eco-Tours .

For more details on each experience, as well as other ideas, check out the 10 Luxury Experiences in Rotorua .

Day 5 – Rotorua to Taupo

Travel time: 1 hour

While it’s only a short journey from Rotorua to Taupo, it’s worth breaking it up by experiencing the lunar landscape of Orakei Korako .

After exploring the geothermal park, your final destination is Taupo on the shores of New Zealand’s largest lake. Relax your road trip aches in one of the town’s premium hot pool complexes, Taupo DeBretts  or check out the town’s eclectic dining scene, where we list recommendations in The Luxury Guide to Taupo .

Luxury Experiences in Taupo

• Ride the Great Lake Trails on a personalised tour with Taupo Kayaking Adventures (more info on Viator or Klook )
• Indulge in the mineral hot pools and spa treatments of Taupo’s premium hot pool complexes, like Taupo DeBretts
• See the lake and volcanoes from above on a scenic flight with Taupo’s Floatplane or Chopper Worx Taupo
• Hit the ski slopes of Mt Ruapehu
• Play golf on some of New Zealand’s most prestigious golf courses like Wairakei Golf and Sanctuary or the Kinloch Club .

For more information on each experience and more, be sure to check out the 10 Luxury Experiences in Taupo .

Luxury Accommodation in Taupo

• Flying Trout Boutique Lodge
• Hilton Lake Taupo
• Sacred Waters Taupo
• Lake Taupo Lodge

For elaboration on our top recommendations, see the 15 Best Luxury Accommodations in Taupo .

Day 6 – Taupo to Napier

Travel time: 1 hr 50 mins

It’s time to travel over the hill to Napier and the Hawke’s Bay region, famous for being New Zealand’s oldest wine region, as well as for its stark art deco architecture. Leave yourself enough time in the day to jump on a premium wine tour once you get there, visiting the region’s oldest wineries. Check out the tour with  Vines and Views Tours .

For those who prefer to connect with nature, a fantastic experience is visiting New Zealand’s largest mainland gannet colony and the dramatic cliff formations of Cape Kidnappers . Join Gannet Safaris Overland for either a group or private 4WD tour of this hard-to-reach site.

Luxury Experiences in Napier

• Tour Napier and its winery in a vintage VW Kombi with Avantogo Tours
• Take a private art deco tour with the Art Deco Trust
• Get the real Maori experience with Waimarama Maori Tours
• See New Zealand’s largest mainland gannet colony with Gannet Safaris Overland
• Experience rafting in an epic river with Mohaka Rafting .

Find out more about each experience and its location in the 10 Luxury Experiences in Napier .

Luxury Accommodation in Napier

• Swiss-Belboutique Napier
• McHardy Lodge
• The County Hotel
• The Crown Hotel
• Art Deco Masonic Hotel

For more information on our top recommendations, see the 10 Best Luxury Accommodations in Napier .

Day 7 – Napier to Wellington

Travel time: 4 hrs 20 mins

Your North Island journey continues today with a drive down the Hawke’s Bay region through the Manawatu Gorge complete with stunning walks through lush native forest. Stop by Ashhurst or Palmerston North for a road trip snack. We list recommendations in The Luxury Guide to Palmerston North and The Food Guide to Palmerston North .

Finally, you’ll finish in New Zealand’s coolest little capital, the city of Wellington . There’s something for just about any city-lover here, from the renowned Te Papa Museum and its guided tours (more info on Viator and  Klook )  to its whisky bar and craft brewery scene . On the other hand, those who prefer the wilderness will certainly get a sense of it at the Zealandia Ecosanctuary and its special night tours to see kiwi birds. Check out Viator or Klook to find out more.

Luxury Experiences in Wellington

• Play at one of Wellington ’s prestigious golf courses
• Explore Wellington’s designer boutiques
• Join a wine tour of the Wairarapa wine region with Zozo Travel
• Try fine whisky at the city’s reputable whisky bars
• See Wellington from new heights with Wellington Helicopters (more info on Viator or Klook ).

Find out more about each experience and much more in the 10 Luxury Experiences in Wellington .

Luxury Accommodation in Wellington

• InterContinental Wellington
• Rydges Wellington
• QT Wellington
• Sofitel Wellington
• Mövenpick Hotel Wellington

Find out more about each accommodation in our 15 Best Luxury Accommodations in Wellington .

Day 8 – Wellington to Picton

Travel time: 3 hours ferry

Enjoy a scenic ferry journey across the Cook Strait , from the Wellington Harbour to the stunning Marlborough Sounds. Revel in the sounds landscape while looking out for dolphins on one of the world’s most scenic ferry journeys. Make your trip extra special by booking into one of the adults-only lounges with Interislander , which includes food and drink. Book your tickets on Direct Ferries , Viator or Klook .

Don’t leave your arrival town on the South Island just yet, as there’s more to explore in the Marlborough Sounds . In fact, the sounds are home to some of the most prestigious resorts in New Zealand, giving you a fabulous holiday away from your holiday.

As for things to do, the sparkling waters of the Marlborough Sounds provide an idyllic backdrop to the trails of the renowned Queen Charlotte Track or a seafood cruise with the Marlborough Tour Company (more info on Viator  and Klook ) . But if none of these excites you, how about delving into our list of other premium activities in Picton and the Marlborough region?

Luxury Experiences in Picton

• Hike the Queen Charlotte Track
• Enjoy a private Marlborough region wine tour (more info on Viator and Tripadvisor )
• Take to the skies in a scenic flight over Marlborough with Pelorus Air or Coast to Coast Helicopters
• Indulge in a relaxing spa treatment at the Bay of Many Coves
• Sail the Marlborough Sounds with Sounds by Sail or Steadfast .

For more details on each experience and others, see our 10 Luxury Experiences in Picton .

Luxury Accommodation in Picton

• Kippilaw House
• Escape to Picton
• Bay of Many Coves
• Sennen House Boutique Accommodation
• Punga Cove Resort

For more details on our top recommendations, take a look at the 10 Best Luxury Accommodations in Picton .

Day 9 – Picton to Nelson and the Abel Tasman National Park

Travel time: 1 hr 50 mins to Nelson then 55 minutes to the Abel Tasman National Park

Leave the Marlborough Sounds behind for New Zealand’s sunniest city, Nelson . There are two routes to get there from Picton, either via Blenheim where you can visit wineries (there will be more time to do this later if not today) or the winding scenic route via Queen Charlotte Drive . Both have the same travel time.

You may wish to stay in the city of Nelson , so you’re close to various eateries, wineries and have a wider selection of accommodation. Alternatively, it’s another 55 minutes to the Abel Tasman National Park where most Abel Tasman tours depart.

You have more time to explore tomorrow. For now, enjoy the luxury of your chosen accommodation.

Luxury Accommodation in Nelson

• The Sails Nelson
• Tides Hotel
• Grand Arden Monaco Nelson
• Quail Farm, Colonial Charm
• Quest Nelson

For more details on our top recommendations, browse the 10 Best Luxury Accommodations in Nelson .

Day 10 – Explore the Abel Tasman National Park

You’ll be forgiven for thinking you’ve stumbled upon a tropical island when you feel your toes in the golden sand of the Abel Tasman National Park . Admire its beauty from the air on helicopter and plane charters or get a little closer to the action by sailing on a catamaran yacht. You could even take a timeout from this itinerary with a three-day sailing holiday .

Luxury Experiences in Nelson and Abel Tasman National Park

• Explore Nelson Tasman by helicopter with Helicopters Nelson
• Take a scenic flight with Golden Bay Air
• Do a day tour or liveaboard holiday with Abel Tasman Sailing Adventures
• Hire a private charter with Abel Tasman Charters – Day Tours
• Do a small-group or private tour of Abel Tasman or Golden Bay with Wine, Art & Wilderness .

For the finer details on each experience and others, take a look at the 10 Luxury Experiences in Nelson .

Day 11 – Nelson to Kaikoura

Travel time: 3 hr 25 mins

You have another chance to explore the Marlborough wine region today as you leave Nelson for the South Island’s east coast. Today’s final destination is Kaikoura , which is famous for its abundance of year-round marine wildlife.

A must-do is seeing Kaikoura’s sperm whales and playful dusky dolphins. Get a unique perspective from above on a scenic whale-watching flight. Choose from a fixed-wing flight Wings Over Whales (more info on Viator  and Klook ) or enjoy the manoeuvrability of flying over the whales by helicopter with South Pacific Helicopters . Alternatively, land on top of mountains in the remote alpine wilderness with Kaikoura Helicopters .

There are plenty of reasons to keep your feet firmly on the ground too between the private multi-day hike of the Kaikoura Coast Track to the scenic fairways of the Kaikoura Golf Course .

Luxury Experiences in Kaikoura

• Fly over the whales and dolphins on a scenic plane or helicopter flight
• Land in the majestic Kaikoura Mountains with Kaikoura Helicopters
• Sample fresh crayfish at one of the restaurants
• Walk the private Kaikoura Coast Track
• Play golf on the Kaikoura Golf Course .

For more information on these luxury activities, check out the 10 Luxury Experiences in Kaikoura .

Luxury Accommodation in Kaikoura

• Hapuku Lodge & Tree Houses
• Glenburn Coastal Retreat
• The Hamptons
• The Fairways at Ocean Ridge
• Manakau Lodge

Find out more about each accommodation in our 10 Best Luxury Accommodations in Kaikoura .

Day 12 – Kaikoura to Christchurch

Travel time: 2 hr 25 mins

Head south today to the South Island’s largest city, Christchurch . You could visit the wineries of the Waipara Valley independently or wait until you reach Christchurch for a private or small-group tour with Cheeky Wine Tours . Alternatively, take a one-hour detour to Hanmer Springs for the alpine resort town’s magnificent hot springs complex, as well as the 10 Luxury Experiences in Hanmer Springs .

If you head straight to Christchurch, however, you’ll have more time to hop onto a private luxury tour of the city with Legend Tours and Travels .  Either way, this evening can be spent indulging in a four-course meal onboard the Christchurch Tramway Restaurant .

Remember to return your rental vehicle to the Christchurch depot today, because tomorrow you are taking the train to the West Coast.

Luxury Accommodation in Christchurch

• The Observatory Hotel Christchurch
• Sudima Christchurch City
• The Mayfair
• The Classic Villa

For more details on our top recommendations, take a look at the 10 Best Luxury Accommodations in Christchurch .

Day 13 – Christchurch to Greymouth

Travel time: 4 hours train

This morning, jump onboard the TranzAlpine for one of the world’s most scenic railway journeys. Starting from the Christchurch Railway Station, the journey on “Scenic Plus Class” carriages with panoramic windows takes you through the lush Canterbury Plains to the mountainous wilderness of the Arthur’s Pass National Park . Book tickets on Viator or Klook .

Once you arrive in Greymouth , you’ll be able to pick up a new rental vehicle before heading to your chosen accommodation. This afternoon, you will have time to take a swing at one of the local golf courses, do some boutique shopping, or drive/take a guided tour of the Punakaiki Pancake Rocks .

Luxury Experiences in Greymouth

• See the Punakaiki Pancake Rocks, Hokitika Gorge or other highlights with Explore West Coast
• Cycle the West Coast Wilderness Trail
• Play a round at one of the local golf courses
• Fly and land in the majestic Southern Alps with Anderson Helicopters
• Do some boutique shopping and gallery browsing in town.

For more details on each experience, see the 10 Luxury Experiences in Greymouth .

Luxury Accommodation in Greymouth

• Coleraine Suites & Apartments
• Goldfield Suites
• Copthorne Hotel Greymouth
• Paparoa Beach Hideaway

Find out more about each accommodation in the 5 Best Luxury Accommodations in Greymouth .

Day 14 – Greymouth to Franz Josef Glacier

Travel time: 2 hrs 10 mins

If the weather is clear but is forecast to be wet for the next couple of days, drive straight to Franz Josef . That way, you won’t miss out if your helicopter tour gets cancelled due to bad weather (which happens frequently). Otherwise, take your time on the way down to Franz Josef, perhaps to admire the vibrant blue pools of Hokitika Gorge or to experience the New Zealand rainforest from new heights on the West Coast Treetop Walk & Zipline .

We’ll talk more about what to do in Franz Josef tomorrow. For now, you have some fabulous accommodations to choose from.

Luxury Accommodation in Franz Josef

• Te Waonui Forest Retreat
• Rainforest Retreat
• Westwood Lodge
• Kahere Retreat
• Scenic Hotel Franz Josef Glacier

For more details on our top recommendations, take a look at the 5 Best Luxury Accommodations in Franz Josef .

Day 15 – Explore Franz Josef

Most travellers visit Franz Josef to set foot on the famous glacier itself. One of the most accessible and private options is a scenic helicopter flight complete with a snow landing, such as with HeliServices.NZ (more info on Viator  and Klook ) . Alternatively, join a group tour to explore the ice caves on a heli-hike with Franz Josef Glacier Guides and The Helicopter Line (on  Viator and  KKday ).

If you catch yourself in Franz Josef in bad weather, you can always soak the disappointment away at the Waiho Hot Tubs  or be pampered at the Amaia Luxury Spa of the Scenic Hotel Franz Josef Glacier .

Luxury Experiences in Franz Josef

• Hike on the ice of the Franz Josef Glacier with Franz Josef Glacier Guides and The Helicopter Line (find out more on Viator  and  KKday )
• Catch salmon or brown trout at Lake Mapourika with Franz Josef Wilderness Tours (more info on Viator  and Klook )
• Do one of New Zealand’s most scenic skydives with Skydive Franz Josef & Fox Glacier (on Viator and Klook )
• Indulge in a spa treatment at Amaia Luxury Spa
• Be treated to degustation dining amidst the rainforest at Te Waonui Forest Retreat .

See our 10 Luxury Experiences in Franz Josef for more details on each experience and more.

Day 16 – Franz Josef to Queenstown

Travel time: 4 hrs 45 mins

If you didn’t get the chance to fly over the glacier yesterday, this morning might be your chance. Otherwise, pray that the weather will change once you arrive in Haast where the tiny town has its own array of helicopter and fixed-wing excursions. Learn more in the 10 Luxury Experiences in Haast . Otherwise, cruising down the Waiatoto River into the unspoiled Mt Aspiring National Park is a fantastic rainy day activity thanks to the all-weather jet boat design of Waiatoto River Safaris .

Down the Haast Pass , you have an array of short walks to stunning waterfalls and blue pools to enjoy independently, as listed on the Department of Conservation website .

Stop for dinner with glorious lake views in Wanaka , where we provide plenty of dining recommendations in The Luxury Guide to Wanaka and The Food Guide to Wanaka .

Then, enjoy a scenic drive over the Crown Range and the Cardrona Valley to the “Adrenaline Capital of New Zealand”, Queenstown . You have plenty of time to experience its tours in the upcoming days.

Luxury Accommodation in Queenstown

• Minaret Station Alpine Lodge
• Lime Tree Lodge
• Wanaka Luxury Apartments
• Edgewater Hotel
• Lakeside Apartments

Find out more about each premium accommodation in our 10 Best Luxury Accommodations in Queenstown .

Day 17 – Explore Queenstown

Adrenaline, food, wine, golf, scenery, spas: whatever your vibe is, Queenstown is likely to have it. In summer, tee off at some of New Zealand’s most prestigious golf courses , while winter is when the mountains beckon for heli-skiing such as with Alpine Heliski . Explore one of the most dangerous roads on an exclusive private tour with Off Road 4X4 Queenstown .

And, the list goes on between the 10 Luxury Experiences in Queenstown and the 10 Things to Do in Queenstown .

Luxury Experiences in Queenstown

• Take a private 4WD excursion to Skippers Canyon
• Play golf at Queenstown ’s prestigious courses
• Escape the crowds with heli-skiing with Alpine Heliski or at Queenstown’s private ski field, Soho Basin
• Explore the Great Walks with an expert guide on a guided hike with Nomad Safaris (more info on Klook and  Viator )
• Do a wine and foodie tour with Queenstown Wine Trail (on Viator  and Klook ) .

For more information on each experience, check out the 10 Luxury Experiences in Queenstown .

Day 18 – Explore More of Queenstown or Fly to Milford Sound

You have plenty of time to do the Queenstown experiences you might have missed yesterday. On the other hand, today could be the day that you discover the “Eighth Wonder of the World” for yourself…

By far the most luxurious way to experience Milford Sound , getting there by plane or helicopter takes just 35 minutes. All the while, you’ll soak in the views of magnificent glacier-carved valleys, mountains, alpine lakes and vast forest.

Once you arrive in Milford Sound, you can enjoy one of the two-hour cruises through the fiord, allowing you to experience the Fiordland National Park in two amazing ways. Compare flights and experiences with our 5 Best Scenic Flights to Milford Sound from Queenstown .

Day 19 – Queenstown to Aoraki Mt Cook National Park

Travel time: 3 hrs 10 mins

You have a long yet stunning journey ahead of you today, starting with the dramatic river scenery of the Kawarau Gorge on your way to Cromwell . Do a wine tasting in Cromwell before heading north through what is deemed the most beautiful road in New Zealand , Lindis Pass . You’ll come out the other side in Omarama where a highlight includes soaking in the soothing waters of Hot Tubs Omarama .

The final leg to Aoraki Mt Cook is through the high country village of Twizel where you can stop by for a skydive with Skydive Mt. Cook , as well as the activities listed in the 6 Fun Things to Do in Twizel .

Follow the shores of the vibrant blue Lake Pukaki to Aoraki Mt Cook Village or to one of the luxury lodges around the lake. Devour Kiwi cuisine to the views of New Zealand’s highest mountains before calling it a night at your accommodation.

Luxury Accommodation in Mt Cook

• The Hermitage Hotel Mt Cook
• Mt Cook Lakeside Retreat
• Lakestone Lodge
• Matuka Luxury Lodge

For more details on each stay, take a look at the 5 Best Luxury Accommodations in Mt Cook .

Day 20 – Explore Aoraki Mt Cook National Park

This is your last day in the mountainous regions of the South Island so make the most of it. Take to the skies and land on a glacier in a ski plane with Mt Cook Ski Planes & Helicopters – one of the only places in the world where you can have such an experience. Find out more on Viator or Klook . If you missed out on a glacier heli-hike in Franz Josef, then you get another chance here on New Zealand’s longest glacier with Mt Cook Glacier Guiding .

Luxury Experiences in Mt Cook

• Land on the Tasman Glacier in a ski plane (more details on Viator or Klook )
• Do a heli-hike on New Zealand’s longest glacier with Mt Cook Glacier Guiding
• Treat yourself to a spa day at Lakestone Lodge or Mt Cook Lakeside Retreat
• Do a guided hike in the Aoraki Mt Cook National Park with Ultimate Hikes
• Have a private picnic experience amongst the peak with Inflite Experiences .

For more details on each experience and more, see the 10 Luxury Experiences in Mt Cook .

Day 21 – Aoraki Mt Cook National Park to Christchurch Airport

Travel time: 4 hours

Your last day in New Zealand ends with one last Kiwi road trip, this time between Aoraki Mt Cook and Christchurch. Your first stop will be the lakeshores of Lake Tekapo for more mesmerising landscapes. Pick up souvenirs at the boutiques in Fairlie and, if you have time, check out the many vintage museums of Geraldine . You’ll finally journey through the pastures of the Canterbury Plains towards Christchurch Airport .

Remember to give yourself enough time to return your rental vehicle. There are connecting flights from Christchurch Airport to Auckland Airport, as well as international flights out of Christchurch.

Then it’s herae rā ( goodbye), New Zealand!

Plan This Luxury Itinerary with First Light Travel

If you like this New Zealand luxury itinerary for three weeks but don’t like the hassle of planning everything yourself, then there’s a way to lighten the load. First Light Travel is an online travel agent specialising in luxury itineraries in New Zealand. Plus, using their service is super simple:

• First , send First Light Travel an enquiry by completing their online form
• Then , you’ll receive your customised luxury itinerary
• Review your itinerary and work with your First Light Travel agent on perfecting it
• Finally , First Light Travel will organise the rest including the bookings.

First Light Travel has access to more than 20,000 travel products, including almost all the tours and accommodations featured on this list (and more). With that and their local expertise here in New Zealand, they will create a well-catered luxury itinerary to meet your needs while also suggesting some dream travel experiences that you may have never heard of. They only work with companies where their past clients have had positive experiences, so you know you’re in good hands.

What’s more, all of the bookings are arranged by First Light Travel, so instead of having to contact each individual accommodation and operator should your travel plans change, any amendments can be done through your FLT agent – easy! Did we mention the service is at no extra cost to you?!

For more information on planning your own New Zealand itinerary, see  How to Create the Perfect New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary . Or better yet, jump on firstlighttravel.com and start making your own itinerary there.

More About a New Zealand Luxury Itinerary for 3 Weeks / 21 Days

That’s the end of our New Zealand luxury itinerary for 21 days. If this itinerary didn’t take you fancy, see our alternative 21-day itineraries:

• New Zealand in 3 Weeks : Road Trip Itinerary
• New Zealand Family Itinerary: 3 Weeks
• New Zealand Honeymoon Itinerary: 3 Weeks
• New Zealand Food  Itinerary: 3 Weeks
• New Zealand Budget Itinerary: 3 Weeks
• The Best 20+ Days Tours of New Zealand
• How to Create the Perfect New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary

Finally, if there’s anything we’ve missed, you’re likely to find it in  The Luxury Travel Guide to New Zealand .

The information in this guide has been compiled from our extensive research, travel and experiences across New Zealand and the South Pacific, accumulated over more than a decade of numerous visits to each destination. Additional sources for this guide include the following:

• Waka Kotahi NZ Transport Agency (Road and transport tips - Updated [2024])
• DriveSafe (Road safety - Updated [2024])
• Tourism New Zealand (General travel advice - Updated [2024])
• Department of Conservation (Tracks, hikes, campsites and more - Updated [2024])
• AdventureSmart (Know before you go - Update [2024])
• Tiaki Promise (Care for people place and culture - Updated [2024])
• Council websites and freedom camping maps (Local travel advice region by region - Updated [2024])
• Tourism Export Council New Zealand (Tourism trade association - Updated [2024])
• TIA (Independent tourism association - Updated [2024])
• NZ Māori Tourism (Official Māori Tourism platform - Updated [2024])
• Immigration New Zealand (Visa and immigration advice - Updated [2024])

Our editorial standards : At NZ Pocket Guide, we uphold strict editorial standards to ensure accurate and quality content.

About The Author

This article has been reviewed and published by Laura, the editor-in-chief and co-founder of NZ Pocket Guide. Laura is a first-class honours journalism graduate and a travel journalist with expertise in New Zealand and South Pacific tourism for over 10 years. She also runs travel guides for five of the top destinations in the South Pacific and is the co-host of over 250 episodes of the NZ Travel Show on YouTube.

Was this article useful?

Related posts, new zealand food itinerary: 3 weeks / 21 days 🥝 [2024], new zealand honeymoon & romance itinerary: 3 weeks / 21 days, new zealand budget & backpacking itinerary: 3 weeks / 21 days, new zealand in 3 weeks (21 days): road trip itinerary [2024], new zealand family itinerary: 3 weeks / 21 days 👪 [2024], recommended for you, how to get wifi in your campervan in new zealand, new zealand working holiday visa: everything you need to know, the top new zealand events & festivals 🙌 [2024], destinations, travel tips, connect with us, accommodation.

Welcome/Kia Ora By using this website you agree to our Privacy Policy and terms of use within it which includes sponsored posts and affiliate links.

Connect with us

Welcome/Kia Ora! By using this website you agree to our Privacy Policy and the terms of use within it.

© 2024 NZ Pocket Guide. Contact – Disclaimer – About Us – Our Standards

Rickwood Field road trip -- Part III

• Facebook Share

Birmingham’s Rickwood Field – the oldest professional baseball stadium in America, standing since 1910, and the former home of the Negro American League’s Birmingham Black Barons – hosted Minor League Baseball and Major League Baseball games this week, and on the way to the hallowed ground, MLB Pipeline took a

Birmingham’s Rickwood Field – the oldest professional baseball stadium in America, standing since 1910, and the former home of the Negro American League’s Birmingham Black Barons – hosted Minor League Baseball and Major League Baseball games this week, and on the way to the hallowed ground, MLB Pipeline took a road trip through Florida and Alabama in search of more stories that tell the history of Black baseball in the South. Part I of that trip, covering stops in Daytona Beach and Jacksonville, is available to read here . Part II, covering Mobile and Montgomery, is here .

BIRMINGHAM, NEGRO SOUTHERN LEAGUE MUSEUM

Opened in August 2015, the Negro Southern League Museum sits one block north of Double-A Birmingham’s home ballpark Regions Field, making baseball squarely a focus of the city’s Southside neighborhood.

The museum works as a joint effort by the Center for Negro League Baseball Research (headed by Dr. Layton Revel), which provides most of the artifacts on display, and the City of Birmingham. While the city isn’t in the official name itself, it might as well be with the way the entire experience tells the story of Birmingham baseball from the Industrial League of the 19th century through the Negro Southern League’s Birmingham Black Barons to modern times with local Black athletes like Bo Jackson and Ron “Papa Jack” Jackson.

“If I had to choose one location in the United States, it would be Birmingham, Alabama for the following reasons,” Revel said. “Number one, the Birmingham Black Barons played more Negro League baseball games than any other team that played in the Negro Leagues. Secondly, we have Rickwood Field here, of course. From 1910 to 1963, it was the home field to the Birmingham Black Barons, and it's still here. Third reason is we had the Birmingham Industrial League here. The Birmingham Industrial League was started in the early 1890s, and it sent more players to the Negro Leagues than any other organizations in the country.”

Visitors can stand inches away from the signatures of legends like Hank Aaron, Buck O’Neil and Jackie Robinson. They can gawk at a game-used uniform from Satchel Paige, and feet away from that, they can use a light-based pitching simulator that shows just how fast the right-hander threw his hurry-up ball, hesitation pitch, wobbly ball and midnight rider. An exhibit on women in the Negro Leagues houses a game-used hat, game-used glove and Indianapolis Clowns jersey from Toni Stone. Another highlights the 1948 Birmingham Black Barons – arguably the best in team history that made that year’s Negro League World Series.

There is one corner that will catch a lot of attention this week – the one devoted to Rickwood Field itself. There’s even a broadside advertising the stadium’s first matchup from Aug. 18, 1910 between the Birmingham Barons and Montgomery Climbers.

“It's just a great time to start looking back and try to reclaim some of this history and forge a new path,” said director Anthony C. Williams. “Because we can't really explain why there was a Negro League and a regular league. How do we tell that story to our kids? But it's the truth. So I think now is the time to look back and try to make sense of and to recognize these players who may have gotten left out and to really tell their stories.”

In truth, interest in the Negro Leagues is hitting a 21st-century high.

The “MLB: The Show” video game series has brought new, interactive attention to that period in the game’s history, allowing fans young and old to play as the legends they may have read about or seen in old pictures. Stone, for instance, took on a new level of fame when she was included alongside Josh Gibson, Buck Leonard and Aaron (whom she replaced on the Indianapolis Clowns in 1953) in “Storylines 2.” Kansas City’s Negro Leagues Baseball Museum has expanded to have a national presence, and its president Bob Kendrick served as players’ guide through history in this year’s edition of the game.

Between the Rickwood games and the growing popularity elsewhere, the National Southern League Museum is ready to take its place in the conversation at every level.

“As long as I’m here, my pursuit will be to get this information to as many as possible,” Williams said. “To invite youth organizations, schools, tours, whatever it may be – youth baseball organizations especially – to be able to know these stories. I think once people learn just how important baseball was to this region and how rich the history is, I think the youth will have a different idea of their area. … I think they’ll walk with their heads a little bit higher.”

Those raised heads might pick up one more detail, a quote from Ted Williams about one other local legend and former Black Baron.

“They invented the All-Star Game for Willie Mays."

BIRMINGHAM, RICKWOOD FIELD

Rickwood Field is a cathedral, a museum and a big, beautiful baseball diamond rolled into one.

Tuesday’s MiLB at Rickwood game between Birmingham and Montgomery – the first Minor League contest held at the historic park since 2019 – served as a table-setter for the big week to come. But make no bones about it, it was not simply a dress rehearsal for the MLB game between the Cardinals and Giants two days later.

Rather, it was Rickwood’s first opportunity to show off the improvements that made this whole week possible. A new playing surface that brought it up to MLB standards. A shorter backstop. Improved dugouts over the previous editions that, as Friends of Rickwood chairman and executive director Gerald Watkins, could “fit 12 people on a good day.” New outfield dimensions, most notably bringing in center field from 478 feet to 400. New foul poles. Different lighting.

For this week’s events alone, Major League Baseball installed a Fan Plaza, adorned with signs and graphics celebrating Negro League stars like Cool Papa Bell and Rube Foster.

But one thing that never needed replacing was the aura.

A popular picture spot for fans was in front of the green facade at the original main entrance into the park, throngs wanting to prove they stood on the same grounds as so many of the game’s greats. By one count, 181 Hall of Famers have appeared in games at Rickwood Field, whether it be as Minor Leaguers, Negro Leaguers, barnstormers, Major Leaguers making their way north from Spring Training, etc.

This was where, legend has it, Babe Ruth homered onto a train headed for Atlanta. It’s where Reggie Jackson may have gone even deeper (if we don’t account for locomotive travel). It’s where Fairfield, Alabama’s own Willie Mays suited up for the Birmingham Black Barons. In a statement earlier this week, the 24-time All-Star said, “The first big thing I ever put my mind to was to play at Rickwood Field.”

On Thursday – just before the MLB game – Jackson, speaking on FOX’s pregame show , reminded the audience that baseball in Birmingham doesn’t have as rosy a history as its Rickwood all-time roster would indicate. The first integrated team in Alabama history didn’t play in Rickwood until 1964. Three years later while playing for Birmingham A’s, Jackson was still being told he couldn’t eat in certain restaurants or stay at certain hotels because of the color of his skin.

By 1988, the Southern League club moved to the suburb in Hoover, and while Rickwood was falling into disrepair, production on the 1994 movie “Cobb”, which wanted to use the site for filming, injected new life into the ballpark. High-school and college games became regular affairs, and Minor League Baseball returned for one-off contests called the Rickwood Classic from 1996-2019.

But with the latest effort, locals have been hopeful that Rickwood’s latest revitalization can uplift the entire region.

“For the city of Birmingham, this is like a TV commercial or documentary about the city,” Watkins said. “Citizens past and present, we couldn’t afford to by the attention we’re getting. Not only are people going to be coming to Birmingham, they’re going to coming to grips with Rickwood Field and other sites as well. It’s going to say a lot and do a lot to show how this city changed from the image it had in the ‘60s.”

As for the game itself, it served as the opener in MLB’s Tribute to the Negro Leagues with Montgomery and Birmingham wearing Gray Sox and Black Barons uniforms, respectively. Birmingham natives and Negro League alumni Clinton Forge, Alphonse Holt, Joseph Marbury and Ferdinand Rutledge met with players from both sides and threw out ceremonial first pitches.

The Rays and White Sox prospects weren’t just reading about the history of the game’s oldest professional ballpark; they were direct participants.

“I had to take a couple laps around the field just to see the atmosphere,” said Montgomery center fielder Chandler Simpson, “feel the energy, just to be in the presence of all those greats that came before me.”

The moment was especially not lost on Tampa Bay’s No. 10 prospect, the son of two Atlanta-area educators who had told him about the Negro Leagues beginning when he was around eight years old. His father, Dr. Ralph Simpson, traveled the two hours from Atlanta to Birmingham to witness his son leading off for Montgomery, thus becoming the first official batter in Rickwood’s new-look state.

“We’re all just here to support it,” said the elder Simpson. “He’s embracing what all of this means but knows and understands that he has to go out and produce. A lot of kids, not just African-Americans, are going to follow him because some of those same kids have aspirations and may have a similar-type game. They want to look at him and know that their game will translate.”

Simpson’s game, referenced by his father, is one of a slap-and-dash -- get on base with dinks and dunks into the outfield and keep the pressure on the defense with blazing speed. True to form, the outfielder, who spent two years in Birmingham at UAB before transferring to Georgia Tech, singled to right on the game’s second pitch and stole second and third within the next at-bat. He’d finish the night 3-for-4 with three stolen bases before being lifted for a minor calf injury, pushing his average to .375 and his SB total to 51 – both tops in the full-season Minors.

With Mays being talked about all week as the game’s quintessential five-tool player, Simpson showing off his elite hitting and running skills was no mistake.

“I was sleeping on that last night, and I was dreaming about that and visualizing that today,” he said. “When I got that first hit, I knew I was going to take off no matter what, and I was going to take third.”

Many remained locked into the old-school feel of the Rickwood opener for much of the evening, but murmurs began to spread around the later innings. Mays – the all-time great who roamed this very outfield as a teenager nearly seven decades earlier – had died at 93. An announcement on the newly built electronic scoreboard in right-center confirmed it to those who hadn’t heard.

But instead of giving a Giant of the pastime a moment of silence, the crowd organically turned to what he had more typically heard during his Rickwood days instead – back when folks arrived at the ballpark straight from church in their Sunday best to catch an afternoon game, when Mays and his fellow ’48 Black Barons earned bigger crowds than their white counterparts. They clapped. They cheered. They tipped their hats toward the field.

Willie’s field.

“He was definitely here in spirit throughout the whole game,” Simpson said.

“It definitely hits you a little bit,” Birmingham manager Sergio Santos said. “I think it gives you feedback on what an honor it is not only to wear the jersey but to participate in a game like today. Obviously, baseball is big, but life and death is something bigger. Willie Mays, what a legacy we’re all trying to fulfill and play the game the way he played.”

And so the teams played on, Montgomery holding off a late Birmingham charge to win 6-5. A “Barnstorm Birmingham” celebrity softball game on Wednesday and the Cardinals’ own 6-5 victory over the Giants on Thursday kept the Rickwood festivities going, but our trip ended with the Tuesday opener.

A three-day journey through Florida and Alabama – with stops relating to Jackie Robinson, Hank Aaron, Willie Mays, the Major Leagues, the Minor Leagues, the Negro Leagues, the history of the game, the present of the game, the future of the game – came to an end. It was always culminating in the longtime home of baseball in Birmingham, but Magic City made sure that diamond sparkled for all to see.

“This whole week,” Watkins said, “has made Rickwood Field the center of the baseball universe.”

Sam Dykstra is a reporter for MiLB.com. Follow and interact with him on Twitter, @SamDykstraMiLB .

• Birmingham Barons
• Rickwood Field
• Black History

• Election 2024
• Entertainment
• Newsletters
• Photography
• Personal Finance
• AP Investigations
• AP Buyline Personal Finance
• AP Buyline Shopping
• Press Releases
• Israel-Hamas War
• Russia-Ukraine War
• Global elections
• Asia Pacific
• Latin America
• Middle East
• Election Results
• Delegate Tracker
• AP & Elections
• Auto Racing
• 2024 Paris Olympic Games
• Movie reviews
• Book reviews
• Personal finance
• Financial Markets
• Business Highlights
• Financial wellness
• Artificial Intelligence
• Social Media

An ex-gun lobbyist is revising New Zealand’s gun laws, tightened after the 2019 mosque attack

New Zealand’s Associate Justice Minister Nicole McKee addresses a press conference at Parliament in Wellington, New Zealand, on April 22, 2024. McKee says the government will review stricter gun controls introduced after a mass shooting five years ago as part of a wide-ranging overhaul of firearms laws. (Mark Mitchell/New Zealand Herald via AP)

FILE- Al Noor mosque shooting survivor Temel Ataçocuğu points to the scar of a bullet wound in his arm during an interview at his home in Christchurch, New Zealand, on Feb. 25, 2020. New Zealand’s government will overhaul the tighter gun laws introduced after a deadly mass shooting by a white supremacist five years ago, because they put excessive burdens on gun owners who feel vilified by law enforcement and the public, the lawmaker leading the changes said. (AP Photo/Mark Baker, File)

FILE - Armed police officers guard the entrance as family and survivors from the March 2019 Christchurch mosque shootings line up to enter the Christchurch High Court for day two of the sentencing hearing of Australian Brenton Harrison Tarrant, in Christchurch, New Zealand, on Aug. 25, 2020. New Zealand’s government will overhaul the tighter gun laws introduced after a deadly mass shooting by a white supremacist five years ago, because they put excessive burdens on gun owners who feel vilified by law enforcement and the public, the lawmaker leading the changes said. (AP Photo/Mark Baker, File)

FILE - Police acting superintendent Mike McIlraith shows New Zealand lawmakers in Wellington on April 2, 2019, an AR-15 style rifle similar to one of the weapons a gunman used to slaughter 50 people at two mosques. New Zealand’s government will overhaul the tighter gun laws introduced after a deadly mass shooting by a white supremacist five years ago, because they put excessive burdens on gun owners who feel vilified by law enforcement and the public, the lawmaker leading the changes said.(AP Photo/Nick Perry, File)

FILE - A police officer stands guard with a rose at the service for a victim of the March 15 mosque shootings at the Memorial Park Cemetery in Christchurch, New Zealand, on March 21, 2019. New Zealand’s government will overhaul the tighter gun laws introduced after a deadly mass shooting by a white supremacist five years ago, because they put excessive burdens on gun owners who feel vilified by law enforcement and the public, the lawmaker leading the changes said. (AP Photo/Vincent Yu, File);;;

FILE - An armed policeman patrols the grounds at the Al Noor mosque following the previous week’s mass shooting in Christchurch, New Zealand, on March 23, 2019. New Zealand’s government will overhaul the tighter gun laws introduced after a deadly mass shooting by a white supremacist five years ago, because they put excessive burdens on gun owners who feel vilified by law enforcement and the public, the lawmaker leading the changes said. (AP Photo/Mark Baker, File)

• Copy Link copied

WELLINGTON, New Zealand (AP) — New Zealand’s government will overhaul the tighter gun laws introduced after a deadly mass shooting by a white supremacist five years ago, because they put excessive burdens on gun owners who feel vilified by law enforcement and the public, the lawmaker leading the changes said.

“What’s happened is a massive change with massive penalties and targets on people who didn’t do anything wrong,” Associate Justice Minister Nicole McKee — a lobbyist for gun owners before she entered Parliament in 2020 — told The Associated Press in an interview this week. Every part of the law will be scrutinized, including the restrictions that bar all but a few hundred New Zealanders from firing banned semiautomatic weapons, she said.

McKee’s pledge of a wide-ranging review — following an earlier announcement that she would ease rules for gun clubs — was applauded by groups representing the country’s 250,000 license holders and decried by survivors of the 2019 attack at two Christchurch mosques where an Australian man opened fire on Muslim worshippers, killing 51 people.

“It makes me scared for our futures,” Temel Ataçocuğu — who was shot nine times in the attack and fears an erosion of the assault weapon ban — told the AP. “What have the past five years been for? How are they going to prevent this from happening again?”

New Zealand drew global admiration when its then-Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern said six days after the massacre that her government would outlaw all semiautomatic weapons. The change was approved by 119 lawmakers with only one opposed , and sweeping reforms followed : bolstered licensing requirements, more rules for gun clubs, and the creation of a firearms registry.

The changes introduced “onerous regulatory compliance,” said McKee, whose political party, Act, campaigned for New Zealand’s 2023 election on a platform for reversing many of them. Now in government as part of a center-right coalition, McKee pledged to update the law before the next election in 2026.

Her bloc has enough lawmakers to easily pass any reforms in the face of any resistance from the parliamentary opposition.

“The changes we made off the back of March 15 took military-style semi-automatic weapons off the street and made our communities safer,” said Ginny Andersen, a lawmaker for Labour — the largest opposition party, previously led by Ardern. “Making those guns more accessible will take New Zealand backwards.”

McKee’s consultation was a “box ticking exercise, with a select group and a very short time for responses,” Andersen said in her emailed statement.

Prime Minister Christopher Luxon, whose party is in government with McKee’s, did not answer AP’s requests for comment.

McKee said she would consult with the public before deciding specific measures and that her personal views would not direct the overhaul. Critics rejected that.

“She was elected as a gun lobbyist, that was her role,” said Chris Cahill, president of the Police Association, a group representing most New Zealand officers. “She’s got a loyalty to the gun lobby groups.”

The review was “without a doubt, a backdoor into giving people access to semiautomatic assault rifles again,” Cahill said.

At the time of the ban, McKee denounced it as “knee-jerk.” As a minister she is more guarded, but told the AP that New Zealand had not been entirely rid of such weapons; several hundred people have permits to use them for pest control in rural areas, while others can own but not fire them.

“If we extend the access, what are the possible controls around the use of the extension? And would society be happy with what those controls mean?” McKee said she would ask during the review.

“It’s about how do we find the balance with protecting people but not going over the top with a regulatory regime,” she said. Any concerns raised by opponents should be “realistic,” McKee added. “It cannot be anecdotal.”

New Zealand’s gun laws were safer before the 2019 reforms, the minister said, citing the dozens of pages of information now required for a gun license as an example of changes that could deter gun owners’ compliance.

“That’s absolute rubbish,” said Cahill. Gun laws were “loose” before the attack , he added, and the scrutiny reported by owners in the years since reflected the proper administration of the law after an injection of government funds.

McKee will begin by examining the gun registry created after the attacks; some gun owners want it shrunk to only the highest-powered weapons, rather than all guns. She will also explore removing from police oversight the new agency that administers gun licenses and registrations.

Gun crime has increased in New Zealand since 2019, according to analysis of official crime figures by New Zealand news outlets. Supporters of the tighter restrictions say they will take time to have an impact , and that a burgeoning problem with violent gang crime is fueling the rise. McKee, and groups representing gun owners, say scrutiny since the attack has fallen on law-abiding license holders at the expense of criminals, who are not captured by the stricter rules.

The Council of Licensed Firearms Owners said members had lost or couldn’t obtain licenses because of malicious reports from past partners — who must be interviewed as part of a person’s application — or because they had divulged depression to their doctors. Areas of flexibility should be introduced to applications, spokesperson Hugh Devereux-Mack said.

“Every single New Zealander who is not convicted of a serious criminal offense and has no sort of problematic behaviors or serious mental health conditions is eligible to own a firearm,” Devereux-Mack said.

The gunman serving a life sentence for the Christchurch attack , Brenton Tarrant, moved to New Zealand from Australia, acquired a gun license and amassed a cache of assault weapons, all legally, without drawing the attention of law enforcement until he committed the massacre.

The police were censured by an inquiry that found Tarrant was incorrectly allowed to nominate a character reference who barely knew him because he did not have relatives in New Zealand who could be interviewed.

McKee said the rules that followed have made the system rigid and unwieldy. She would prefer a licensing regime “that looked at the individual,” she said — without prompting the same disregard of rules that had allowed Tarrant to receive a license.

Devereux-Mack said his group might support an additional practical testing component to gun licensing, and a tiered system with more freedoms for longtime license holders.

“New Zealand won’t be safer if it becomes easier to get a gun,” Ataçocuğu said. “I have to have an eye test every time I renew my drivers’ license. Gun owners should have similar background and mental health checks every few years to make sure they’re still safe to have guns.”

Prime Minister Christopher Luxon’s Defence Force plane trouble puts NZ’s reputation at risk, expert says

Raphael Franks

Share this article

Prime Minister Christopher Luxon’s international travel plans had to be altered after a minor breakdown on an NZDF Boeing 757 aircraft in Papua New Guinea.

Other countries will make fun of New Zealand because of the poor state of the Defence Force plane used to ferry the Prime Minister, an international law expert says.

Christopher Luxon had to book a commercial flight to Japan after the Royal New Zealand Air Force (RNZAF) plane, a Boeing 757, broke down on Sunday. An Air New Zealand flight between Auckland and Japan diverted to pick up Luxon in Brisbane.

The Air Force plane blew a fuse, a New Zealand Defence Force (NZDF) spokesman said. When the fuse was replaced, it blew again. It is the latest incident in a string of breakdowns.

University of Waikato international law professor Al Gillespie told the Herald the plane trouble risked denting the respect New Zealand received on the diplomatic stage, calling it “embarrassing”.

He echoed the opinion of Minister of Defence Judith Collins, who also called the situation embarrassing and said the constant breakdowns may see the Prime Minister travel commercially from now on.

Gillespie said: “It’s a reputational thing. Diplomacy is about the presentation of gravitas, whereby you show that you deserve respect and you arrive with seriousness and purpose.

“A degree of authority is everything in diplomacy, from the clothes you wear to the way you hold yourselves and your etiquette. It’s all centuries old – making sure other countries respect you and that they can see you’re someone to do business with.

“So [the plane trouble] is something which just doesn’t look that great. People will make fun of something like this. It doesn’t help to convince other countries that you’re serious, respectable and reliable.”

Around 30 of the country’s top businesspeople, Trade Minister Todd McClay, government officials, a kapa haka group and media continued their journey to Japan from Brisbane yesterday morning.

With an Air New Zealand flight making an unexpected stop to pick up the official delegation, airline chief executive Greg Foran boarded the flight and directly apologised to passengers for the disruption.

After the plane was airborne, he and Air New Zealand chairwoman Dame Therese Walsh helped the flight attendants by handing out drinks from the food trolley.

Part of the bill for the change of plan would likely fall on taxpayers. The exact cost was unknown at this stage.

Earlier, Collins floated the possibility the Prime Minister would fly commercial now to avoid other incidents. She also said the plane would most likely be fixed in Brisbane as it would not be able to make the journey back home safely.

Collins said it was “difficult” to spend money on new planes during the cost-of-living crisis.

“No Prime Minister wants to spend a lot of money on something deemed as ‘nice to have’,” Collins said.

The incident is the latest in a string of embarrassing breakdowns involving Defence Force aircraft.

In March, a fault with the NZDF plane also forced the Prime Minister to fly commercially to Melbourne.

After several delays, media were told Luxon had been advised to fly on a commercial service after a maintenance fault was identified on the plane.

He was headed across the Tasman to meet leaders of southeast Asian nations on the sidelines of a special Australia-Asean summit.

Luxon missed two meetings due to his late arrivals.

Collins said at the time it was embarrassing the aircraft had broken down.

Last year, a back-up Boeing 757 had to be sent to Asia in case of a breakdown of the NZDF plane carrying then Prime Minister Chris Hipkins and his delegation to China.

The move attracted international attention and criticism from National and Act, who called it a source of national embarrassment.

In an interview with Newstalk ZB’s Mike Hosking last Tuesday morning, Luxon said he had “every confidence” regarding the plane when asked.

“I get more building confidence every time I get on the plane,” he said at the time.

Raphael Franks is an Auckland-based reporter who covers breaking news. He joined the Herald as a Te Rito cadet in 2022.

Latest from New Zealand

Daron Parton’s cartoons: June 1 - 30

Our cartoonist Daron Parton shares his view on current events.

Search under way for missing fishing boat off Gisborne coast, NZDF joining operation tonight

Heavy fog cancels more Auckland Airport flights

Woman died after doctor agreed she could increase daily oxycodone dosage

Ambulance stations need urgent work

Wildfires force New Mexico village of Ruidoso to evacuate homes: See map

The village of ruidoso ordered all of its residents to evacuate: 'please do not try to gather belongings or protect your home - go now'..

Two wildfires burned through thousands of acres in New Mexico and residents were ordered to evacuate as the fires developed rapidly. Videos show smoke from the fire billowing into the sky, looking like orange clouds, as people watch nearby.

"I strongly urge residents of Ruidoso and the surrounding areas to remain calm and heed official instructions to help minimize risk," said New Mexico Governor Michelle Lujan Grisham in a statement on Tuesday.

The South Fork Fire and the Salt Fire were discovered on Monday. The fires, which are burning on tribal land, prompted mandatory evacuations for the entire Village of Ruidoso and Ruidoso Downs, a two-hour drive southeast of Albuquerque.

The cost of the damage done by the fires is unknown, according to USA TODAY's data .

By early Monday evening, the flames damaged multiple structures, states  the New Mexico Forestry Division , but how many remains unknown.

"My administration is in close contact with state, tribal and federal officials about the status of these fast-moving fires, and we are quickly deploying as many resources as possible to protect people and property," said Grisham.

Map of New Mexico wildfires

Which communities are being evacuated.

The following areas are under mandatory evacuation orders, states the Village of Ruidoso's website:

• All of Ruidoso Downs
• All of the Village of Ruidoso
• All the areas "west of Highway 48"
• All of Alto "up to the Outlaw Golf Course"
• All of Gavilan Canyon Road from Highway 48 "to McDonald's."
• Alpine Village
• Brady Canyon
• Cedar Creek
• Lower Eagle Creek
• Ponderosa Heights
• Sierra Vista
• Ski Run Road
• Sonterra 1, 2, and 3
• Upper Canyon
• Villa Madonna
• West Gavilan

The Village of Ruidoso is demanding people leave immediately.

"Please do not try to gather belongings or protect your home - GO NOW," the Village of Ruidoso said in a post on X .

What streets in Ruidoso are closed?

The following roads and highways are closed to traffic, said the village in another tweet :

• Highway 70 closed from Highway 244 to the east Reservation line.
• Highway 48 is closed from Alpine Village to State Highway 220.
• State police closed Carrizo Canyon Road to all traffic.

Evacuation routes:

"The evacuation route is via Highway 70 and out towards Roswell," states the city's website.

Where can people in Ruidoso evacuate to?

The following locations are open to people evacuating, according to multiple tweets from the village:

• ENMU-Roswell gym : The Red Cross set up an emergency shelter for evacuees. If it's full, Godfrey Athletic Center is a secondary option.
• Lea County Fairgrounds : The location has Stables and RV hookups, but the village asks that people contact Fairgrounds Director Wyatt Duncan at 575-333-0252.

Other places evacuees can go to according to the village's website:

• Capitan High School - Capitan, New Mexico, 88316
• Carrizozo High School - 800 D Ave., Carrizozo, New Mexico, 88301
• Christ Community Church - 2960 N. Scenic Drive, Alamogordo, New Mexico, 88310
• Church on the Move - 901 W. Brasher Road, Roswell, New Mexico, 88203
• Church on the Move Dream Center - 2700 W. 2nd St, Roswell, New Mexico, 88201
• Eastern New Mexico University - 52 University Blvd., Roswell, New Mexico, 88203
• Godfrey Athletic Center - 101 W. College Blvd., Roswell, New Mexico, 88201
• Inn of the Mountain Gods - 287 Carrizo Canyon Road, Mescalero, New Mexico, 88340

Shelters for the animals of evacuees:

THe following locations provide shelters to animals, according to the village:

• Mescalero Rodeo Grounds, for livestock - Rodeo Grounds Road, Mescalero, New Mexico, 88340
• Eastern New Mexico State Fairgrounds - 2500 S.E. Main St., Roswell, New Mexico 88203
• Lea County Fairgrounds - 101 S. Commercial St., Lovington, New Mexico 88260

Emergency operations relocated

"The Emergency Operations Center for the Ruidoso Fire Department has been relocated to the County Courthouse in Carrizozo," said the Village of Ruidoso.

They can be reached at the following lines for information:

• 575-937-7785
• 575-973-5604
• 575-973-8977

Contributing: Adam D. Young , Alex Driggars ; Lubbock Avalanche-Journal

Julia is a trending reporter for USA TODAY. She has covered various topics, from local businesses and government in her hometown, Miami, to tech and pop culture. You can connect with her on  LinkedIn  or follow her on  X, formerly Twitter ,  Instagram  and  TikTok : @juliamariegz